This is only a preview of the December 2021 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 40 of the 112 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Hummingbird Audio Amplifier":
Items relevant to "SMD Trainer Board":
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Digital Lighting Controller Translator":
Items relevant to "USB Cable Tester – Part 2":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $11.50. |
DECEMBER 2021
ISSN 1030-2662
12
The VERY BEST DIY Projects!
9 771030 266001
$ 50* NZ $1290
SMD
11
INC GST
INC GST
Trainer
and how to solder surface-mount parts
The small but powerful
Hummingbird
Amplifier
Hands-on with the
Raspberry Pi Pico
siliconchip.com.au
December 2021 1
The smallest Raspberry
Pi yet!
Australia’s electronics magazine
Build your own
Christmas Lights Controller
Re-purpose or jazz up your Christmas lights with this Arduinobased Christmas lights controller project. It uses the traditional
UNO prototyping board, and allows you to customise it with
your own sensors, etc.
Alternatively, you could even use the UNO with Wi-Fi
(XC4411 $39.95 sold separately) to make it IoT controlled.
SKILL LEVEL: INTERMEDIATE
CLUB OFFER
BUNDLE DEAL
For step-by-step instructions
& materials scan the QR code.
3995
$
www.jaycar.com.au/christmas-light-controller
See other projects at
SAVE 40%
www.jaycar.com.au/arduino
CLUB OFFER
BUNDLE DEAL
14
$
95
SAVE 30%
KIT VALUED AT $22.80
KIT VALUED AT $69.77
LED
Christmas Tree
100
gift card
Arduino® Compatible
Prototyping Board Shield
XC4482
Got a great
project or kit idea?
If we produce or publish your electronics, Arduino or
Pi project, we’ll give you a complimentary $100 gift card.
Upload your idea at projects.jaycar.com
85¢
+
180Ω 0.5W Metal Film Resistors
- Pk8 RR0554
+
ONLY
40¢
EA
Light Emitting
Diodes (LEDs)
ZD0150
5 x 5mm Red
10 x 5mm Green ZD0170
Looking for
your next build?
Silicon Chip projects:
jaycar.com.au/c/silicon-chip-kits
Kit back catalogue:
jaycar.com.au/kitbackcatalogue
1800 022 888
www.jaycar.com.au
Awesome
projects by
On
24ilicon
November
to
2 Sale S
Chip
26 December, 2021
ONLY
95
Add a bit of Christmas spirit to your
workbench and learn how multiple LEDs
can be controlled from microcontroller
pins. Arduino based, the LEDs can be
customised to your liking.
Requires Arduino® UNO Board
sold separately.
For step-by-step instructions visit:
www.jaycar.com.au/led-christmas-tree
$
ONLY
15
$
Australia’s electronics magazine
Shop online and enjoy 1 hour click & collect
or free delivery
on orders over $99*
siliconchip.com.au
Exclusions apply - see website for full T&Cs.
*
Contents
Vol.34, No.12
December 2021
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Features & Reviews
12 Big Brother is Tracking You! – Part 2
Following on from last month, this article goes into detail about how
governments monitor their citizens, covering what data is collected and how,
including metadata and mobile phone IMSI catchers – by Dr David Maddison
30 SMD Soldering – tips and tricks
There’s a lot of jargon surrounding SMDs and the techniques used when working
with them. We cover common component sizes, tools, cleaning, the type of tips
and solder to use, along with some of the more advanced soldering techniques
such as drag and wave soldering – by Tim Blythman
43 El Cheapo Modules: 35MHz-4.4GHz Signal Generator
Geekcreit’s signal generator is a self-contained module based on an Analog
Devices ADF4351; all you need is a 5V DC power supply – by Jim Rowe
Requiring
just throughhole parts, the
Hummingbird
Amplifier is easy-to-build, and
powerful for its size. Multiple can
also be combined to form more
complex designs – Page 18
48 Review: Raspberry Pi Pico
The Raspberry Pi Pico costs around $5 and yet is a powerful microcontroller
board with great features – by Tim Blythman
Constructional Projects
18 Hummingbird Audio Amplifier
This mini amplifier delivers up to 60W into 8W or 100W into 4W and it can be
easily made into a multi-channel amplifier system by mounting several onto a
single heatsink together – by Phil Prosser
38 SMD Trainer Board
If you’re interested in learning how to solder SMD components, or just want to try
your hand at working with components as small as a grain of sand, then give it a
go with our SMD Trainer board. It’s a great way to practice soldering a variety of
SMD parts and seeing it flash to indicate everything’s fine – by Tim Blythman
Many projects these days use
at least one SMD. If you aren’t
confident in soldering SMDs or
want to polish up your skills, this
article is for you – Page 30
61 Digital Lighting Controller Translator
This Translator allows our latest Digital Lighting Controllers to communicate with
any of the slave units. This means that slave units designs from 2010-11 can be
controlled with our Lighting Controller Master from 2020 – by Tim Blythman
85 USB Cable Tester – Part 2
Ideal for troubleshooting and going through piles of cables, we finish construction
of the USB Cable Tester and show you how to use it – by Tim Blythman
Your Favourite Columns
68 Serviceman’s Log
A mixed bag of odds, sods, ends and bobs – by Dave Thompson
76 Circuit Notebook
From M3216/1206 to M0603/0201
sized resistors and LEDs, plus a
USB connector, SSOP-16 IC and
more. This SMD Trainer has many
different components for you to
practice soldering – Page 38
(1) Micromite BackPack Planetarium
(2) Contactless temperature sensor
(3) Parallel/series cell switcher
(4) Two pushbuttons on an input-only pin
94 Vintage Television
Restoring a Sony 5-303E Micro-TV – by Dr Hugo Holden
Everything Else
2 Editorial Viewpoint
4 Mailbag – Your Feedback
74 Product Showcase
siliconchip.com.au
105 Subscriptions & Shop
108 Ask Silicon Chip
111 Market Centre
112
Advertising Index
Australia’s electronics magazine
112 Notes & Errata
The Raspberry Pi Pico is a new
and interesting microcontroller
board. It costs just a bit over $5
and measures 51 x 21mm, making
it compact and well-suited for
December 2021 1
breadboard use – Page 48
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher/Editor
Nicholas Vinen
Technical Editor
John Clarke – B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Jim Rowe – B.A., B.Sc.
Bao Smith – B.Sc.
Tim Blythman – B.E., B.Sc.
Nicolas Hannekum – Dip.Elec.Tech.
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Allan Linton-Smith
Dave Thompson
David Maddison – B.App.Sc. (Hons 1),
PhD, Grad.Dip.Entr.Innov.
Geoff Graham
Associate Professor Graham Parslow
Dr Hugo Holden – B.H.B, MB.ChB.,
FRANZCO
Ian Batty
Phil Prosser – B.Sc., B.E.(Elec.)
Cartoonist
Brendan Akhurst
Founding Editor (retired)
Leo Simpson – B.Bus., FAICD
Silicon Chip is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 626 922 870. ABN 20
880 526 923. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Subscription rates (Australia only):
6 issues (6 months): $65
12 issues (1 year):
$120
24 issues (2 years):
$230
Online subscription (Worldwide)
6 issues (6 months): $50
12 issues (1 year):
$95
For overseas rates, see our website or
email silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Recommended & maximum price only.
Editorial office:
Unit 1 (up ramp), 234 Harbord Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
Making kits is not easy!
You might have noticed the announcement last
month that we are selling an almost complete kit for
the USB Cable Tester project.
As we were building the prototypes we realised that,
due to ongoing shortages, there was no guarantee that
the parts would be available by the time the project was
published. And what would be the point in publishing
a project article if nobody could build the thing?
Of course, there are other reasons to offer kits. We
realise that it’s much easier for readers to build most of our designs if they
can buy all the parts as a set, rather than running around gathering them from
various sources. It can also be cheaper to buy a kit, mainly because you don’t
have to pay delivery fees to multiple vendors.
There are two primary reasons we haven’t done this in the past. One is that
Jaycar and Altronics have tended to produce kits for our projects (and still do,
thankfully; see below), and we didn’t want to ‘step on their toes’. Another is
the perception that it would be a lot of work to produce kits, distracting us
from working on the magazine. Our experience now shows us that concern
was not misplaced.
It might seem like a simple job to make a kit; just order some parts, throw
them in a bag, and then send that to the customer, right? Well, it turns out
it isn’t quite that easy.
Problem number one is estimating the demand. It takes time to find all
the vendors, order the parts, gather those orders, and then make the kits, so
you need to do it well before the article is published. But how do you know
how many parts to order before you’ve had a chance to gauge reader interest?
Order too few sets, and you run the risk of delaying getting kits to customers
(or, under the current circumstances, possibly not being able to supply them
at all!). Ordering too many not only means a large cash outlay upfront, but
it could even result in the whole exercise being a net loss, with a bunch of
unsold kits sitting around taking up space.
Once you’ve figured that out, it takes a surprising amount of time and
labour to actually order the parts, track all the incoming shipments and then
put it all together in preparation for making the kits.
The kit-making then takes a deceptively large amount of time and effort.
Some parts are not easily separated. Some need re-packing. Some need
programming. Some need to be cut or broken apart into smaller sections.
Often, they need to be separated into several bags or other containers to
be later combined to make the final kits. Some parts need extra protection to
survive delivery (anti-static bags, foam, tape, bubble wrap etc).
You also need to be meticulous to ensure you don’t leave anything out of
a kit and put in the correct number of each component.
The time spent doing all these things adds up, and it ends up consuming
way more hours than you might guess when making dozens or even hundreds
of kits. I’m delighted that our SMD Test Tweezer and USB Cable Tester kits
have been so popular (partly because it shows that people enjoyed the articles),
but it will be a relief once we get all the kits to our customers!
Altronics kit for projects in this magazine
Printing and Distribution:
Finally, I am pleased to announce that Altronics will be producing kits
for three projects this month: the Hummingbird amplifier (starting on p18),
SMD Trainer (p38) and Digital Lighting Controller Translator (p61). See the
respective parts lists for the relevant code that you can search for on their
website.
24-26 Lilian Fowler Pl, Marrickville 2204
Cover background image source: www.freepik.com/free-vector/realistic-motion-neon-lights-background_15292690.htm
ISSN 1030-2662
2
Editorial Viewpoint
Silicon Chip
by Nicholas Vinen
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 3
MAILBAG
your feedback
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd had the right to edit, reproduce in electronic form, and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions to “Ask Silicon Chip”, “Circuit Notebook” and “Serviceman’s Log”.
Important information about the
Tele-com (OzPLAR)
In the Tele-com article on page 38
of the October issue, one of the alternative transformers for the ringer section in the parts list is shown as Triad
FS24-100-C2 (Mouser Cat 553-FS24100-C2). This should instead be Triad
FS24-100 (Mouser Cat 553-FS24-100).
Note that the Altronics M7024A is a
good performer, and about the same
price as the Triad FS24-100.
The FS24-100-C2 version (while
cheaper) is designed to be short circuit
proof, and as a result, it just doesn’t
perform well in the ringer circuit. I
purchased quite a few and was disappointed to discover this.
Another recommendation that isn’t
covered in the article is the type of
self-tapping screw used to mount the
board in the Pac-Tec LH96-200 case.
I initially used some 8mm-long 4G
self tappers and found that one of the
mounting stand-offs in the case split
down the side.
The PT (Plas-tite) screws WN1411KB30X6Z available from PSM Fasteners
in Marrickville, NSW can be used to
avoid this happening.
Editor’s note: we usually find
4G/3mm screws to be fine for this sort
of job, but perhaps 8mm is a bit long;
6mm screws are less likely to split
the posts.
Note that both feed bridge designs
were tested using a power supply similar to those in the parts list, and we
could not notice any audible switching artifacts in the telephones. However, some constructors may not use
the recommended PSU and instead
elect to use a small plugpack such as
the Altronics M8968B (superseded by
4
Silicon Chip
M8968C) because they are considerably cheaper.
Testing with the M8968B after the
article went to press showed that when
the LB1011AB feed bridge was used,
switching artefacts were audible in
the telephones as an annoying ‘digital
squeal’. It is not noticeable when the
M1000 inductor feed bridge is used
with the M8968B.
Fitting the M8968B with an 820μH
inline inductor using adhesive heatshrink and decoupling pin 8 of both
LB1011ABs with 4.7μF 50V capacitors
effectively eliminated the noise. Still,
the likelihood of constructors opting
for the LB1011AB feed bridge is minimal, although we can supply them
if needed.
The 820μH inductor tested was
Mouser Cat 815-AIAP03821K. I used
6mm adhesive heatshrink (Altronics
W0994A) to increase the diameter of
the cable on the M8968B and sheathed
the inductor with 19mm adhesive
heatshrink (shown below; Altronics
W0997A).
I haven’t checked the switching
frequency of the Altronics M8968B,
but I suspect it is around 500kHz. I
also tested a plug pack that operated
at 50kHz, and the modified inductor/
capacitor filter arrangement effectively
suppressed the noise from that as well.
Ross Herbert,
Carine, WA.
Silicon Chip magazines to give away
I have many Silicon Chip magazines that I wish to give away. If you
are interested, please e-mail silicon<at>
siliconchip.com.au and they will pass
your message on to me.
John Maarssen, Thornlie, WA.
Australia’s electronics magazine
SMD Test Tweezers – more than just
something to build
This is just a note to let you know
how much I enjoyed the October article by Tim Blythman on the SMD Test
Tweezers. I went right ahead and purchased the kit but never built it!
My interest started because I was
curious about how to use the OLED
display, how the sleep mode worked
and anything else I could learn from
it. It is great that you make the source
code available, so I immediately downloaded the C source code from your
website.
I’m by no means a ‘crack’ C programmer. Still, on opening the code
in MPLABX, it just looked very neat
and concise with its separate includes
for the I2C communications, the OLED
operation and convenient utility routines such as getDigit for displaying
on the OLED. I mapped the font.h file
onto a spreadsheet with “x”s to see
how the fonts were made.
It was a real learning experience.
For example, I discovered the term
“include guard” when exploring the
#defines. I always had a vague idea
what that was about, but there it is,
nice and simple. It inspires one to try
to write neat code.
I’ve decided to get familiar with the
PIC16F1459, so as an exercise, I set
the circuit up on a breadboard, using
different pins (because the processor
is different). I created a new MPLAB
X project with your code and began
porting it across. All this meant getting familiar with MPLAB X again,
fiddling around with the PICkit programmer and using different pins for
wake up on interrupt.
In the end, I now have a nice little
siliconchip.com.au
test jig (which behaves as a pair of
test tweezers) for practising with I2C
driven OLED displays and a whole
lot of new ideas as to how to format
the code.
The reason I’ve written is to thank
you for your efforts and to let you know
a different angle from which some of
your readers might derive enjoyment
from such projects.
Dave McIntosh,
Eastwood, NSW.
Backwards compatibility nightmares
My reading list is far and wide, and
I always read (or at least flip through)
your magazine with interest because
I never know what I will find. April’s
edition was no exception, and I wanted
to add to your editorial comments
(“Adobe making our lives difficult”),
which are not exclusive to Adobe.
I published some books on lighting
design, for which a few of the fonts
have since been ‘updated’. This means
that I need to change the whole contents because the new fonts are not
only ghastly and inappropriate, but
they completely scramble all of my
work, including paragraph endings,
tables and the like.
To overcome this problem without
re-doing the layouts, I check with the
printers to ensure that the fonts I’ve
typed are still in their system. That
is the best I can do under the circumstances, though I now have three publications requiring the same method
for printing.
But it doesn’t stop there! When I was
forced to upgrade to a new computer
and Windows 10, I was assured that
every piece of technology would work
on the new system. However, my brilliant Epson 1260 scanner, which also
does 35mm colour slides and negatives, would not work.
After wasting so much time, I contacted Epson directly only to be told
that the scanner was too old and I
needed to purchase another item
which is superior (probably because
it was also a printer – whoopty-doo).
This is what it’s all about – getting us
to upgrade all of our equipment whenever a newer model is produced.
Thank goodness the medical professional doesn’t value our lives in the
same manner!
Then a few months ago, I thought
I’d watch a quick DVD on Windows
10, only to discover that I now need
to purchase and download an app
6
Silicon Chip
that will allow my DVD player to run.
This is absolute nonsense in its highest form. The new regime has allowed
third parties to piggyback and make
more money by stealth, not only in
the computer industry but with most
bookings or purchases done online.
As a result of all this, I have had to
go back to using Windows Vista on my
laptop so that I can use my preferred
software. But I have to keep it offline
to ensure that there are no ‘updates’
that break its operation. Some of us try
desperately to uncomplicate our lives.
I look forward to your next edition
of Silicon Chip.
Karen Wardell,
Nelson, New Zealand.
Comment: perhaps the most frustrating aspect of this culture of providing
updates that break backwards compatibility is how little these companies, to
whom we pay a considerable amount
of money to use their software, seem
to value our time or effort. They are
quite happy to cause us hundreds of
hours of work and frustration, then act
as though they are doing us a favour.
More feedback and a suggestion
A quick note to let you know I really
enjoyed the October issue; it is packed
with many interesting projects and
reviews!
I was also wondering if you’d consider publishing an updated electronic
load circuit. This is a very handy
device on the bench, and the last Silicon Chip design is from 2006.
Olivier Aubertin,
Singapore.
Comment: we have a contributor working on an electronic load design, and
it sounds like it will be finished soon.
Getting competitive about vintage gear
I expect another older reader will
top this, but I can beat Greig Sheridan’s
venerable EA power supply (mentioned in his letter you published in
the October issue) by some decades.
That magazine’s predecessor, Radio,
Television & Hobbies, published an
FM tuner circuit in January 1957, presented by its avuncular editor, John
Moyle.
The one I built was in almost everyday use until the advent of stereo FM
in the mid-seventies and supplied my
LP disc cutter with high-quality ABC
orchestral concerts. It is still working
perfectly (mono only, of course) with
its original four 6AM6 valves. Today,
Australia’s electronics magazine
it sits under my bench, and I listen to
it now and again simply for the sentimental satisfaction of keeping it alive.
Brian Wallace,
Dora Creek, NSW.
Windows updates and
DMM AC calibration
In your July editorial, I noticed that
you pinged Microsoft for their dodgy
fix that didn’t fix. Shock horror. You’re
surely not suggesting that Microsoft
sells software of dubious quality. Let’s
not forget that one of the first, if not the
first, vulnerabilities exposed in Windows XP was inherited from Windows
NT, and Microsoft knew about it for
years but did nothing to fix it.
I think you need to keep in mind that
the primary aim of almost every company is to make profits, and manufacturing something or supplying goods
or services is just the process they use
to achieve that end. Providing superior products, services etc comes at
an extra cost which has to be passed
onto customers or taken out of profits.
Some companies have successfully
managed to provide quality as well as
make a profit, although many more
have delivered quality and gone bust.
So to stay up with the competition,
flashy new thingamabobs are often
the more cost-effective route to staying in business.
Henry Ford is reputed to have said
that “There is one rule for the industrialist and that is: Make the best quality
goods possible at the lowest cost possible, paying the highest wages possible.” Modern manufacturers have
pretty much ditched the last part and
are concentrating on the second at the
expense of the first. It is a cut-throat
game.
Having said all that, I must add that
my observation is that most goods I
use these days are of higher quality
and provide greater utility than they
ever have in the past 60 years, and they
are relatively cheap. Smartphones and
computer systems would be the most
glaring exceptions to that. Fortunately,
although life could be better, it could
also be much worse.
I’ll finish this diatribe with an
observation from the late, great Douglas Adams: “The idea that Bill Gates
has appeared like a knight in shining
armour to lead all customers out of
a mire of technological chaos neatly
ignores the fact that it was he … [who]
led them into it in the first place ...”
siliconchip.com.au
Can you
deliver reallife technology
solutions?
Is the answer automated smart grids that connect
industry and households to renewable energy?
Could you engineer robotic systems that improve safety
and increase efficiency in manufacturing and farms?
Work alongside USQ’s world-class
lecturers and help solve current industry
problems with a USQ engineering degree.
Study 100% online, on campus
or a mix of both.
#1 uni in Australia for graduate
starting salary in engineering.^
Experience more opportunities
and personalised support with
our small class sizes.
Join this in-demand industry and study
electrical, mechatronic, computer systems
engineering and more.
USQ Engineering
^ Good Universities Guide, 2022
CRICOS: QLD 00244B, NSW 02225M | TEQSA: PRV12081
Helping to put you in Control
Spectrally Flat Class C Pyranometer
DeltaOHM PPYRA03AC – Spectrally Flat Class C Pyranometers
according to ISO 9060:2018. Complete with
levelling device and calibration report.
SKU: OHM-001
Price: $1545.50 ea
UC100 USB Motion Controller
Directly replaces the traditional Parallel port
with modern USB. Can control up to 6-axis with
Mach3, Mach4 or UCCNC software. Up to 100kHz
step frequency operation, Fast communication
with data buffer for robust and stabile operation.
SKU: CND-001
Price: $198.00 ea
M18 Shielded Inductive Proximity Sensor NPN, NO+NC
IPSI/L-18NOC5B Shielded (flush) M18, 4-wire
NPN-style output with NO+NC contact type. It has
a sensing distance of ~5 mm. Screw on connector.
Choose 2m cable with straight or 90 degree 4 wire
M12 connector.
SKU: IBS-0280
Price: $30.25 ea
Programmable Range Pressure Sensor
Novus Automation’s NP620 Programmable
Range pressure sensor with input range of 0
to 10 Bar. 2-wire 4 to 20 mA output, 0.25%
accuracy and 1/2” BSPP process connection.
SKU: NOS-206
Price: $259.60 ea
604 Differential Pressure Switch
Huba 604 is used as a DP flow switch in
ventilation ducts for the control of filters and
fans, and in control
systems for the control of dampers. Pressure
range 0.2-3mbar option 1-10, 0.5-5, 10-50.
SKU: NOS-2600
Price: $307.95 ea
Thermostat Controller with NTC Sensor and Buzzer
Panel mount thermostat with included NTC
sensor on 2 m lead. Configurable for a huge
range of heating and cooling applications.
Fitted with Buzzer for alarm. 100 to 240 VAC
powered.
SKU: CET-0012
Price: $121.00 ea
2.0 N·m NEMA 23 Integrated Stepper Motor
iST-2320 2.0 N·m NEMA 23 stepper motor
with integrated driver. Standard pulse and
direction (or CW/CCW) input. Advanced antiresonance DSP driver.
Comments on component shortages
SKU: SMC-126
Price: $241.95 ea
For Wholesale prices
Contact Ocean Controls
Ph: (03) 9708 2390
oceancontrols.com.au
Prices are subjected to change without notice.
8
Silicon Chip
Also, I thought about R.M.’s problem of measuring AC
for calibration purposes (Ask Silicon Chip, July 2021,
page 110). Most DMMs do not have very high accuracy
on the AC ranges, usually much poorer than the specified DC accuracy.
For example, Keysight U123x meters have specified
DC accuracy of 0.5%, AC accuracy of 1% for the low
voltage ranges, and frequency accuracy of 0.1%. I used
to own one, and I thought it was a great general-purpose
instrument. The corresponding figures for the U1282A are
0.025%, 0.3% and 0.005%. I own one now but rarely use
it because it’s expensive, and I don’t want to damage it.
1% is a pretty typical accuracy for the AC ranges on
DMMs.
You recommend that R. M. use a “low-distortion sinewave oscillator”, but consider how much distortion contributes to the RMS value of a (nominal) sinewave. Because
you have to use the root-of-sum-of-squares method to add
distortion and fundamental the distortion has to exceed
14% before the RMS value increases by 1%.
A 1V RMS sinewave with 1% distortion has an RMS
value of 1.00005V RMS, which is well within the accuracy of even five- or six-digit DMMs.
I realise that “low-distortion” is a relative term, but
even a cheap function generator should deliver acceptable performance.
Besides, if you are using the LTC1966 as a reference, it
should be irrelevant what the waveform is so long as it is
within the meter’s crest factor capabilities.
The exercise is complicated by the LTC1966 working
over a fairly small range, up to 500mV max, so it cannot
be used reliably to calibrate higher voltage ranges without also calibrating the gain circuit. Also, strict attention
must be paid to the effects of loading, both resistive and
capacitive. If the multimeter is not a ‘True RMS’ meter,
the need is less.
Phil Denniss, Darlington, NSW.
Nicholas comments: You are right; a pretty basic sinewave generator should be fine for calibrating most DMMs
on AC voltage ranges. The main requirement is that sinewave amplitude must be more precisely known than the
DMM’s measurement tolerance.
Also, some of the blame for how buggy computer software has become must lie with consumers. The reason
software companies prioritise adding bells and whistles
over fixing bugs or improving performance is that they’ve
figured out that is why people pay for their products.
Consider that Microsoft and Apple essentially form a
duopoly, and by refusing to license macOS to be run on
hardware they do not sell, Apple allows Microsoft to act
as a monopoly. Monopolies rarely lead to good outcomes
for consumers. Linux is making inroads into the desktop
market, but only slowly.
Concerning your October Editorial Viewpoint, I am not
surprised that components are also in short supply. This
suggests that the situation will be quite bad for Silicon
Chip and hobbyists because we are at the bottom of the
pecking order.
The inability of hobbyists to play with electronics simply does not rate against manufacturers who need to keep
their production operational.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Design Contest Win $500+
Dick Smith challenges you
Win $500 by designing a
noughts-and-crosses machine
that can beat 14-year old me!
Dick Smith has described in his new autobiography how one
of the turning points in his life, at age 14, was succesfully building a ‘noughts-and-crosses
machine’ (also known as tic-tac-toe) that could play the game as well as anyone. Keep in mind that
this was in 1958, when nobody had computers; it was a purely electromechanical device.
Email Design to Enter
Design your own noughts-andcrosses circuit and send your
submission to compo<at>siliconchip.
com.au including:
a) Your name and address
b) Phone number or email
address (ideally both)
c) A circuit or wiring diagram
which clearly shows how the
device works
d) The display can be anything as
long as it’s understandable
e) Evidence that your device can
always play a perfect game (it
never loses)
f) A video and/or supply images
and text describing it
g) Entries requiring software
must include source code
The deadline for submissions is the
31st of January 2022.
➠
➠ Win $500 + Signed Copy of Dick Smith's Autobiography
➠
Four winners to be decided, one
each for the following categories:
➊ The simplest noughts-andcrosses playing machine
most ingenious noughts➋ The
and-crosses playing machine
youngest constructor to
➌ The
build a working noughts-and-
DICK
SMITH
crosses playing machine
most clever noughts-and➍ The
crosses playing machine not
using any kind of integrated
processor
The entry we judge overall to be
the best will also be featured in
our Circuit Notebook column and
receive an additional $200.
‘Businessman, adventurer, philanthropist…Di
ck Smith is a true Australian legend.’
JOE CITIZEN
Conditions of entry
Dick Smith writes
1) You must be a resident of
Australia or New Zealand
2) One entry per family (Silicon
Chip staff and their families
are not eligible)
3) Submissions will be confirmed
within 7 days. If you do not
receive a confirmation of your
submission, contact us to
verify that we have received it
4) Chance plays no part in
determining the winner
5) The judges’ decision is final
6) The winners will be decided by
the 3rd of February 2022 and
will be notified immediately
By 1958 I’d advanced from building crystal radio sets to designing
and building what I called a noughts and crosses machine. It really
was an early computer. I used second-hand parts from a telephone
exchange to build it. It would play noughts and crosses against anyone
and no one could beat it.
This was a great boost to me, because while I was no good at rote
learning and theory, I was fine at practical things. The fact that my mind
was capable of working out how to build this complex machine gave
me confidence as I left school. Now I just had to find a job.
Because this was such a turning point in his life and he’s so
enthusiastic about youngsters learning electronics, he’s putting up
$2000 of his own money to award to people who can come up with
a modern version of his noughts-and-crosses machine. Silicon Chip
will judge the entries.
Winners will be announced in the March 2022 issue of Silicon Chip
magazine and will also be contacted directly for payment information.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 9
POWER
SUPPLIES
PTY LTD
ELECTRONICS SPECIALISTS TO
DEFENCE AVIATION MINING
MEDICAL RAIL INDUSTRIAL
Our Core Ser vices:
Electronic
DLM Workshop
Repair
NATA
ISO17025
Calibration
37 Years
Repair
Specialisation
Power Supply
Repair to
50KVA
Convenient
Local
Support
SWITCHMODE POWER SUPPLIES Pty Ltd ABN 54 003 958 030
Unit 1 /37 Leighton Place Hornsby NSW 2077
(PO Box 606 Hornsby NSW 1630)
Tel: 02 9476 0300
Email: service<at>switchmode.com.au Website: www.switchmode.com.au
10
Silicon Chip
But hobbyists have one advantage; we can use recovered components, whereas manufacturers cannot afford
the risk.
For many years, I bought old equipment and PCBs to
get expensive and rare components, and in doing so, I
collected a lot of common parts.
The result is that the shortage is not a hindrance to my
experimentation. I realise that I am in a unique position,
but there will still be old equipment with components
that can be retrieved. One just needs a good hot air gun
to make for easy removal.
If you don’t already know, Wiltronics are still advertising surplus components. They are: BAS16 SOT-23,
BC848C SOT-23, BC849C SOT-23, all in 3K reels <at> $30 per
reel; TIP32B TO-220 as 500 pack <at> 73¢ each; 1SMB5941
47V diode 1.5W in 2K reel <at> $40; and 16V 5W Zener
diode in pack of 1000 for $50.
You can find these online at: www.wiltronics.com.au/
product-category/semiconductors-surplus/
The Dick Smith noughts & crosses competition intrigues
me. I have no intention of entering it, but it is interesting that noughts & crosses is being revisited when it has
been researched to death. The creation of an unbeatable
machine is a trivial exercise. I will be very interested to
see the winning entries.
Regarding Mr Smith himself, I am impressed that he
created an unbeatable machine at age 14, especially back
in 1958. He was very fortunate to have access to telephone
exchange parts as such things were almost impossible to
obtain in the early 1960s, when I was his age.
As I age (now 70) and suffer more and more from knotted neurons, I have become interested in technical people who have achieved something remarkable. Their stories are far more interesting than those from other areas
of endeavour.
The microprocessor used in the USB Cable Tester project of the October Silicon Chip edition is a new one to
me, and I was curious to look at its specs.
Since the COVID-19 pandemic has caused a shortage
of microcontrollers, it has occurred to me that Microchip and other manufacturers may use the pandemic to
rationalise their products.
In particular, older ICs that use more silicon real estate
than current products would undoubtedly be targets for
phasing out. Since Microchip has a vast range of microcontrollers, I would expect them to take advantage of the
situation.
The PIC16F18877 looks like a drop-in replacement for
many earlier microcontrollers, including some very popular ones that have been around for some time and are in
short supply. Microchip has been very good at maintaining common pinouts on many of their microcontrollers,
which is to their credit.
However, the move to the ‘swiss army’ microcontroller does leave a bit to be desired because that increased
complexity also leads to microcontrollers which are much
harder to understand.
George Ramsay, Holland Park, Qld.
Comments: we reckon most people who’d be interested in
entering the competition would already know how to win
the game. The real challenge is coming up with a clever
circuit that uses minimal components, especially if no
microcontroller is involved.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
By the way, while the situation has stabilised somewhat,
we can’t see the shortages going away until late 2022 at
the earliest, and more likely 2023-2024.
As far as we are aware, Microchip has never phased
out a product, and we don’t think they will start any time
soon. However, their older products become more expensive over time, making switching to newer devices attractive. They generally perform better and have more features at a lower price, so it makes a lot of sense to migrate
code where possible.
We are sure you are right about other manufacturers
taking this opportunity to cull their ranges, though.
Yes, Microchip does a great job of maintaining pin compatibility. For example, the PIC16F1887x family looks
like a drop-in replacement for the venerable PIC16F877.
We don’t think the new micros having more features is
a problem. You don’t have to use all the features; many
of them do nothing unless enabled, but it’s nice to have
them present in case you need them.
The processor cores are still pretty easy to understand
and work with, although Microchip’s stablemate AVR
processors are significantly easier to understand at a low
level than the PIC series.
A familiar tale of woe
I read with particular interest your column in the October 2021 issue with respect to the global silicon chip shortage. Your Mosfet lead time quote is the worst one I have
heard so far (2.5 years!), but for all the other MCUs I use
at RICTECH, the lead-time is usually quoted as November 2022 at the earliest, so at least a full year of waiting
at this stage.
I sell the Colour Maximite 2 units on my website, and
I have one left and no chips to get any more made for at
least a full year, probably longer at the rate things are
going. I will continue to offer it once I can get the chips
again, but who will remember or even want one in a year?
I was also interested in your Tele-com project starting on
page 30 of the same issue. It’s a clever idea, and I remember
my older brother building something similar back when
I was just a nipper, although it was 9V battery-based and
used the handsets only, not the whole phone.
Graeme Rixon, RICTECH(NZ) Ltd.
Notes about connecting to Micromite via Bluetooth
I have been doing some more work with my Micromite
project that you published in the September 2021 issue,
and thought it would be a good idea to pass on some
additional advice.
When using the Bluetooth terminal on your Android
phone, you can often connect OK, but the screen is blank.
This is because the program auto-starts and is out of sync
with the terminal.
Powering the Micromite on and off a few times will
sometimes get things back in sync, but the best way is to
send Ctrl-C to the Micromite from the terminal.
That will halt the auto-running BASIC program and
return you a cursor input prompt. You then just type in
RUN, and things will start at the beginning for you.
The Bluetooth Terminal App recommended in the article has the facility to program a macro key. I have programmed my M1 key to send Hex 03, which is Ctrl-C.
Tom Hartley, Allens Rivulet, Tas.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 11
Big Brother is
tracking you!
Part Two: by Dr David Maddison
Our article last month was about all the ways that companies or
individuals can track you, both in your online activities and as you
move around in real life, using your smartphone or another wireless
device. This second part concentrates on the ways that governments
monitor their citizens’ activities.
Source: https://unsplash.com/photos/9wXvgLMDetA
H
ere are just a few examples of
government surveillance of citizens. Since we “don’t know what we
don’t know”, chances are there is a lot
more going on behind the scenes. This
sort of monitoring can benefit society
if used to fight crime or help to fight
pandemics, but that relies on proper
oversight.
Retention of metadata
Under Australian law, records of
all telephone calls and internet access
(although supposedly not recordings
of the audio or specific website access)
must be kept by telcos and ISPs for a
minimum of two years. Text messages
are also included, although it’s not
clear if the content is also recorded.
The following metadata is retained,
according to the website at siliconchip.
com.au/link/abaf
• Your name, address, and billing
information
• Your phone number or email
address, and the phone number
or email of the person you’re communicating with
• The time, date and duration of a
communication
12
Silicon Chip
• Your IP address
• The location of the communication equipment you use; for example, the closest mobile tower
• The type of communication;
phone call, text, or email
• The amount of data uploaded and
downloaded
Almost any government department
is allowed to access this information.
According to the latest available information (2016), 60 departments were
included; there are probably many
more now. For the 2016 list, see the
ABC article at siliconchip.com.au/
link/abag
This seems to be a data-mining exercise, collecting data for its own sake,
because criminal law enforcement
agencies already had access to such
data with appropriate warrants. No
need for this massive data collection
exercise was ever demonstrated.
It seems that the main reason that
website traffic and browser history
was excluded was the vast amount of
storage required to do so. During discussions about the new laws, one ISP
(iiNet) said that this would require
1000 terabytes per day of storage.
Australia’s electronics magazine
As much as various politicians and
government agencies might want it,
recording all phone calls would take
considerably more storage.
Weeping Angel
Weeping Angel is a method devised
by the US CIA and British intelligence to listen in on the microphones
of smart TVs. It was described in the
WikiLeaks “Vault 7” release of March
2017.
The logo used for documents under
Vault 7: https://wikileaks.org/ciav7p1/
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.12: Malte Spitz’s recorded call data as seen at the interactive website siliconchip.com.au/link/abam You can explore
the data at that site in various ways. It was collected over ten years ago and seems relatively tame compared to what is
collected by both government and big tech firms today.
The exploit created a ‘fake off’ mode
to make it look like the TV was off,
even though the microphone was listening. You can view part of the Weeping Angel user manual and notes at
siliconchip.com.au/link/abah
It only works with specific models
of Samsung TVs. When it was brought
to Samsung’s attention, they said they
were urgently looking into it. It also
required physical access to the TV
and the insertion of a USB drive to
‘update’ the TV software/firmware.
Also see the video titled “Smart TVs
have a surveillance problem” at https://
youtu.be/KxjnjiVF8JE
Apps and uses Bluetooth Low Energy
to find other contacts within 10m.
Several countries use GAEN. Australia does not, instead adopting Singapore’s open-source BlueTrace protocol (https://bluetrace.io/). Australia’s
implementation is called COVIDSafe.
It is designed to detect contacts that
have been within 1.5m of the App user
for 15 minutes or more.
It is unclear why this App cost
$8 million to develop, costs at least
$75,000 per month to maintain and
has had little use despite 7 million
downloads. See siliconchip.com.au/
link/abaj
Mass surveillance
Electricity usage monitoring
While you might not be surprised
to hear of massive surveillance in the
People’s Republic of China, are you
aware that more than 691,000 CCTV
cameras operate in London alone?
According to US News, nine of the
ten most surveilled cities in the world
are in China (calculated as most cameras per head of population), but London comes in at number three. See
siliconchip.com.au/link/abai
Some people grow illegal drugs
in suburban houses. The grow lights
use a lot of electricity, so they usually bypass the electrical meters to
avoid paying the large bills and avoid
suspicion. Electricity companies can
detect line voltage drops via smart
meters around suspect properties, thus
revealing the presence of a possible
“crop house”.
Contact tracing
Authorities in Australia regularly
monitor sewage to track drug use
in various locations. They also look
for DNA fragments corresponding to
COVID-19 outbreaks. There is no reason they couldn’t or don’t look for
other types of DNA either, including
that of individuals.
In Australia, drug use is monitored
Both Apple and Google Android
have contact tracing ‘infrastructure’
(the “Exposure Notification Interface”
application programming interface
[API]) built into the operating systems.
This is known as Google/Apple Exposure Notification or GAEN.
This API is used by contact tracing
siliconchip.com.au
by the Australian Criminal Intelligence Organisation under the auspices
of the National Wastewater Monitoring
program. Around 56% of the population is subject to such monitoring. It
is not just restricted to illegal drugs;
nicotine and alcohol are included as
well. You can read their public reports
at siliconchip.com.au/link/abak
Location tracking
Telcos or governments can determine the location of a mobile phone
owner even if the phone is not in use,
since a powered-on mobile phone
is constantly communicating with
nearby towers. At the very least, they
will know the phone’s approximate
location. Certain technologies allow
for more precise triangulation.
Sewage monitoring
Australia’s electronics magazine
The COVIDSafe app is used by
the Australian Government for
contact tracing. It is based on the
Singaporean-developed open source
BlueTrace protocol.
December 2021 13
4G and 5G telephony can use
advanced beamforming so that rather
than a mobile tower transmitting
omni-directionally, a pencil-like beam
is directed to your specific phone. This
gives more precise location data than
tower triangulation alone.
WiFi can also be used to determine
the device’s location, as discussed
last month. The data collected is used
by the government and others. Malte
Spitz sued a German phone company
about location data his phone company kept on him (see Fig.12). He gave
a TED Talk on the subject in 2012,
which you can watch at siliconchip.
com.au/link/abal
Mobile phone data analytics
Governments are known to use
mobile phone data and analytics for the
following pandemic-related purposes:
1. COVID-19 contact tracing with
Apps (as mentioned above)
2. Using mobile phone location data
Fig.13: movement data provided by Vodafone to the government before and after
COVID-19 restrictions and published in the Sydney Morning Herald, 05/04/2020.
to monitor individual compliance
with movement restrictions
3. Using data analytics to understand the general movements of
people during a lockdown
4. Hot spot mapping to analyse the
movement of COVID-19 positive
people
See articles on these subjects in
Australia at siliconchip.com.au/link/
aban (Sydney Morning Herald) and
siliconchip.com.au/link/abao (AusDroid). The second article is about
Vodafone handing over anonymised
mobile phone movement data to the
Australian government – see Fig.13.
Sale of surveillance tools to
Australian government
According to the 2015 ABC news
The fourteen eyes
Fourteen Eyes refers to an agreement between the governments of 14 countries: Australia, New Zealand, Canada, the
USA, the UK, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Belgium, Italy, Spain, Norway, Sweden and Denmark. The intelligence
services of these countries collaborate and share information.
The concern over this is that it’s often illegal for an intelligence agency to spy on the citizens of their own countries,
as they exist mainly to prevent the operation of spies from overseas, and there is concern that they could abuse their
powers otherwise. However, there’s little stopping the intelligence agency of country A from spying on the citizens of
country B, then passing their findings on to the government of country A. In fact, there is growing evidence of this sort
of activity, especially since the 2013 NSA leaks (see https://w.wiki/3xsV).
This is the main reason why we suggest in the article that if you’re looking for secure online services, you look for
those hosted outside of this group of countries. Of course, that’s no guarantee that nobody is spying on their services,
but it does improve your chances that if someone is spying on the service, they are not passing that information back
to members of our own government. Note that in no way does a desire for privacy imply any wrongdoing or intent of
wrongdoing any more than does putting an old fashioned letter into an envelope (in most countries).
Five Eyes (USA, Canada, UK, Australia, New Zealand)
Nine Eyes (France, Netherlands Denmark, Norway)
Fourteen Eyes (Germany, Sweden, Belgium, Italy, Spain)
14
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
article at siliconchip.com.au/link/
abap several companies have tried to
sell various spyware and tools to the
Australian government.
One example is the tool RCS or
Remote Control System, it can “siphon
off data and listen in on communications before they are encrypted”, and
is made by an Italian company called
Hacking Team.
“Once a computer or mobile phone
is infected the tool can read emails,
switch on the microphone or camera
on the device, identify passwords
and record Skype calls”. For more
information on RCS, see https://w.
wiki/3xtV
ECHELON
When discussing privacy, the subject of ECHELON comes up frequently.
It is a surveillance program operated
by Australia, Canada, NZ, the UK
and the USA (collectively known as
Five Eyes). Its existence is well documented.
In 2001, The Guardian reported that
ECHELON is “a global network of electronic spy stations that can eavesdrop
on telephones, faxes (now obsolete)
and computers. It can even track bank
accounts. This information is stored
in Echelon [sic] computers, which
can keep millions of records on individuals. Officially, however, Echelon
doesn’t exist.”
Theoretically, it is used for military
and diplomatic intelligence and not
against innocent persons, but there
have been claims of abuse.
Fig.14: the discontinued L3Harris Technologies StingRay II for interception
of mobile phone communications. Source: www.engadget.com/2016-01-28california-secretly-listened-to-cellphone-calls-from-the-air.html
ECHELON is said to use voiceto-text technology so keywords and
context can easily be automatically
determined. Presumably, this is common practice for interceptions done
by other government agencies. That
is pretty standard technology today.
IMSI catchers
IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) catchers are devices
used by various law enforcement agencies (and conceivably criminals) that
act as a fake mobile phone tower or
“cell site simulator”. Thus, surveillance can be undertaken without cooperation from phone companies and
with or (potentially illegally) without
warrants.
They use what is known as a
‘man-in-the-middle’ attack, where a
phone user thinks they are connecting to an official, secure mobile phone
tower or site, but they are actually connecting to an IMSI Catcher device. The
device performs all the normal functions of a phone tower, but with the
added “feature” of data collection.
StingRay (see Figs.14 & 15) was a
particular brand of IMSI catcher made
by the US company now known as
L3Harris Technologies. However, they
discontinued sales and support of
StingRay in June 2020.
See the videos titled “The Stingray: How Law Enforcement Can Track
Your Every Move” at https://youtu.
be/wzSgLpNrr2E and “How Stingray
technology works” at https://youtu.be/
HyONknZ_x_g
Fig.15: a page from
the manual of a nowobsolete StingRay,
released online. You
can find copies of the
manual if you search
for it.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 15
L3Harris also made products such
as Kingfish (a hand-carried version
of StingRay), Harpoon (a device to
enhance the capability of the StingRay), Amberjack, Arrowhead and
Hailstorm.
Apparently, a popular replacement
for the L3Harris StingRay is the Octasic Nyxcell V800 PBU/F800 TAU.
Many US Government departments
have online contract bids to acquire
this device (no picture is freely available).
Other manufacturers of IMSI catcher
devices include:
• Ability Computers and Software
Industries (Atos)
• Boeing subsidiary Digital Receiver
Technology’s ‘DRT’ devices
(hence another name for these
devices, “dirt boxes”)
• Datong (Seven Technologies
Group)
• Gamma Group
• Martone Radio Technology
• Meganet Corporation
• Octasic
• PKI Electronic Intelligence
• Rayzone
• Rohde & Schwarz
• Septier Communication
These devices have been in use for
decades.
Information that they can collect
includes:
• A phone’s location
• The IMSI or ESN (electronic serial
number, a 32-bit number embedded in a wireless phone and also
printed on it) and other identification details
• Call metadata, such as who is
being called and the duration
• The content of voice calls and
text messages
• Websites visited
They can also be configured to divert
calls and text messages, edit text messages and spoof the identity of the origin of text messages and voice calls.
These devices can also collect all
phone IDs in a geofenced area.
There is a PDF report about the
extensive use or overuse of IMSI catchers in Canada and abroad: siliconchip.
com.au/link/abaq
In that report, some of the uses for
these devices are quoted as follows:
• Confirming the presence of a
device in a target’s home before
a search
• Identifying an individual responsible for sending harassing text
messages
• Locating a stolen mobile device as
a precursor to searching homes in
the vicinity
• Locating specific individuals
by driving around a city until a
known IMSI is found
• Mounted on aeroplanes to allow
the United States Marshall Service to sweep entire cities for a
specific mobile device
• To monitor all devices within
range of a prison to determine
whether prisoners are using
mobile phones
• Reportedly at political protests
to identify devices of individuals attending
• To monitor activity in the offices
of an independent Irish police
oversight body
Operation Ironside, arresting criminals & Australia’s lack of privacy laws
The story of Operation Ironside is a
good illustration of how government
surveillance can prevent crime and
also how poor Australia’s privacy laws
(and civil liberties in general) are compared to other democratic countries.
The story begins in 2018 when an
informant for the US Federal Bureau of
Investigation (FBI) developed smartphone software called AN0M which
supposedly provided anonymous,
encrypted communications. It was
quickly adopted by various criminal
operations (see https://w.wiki/3xsU
for more details).
The informant supplied communications data to the FBI, who then
shared it with the Australian Federal
Police. This led to almost 300 arrests
in Australia and over 800 worldwide.
Many of the charges had to do with
the importation and distribution of
banned drugs, although apparently at
least one murder plot was uncovered
by the operation.
The interesting part is that, despite
there being many AN0M users in the
USA, no arrests were made there as
much of the ‘overheard’ messages
would not be admissible in court
as evidence, as that would require
warrants to be issued approving the
eavesdropping. For those warrants to
be issued, there would have to be a
valid reason to suspect the surveilled
individuals were involved in criminal
activity.
It appears that Australian authorities do not have to operate under such
strict rules.
According to the ABC article at
siliconchip.com.au/link/abb4, this
is because Australia’s privacy laws
are amongst the weakest of any
democracy. As stated in that article,
“… innocent parties’ data could be
obtained, stored and used in ways
that they would never have foreseen”.
If there is just one lesson to take
away from Operation Ironside, it’s
that you can’t trust unknown third parties to uphold your privacy. If an App
or service claims to be anonymous
or encrypted, absent laws ensuring
those things being true, you should
assume they aren’t. And even if such
laws do exist, those services could
operate overseas, outside those jurisdictions. So you clearly need to know
whom to trust.
In fact, based on the information
recently revealed by the Australian
Federal Government at siliconchip.
com.au/link/abb5, the Australian government will have even more power to
monitor online activity.
The various logos used in Operation Ironside (also known as Operation Trojan Shield), from leftto-right you have: ANOM’s app logo (AN0M or ANØM), the AFP’s logo for the operation and the
FBI’s logo for the operation. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANOM
16
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
See also the comprehensive video
titled “Catching IMSI Catchers” at
https://youtu.be/eivHO1OzF5E
In that video, it is stated that for
US$1400, it is possible to build your
own IMSI catcher, and while this is
documented publicly, we don’t suggest you do as it is certainly illegal.
However, it is clear that criminals
could make their own IMSI capture
devices. Further details on IMSI catchers can be found on the EFF’s website:
siliconchip.com.au/link/abb6
Tower “dumps”
As reported in the Sydney Morning Herald at siliconchip.com.au/link/
abas, Australian authorities use tower
“dumps” to track criminals. A tower
dump provides the “identity, activity
and location of any phone that connects to targeted cell towers over a set
span of time”.
Old-fashioned listening at the
exchange
The Author recalls how the introduction of GSM (2G) to Australia in
1993 was delayed by about a year
because the exchange equipment had
to be modified to ensure authorities
could intercept any conversation at
will.
This is despite the same exchange
equipment being accepted in other
countries, which therefore introduced
GSM earlier.
There is a contemporary article in
the Australian Financial Review on
this, at siliconchip.com.au/link/ab3d
No doubt, this capability still exists
and likely has been enhanced now.
as the Australian Taxation Office or
Australian Electoral Commission,
according to www.passports.gov.au/
protecting-your-privacy but presumably any other agency that wants them
can get them, including foreign governments in some cases.
License and passport photos
Finding patterns in aerial or
satellite imagery
Governments routinely digitise
drivers’ licences and passport photos
and put them in databases so, like it
or not, your picture is in a national
database. That means that you can be
automatically recognised and tracked
by camera systems with access to that
database.
Australian governments employ
extensive facial recognition systems
within a National Facial Biometric
Matching Capability. Services include
the Face Verification Service (FVS), the
Face Identification Service (FIS), the
National Driver Licence Facial Recognition Solution (NDLFRS) and “Other
Face Matching Services may be added
over time”.
For more information on this, see
the Australian government (OAIC)
website at siliconchip.com.au/link/
abat
Australian passport photos can also
be shared among other agencies such
Terrapattern was a project of The
Frank-Ratchye STUDIO for Creative
Inquiry with the purpose of matching
patterns in satellite images.
An image such as a tennis court
is selected, then all similar-looking
tennis courts from the satellite imagery database are found. The software
uses a Deep Convolutional Neural Net
(DCNN) to assist with image recognition. We are unaware of this project
still being active.
See Fig.16 and the video titled
“Terrapattern (Overview & Demo)” at
https://youtu.be/VHv5W7Ei80s
An example of use for financial or
state-based intelligence is finding and
examining all images of oil storage
tanks. As the oil level changes, so does
the floating roof of the tank. By examining the shadows cast, it is possible
to determine the oil levels of tanks in
a particular region, which could influSC
ence the price.
Fig.16: a Terrapattern search of objects in satellite imagery that look like oil tanks to determine oil level from shadows.
This is a screengrab from the YouTube video at https://youtu.be/VHv5W7Ei80s
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 17
The Humm
Audio A
Like a hummingbird, this miniature
amplifier is strong, delivering up to
60W into 8W
8W or 100W into 4W
4W. It is ideal
for building multi-channel amplifiers for
R
eaders frequently ask us for advice
on building amplifiers with more
than two channels. We’ve published
many hifi amplifier module designs
over the years, but mainly they have
been designed for maximum power
and minimum distortion, resulting in
modules that will only fit one or two
per case (unless you use a huge case!).
We have published amplifier designs
using all-in-one IC ‘chip’ amps like the
LM1875T. They are always quite compromised, both in terms of maximum
power output (typically topping out
at around 30-40W) and performance,
with distortion and noise figures far
worse than a discrete amplifier.
This design offers an excellent
compromise between the two. It’s
cheaper and easier to build than our
best hifi amplifiers while still delivering plenty of power with very good
performance. And because it’s so compact and has modest power supply
requirements, you can quite easily
jam half a dozen (or more!) of these
into a reasonably-sized chassis.
We designed these for driving multiway loudspeaker systems using an
active crossover to split the signals into
frequency ranges to suit each driver.
This approach needs one amplifier per
driver (woofer, tweeter etc) but you
generally don’t need as much power
per amplifier, since they are working
together.
Initially, we looked at using small,
low-cost Class-D amplifier modules
which could deliver 30-50W. After
quite a bit of searching, we concluded
Features
Specifications
● Low distortion and noise
● Extremely compact PCB
● Fits vertically on a 75mm heatsink and can be stacked in a 2RU
case
● Produces specified power output continuously with passive
cooling
● All through-hole parts
● Low in cost, simple to build
● Onboard DC fuses
● Output over-current and short circuit protection
● Clean overload recovery with low ringing
● Clean square wave response with minimal ringing
● Tolerant of hum & EMI fields
● Quiescent current adjustment with temperature compensation
●
●
●
●
18
Silicon Chip
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
that there was nothing readily available with distortion performance
within an order of magnitude of what
we’d call hifi. Many smaller Class-D
amplifiers exhibit high-frequency distortion above 0.5%, worse than many
decent loudspeaker drivers!
Our benchmark for high fidelity amplifiers is the Ultra-LD Mk.4
(August-October 2015; siliconchip.
com.au/Series/289). If we could fit
six of those into a box with a power
supply, we would be set! But as mentioned above, they are far too large.
The answer was to shrink the design
as much as we could without making
too many compromises.
The result is the Hummingbird
amplifier module that packs a surprising punch for its size, while keeping
Output power (±32V rails): 100W RMS into 4W, 60W RMS into 8W
Frequency response (-3dB): 1Hz to 150kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio: 118dB with respect to 50W into 4W
Input sensitivity: 1.2V RMS for 60W into 8W; 1.04V RMS for
100W into 4W
Input impedance: 22kW || 1nF
Total Harmonic Distortion (8W, ±32V): <0.008%, 20Hz-20kHz,
50kHz bandwidth 32W (see Figs.2 & 6)
Stability: unconditionally stable with any nominal speaker load ≥4W
Power supply: ±20-40V DC, ideally ±34V DC from a 25-0-25 transformer
Quiescent current: 53mA nominal
Quiescent power: 4W nominal
Output offset: typically <20mV (measured)
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
mingbird
Amplifier
applications like surround sound or when using an Active Crossover (like
the one we presented last month). It can trace its heritage back to our UltraLD family, making only a few compromises in being shrunk to a fraction of
its original size. It even has output protection!
Image Source:
https://pixabay.com/photos/hummingbird-bird-flight-wings-2139279/
many of the low-distortion characteristics of the Ultra-LD amplifiers
from which it takes inspiration. It can
achieve up to 60W into 8W or 100W
into 4W with distortion below 0.0008%
at 1kHz and less than 0.008% all the
way up to 20kHz. That’s way better
than “CD quality”.
Design
While the physical PCB bears little
resemblance to the Ultra-LD series, a
comparison of the circuit diagrams
(Fig.7) will show how many similarities there are between the Hummingbird and its larger siblings.
The principal changes are:
• There is only one pair of output
transistors, rather than two.
• We’re using less expensive
NJW21193/4 output transistors.
• The maximum supply rail voltages have dropped from ±57V to ±40V.
• The PCB width has been reduced
from 135mm wide to 64mm – less
than half.
• Simplification lets us use throughhole components exclusively.
The width of the PCB is defined
by the two output devices and thermal compensation transistor. This is
also a neat fit for the emitter resistors
By Phil Prosser
required for a stable operating bias
point.
Despite their relatively large size,
we have retained the DC rail fuses in
this design, as they form an important protective layer for the amplifier
in case something goes wrong in use.
The SOA protection is tightly coupled with the output stage and sits
between this and the Voltage Amplifier
(VAS). The VAS and Driver come next,
and sit between the fuses, again with
little room to spare. At the front end
of the board is the input stage. How
the various sections of the amplifier
fit on the PCB is shown in Fig.1.
Fig.1: this depiction of the Hummingbird PCB is at 90% of life-size and shows the purpose of each set of components.
The input stage is responsible for setting the gain and distortion cancellation while the VAS & drivers buffer the
signal from the input stage to provide suitable drive for the output transistors. The SOA Protection circuitry keeps the
output transistors within their ‘safe operating areas’.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 19
Because we are only using one
output device per side, we have
chosen a robust device with a generous safe operating area (SOA).
Few devices are sturdier than the
NJW21193G/NJW21194G (or their
beefier MJL21193/4 siblings). These
are rated at 16A, 250V and 200W.
We decided to add output SOA
protection to the amplifier that monitors the output current and voltage
and shuts off the output in case of a
short circuit or severe overload. This
protects the amplifier from all but the
worst abuse.
Calculations confirmed that using
a mains transformer with a 25-30V
AC secondary providing rail voltages
of ±35-42V would be safe with a single pair of output devices into 4W, 6W
or 8W, delivering 60W into 8W loads
and 100W into 4W loads. With a 25V
transformer, that’s reduced slightly to
50W for 8W.
We have not diverted very far from
the Ultra-LD series design for the
remainder of the amplifier design.
This is because the topology of the
Ultra-LD amplifier, which is basically
the “blameless” amplifier (as it is
dubbed by Douglas Self), just works.
The innovation in this project is more
about simplification and minimisation.
No doubt using SMDs would have
let us make the PCB less, err, packed.
Still, we managed to fit all the required
through-hole components into an area
of just 88 by 64mm. That will easily fit
standing on its side in a standard two
rack unit (2RU) high case, and assembly is not especially difficult.
Performance
We took total harmonic distortion
Fig.3: a scope plot of the amplifier’s
output waveform into an 8W resistive
load, driven into clipping. You can
see there’s a tiny bit of ‘sticking’
to the negative rail as it comes out
of clipping, but not enough to be
concerned about.
20
Silicon Chip
Fig.2: total harmonic distortion (minus noise) plots for the Hummingbird at two
different power levels: 36W (red) and 10W (blue). The other curves show the test
results with various combinations of output transistors, driver transistors and,
in one case, a different VAS transistor (BD139, pink curve). Regardless of which
devices you choose, the performance is pretty good.
(THD) measurements of the prototypes
at 10W and 35W into 8W by powering it from a bench supply, shown in
Fig.2. The 35W measurement required
using a 40dB attenuator with our test
equipment, while the 10W level only
needed a 20dB attenuator. That is why
the distortion results at 10W look so
much better than at 35W.
Given that the shapes of the two
curves are very similar, it’s likely that
the actual performance of the amplifier is closer to the 10W figures, even
up to its maximum 60W power output.
We can confidently say that this amplifier generates very low distortion levels, and at 10W, is below 0.002% THD
over much of the audio range.
Note that Fig.2 also shows partial
distortion curves for various alternative output/driver/VAS transistors,
and we will explain those options a
bit later.
The amplifier behaves well at clipping. The most common problem is
the output ‘sticking’ as the amplifier
exits clipping from the negative rail,
when the VAS transistor comes out of
Fig.4: this time, the amplifier has been
driven into clipping with a 3W resistive
load, representing pretty much the
worst-case situation it will have to deal
with when driving a real 4W (nominal)
loudspeaker. Once again, the recovery
from clipping is fine.
Fig.5: we fed a square wave signal
(orange) into the Hummingbird and
connected its output to a 3W resistive
load (harsh, we know). It handled this
very well, with no sign of overshoot or
undershoot; it’s a very well-behaved
amplifier.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.6: one of the many spectral plots we produced as part of the performance tests. You can see the THD readings of the
input (red) and output (blue) signals towards the bottom. You can also see all the harmonics of both signals in the central
area. The test signal is at 1kHz, so the first harmonic is at 2kHz, third at 3kHz etc. The amp’s output was passed through a
40dB attenuator, reducing the fundamental to -15dB and dropping the measured noise floor to that of the instrument.
saturation. The Hummingbird behaves
well coming out of clipping, as shown
in Figs.3 & 4.
We also tested with a square wave
signal, and the result is in Fig.5. There
is not a lot to show here; it generates
a bandwidth-limited square wave output as shown, with no overshoot and
minimal undershoot.
Finally, Fig.6 shows one of the
spectral plots taken while gathering
the measurements for Fig.2. The left
channel is connected to the output of
the amplifier via an attenuator, while
the right channel is monitoring the signal into the amplifier. As you can see,
the distortion at the output is hardly
any higher than the input signal, and
the second and third harmonics are
roughly equal at around -110dB.
The 22kW input resistor is selected
to match the 22kW feedback resistor so
that each side of the differential amplifier formed by PNP transistors Q7 and
Q8 has matched DC input impedances.
Assuming that these transistors have
equal current through each leg and
similar hfe, the offset voltages at the
bases of Q7 and Q8 will be about the
same.
This should ensure a low output
offset voltage on the amplifier. We
measured less than 20mV on our prototypes.
We have specified BC556 transistors
for Q7 and Q8, although you could use
low-noise BC560 devices if you can
find them. These are commonly available and perform well in this application. 100W emitter degeneration
The Hummingbird Amplifier is built on a
PCB measuring 64 x 88mm. The Amplifier
can be built with multiple configurations
of transistors. For example, this photo
uses MJE15032/3 transistors for Q4 & Q12.
These could be replaced with BD139/140
transistors respectively. See
Tables 1-3 for more detail.
Circuit description
Fig.7 shows the Hummingbird circuit. A 220kW resistor biases the input
signal at CON2 to 0V DC. The input
signal passes through a 10μF bipolar
capacitor and then a 100W resistor
shunted by 1nF and 22kW to the lownoise signal ground. This connects to
the output ground via a 10W resistor.
The 10μF and 22kW combination at
the input sets the -3dB low-frequency
cutoff point below 1Hz.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 21
Fig.7: the Hummingbird amplifier circuit is
pretty standard if a bit minimalist. It has a lot in
common with our previously published, higherpower amplifiers like the SC200 and Ultra-LD
series. Note NPN transistor Q17, which has been
added to protect Q14 during negative clipping
excursions and the SOA protection transistors,
Q6 & Q10, with three resistors each to set the I/V
limit slope and intercept.
resistors are used for Q7 and Q8. These
assist with achieving balance and linearity in the differential amplifier. This
reduces its sensitivity to transistor and
temperature variations.
The input stage operates with 3mA
of bias current. This is set by the 220W
resistor in the emitter leg of PNP transistor Q3, which serves as a constant
current source.
The keen-eyed will note that we
have omitted a resistor from the previous design, which was between the
constant current source and the differential amplifier. Our lower voltage
rails mean this is not necessary, as
Q3 can handle the resulting 100mW
dissipation.
The collector legs of the differential amplifier feed into a current mirror made using NPN transistors Q15
and Q16. A current mirror works by
exploiting the fact that with a matched
set of transistors at the same temperature, the Vbe (base-emitter voltage) relationship vs current will be the same.
So by connecting the bases of Q15
and Q16, and putting the same resistance in their emitter circuits, if we
drive 1.5mA through Q16, Q15 will
similarly seek to conduct 1.5mA as
it has the same base-emitter voltage.
This ensures that the differential
pair of Q7 & Q8 operates with the same
current in each leg, which means it
operates optimally as a linear differential amplifier.
The output of the differential amplifier is a current that flows into the base
of NPN transistor Q13. If the amplifier
output is higher than the input, the
input to Q8 increases, which reduces
the current into Q16. Because the current mirror ‘tries’ to keep the current
through Q15 and Q16 the same, this
►
excess current flows into Q13’s base.
Q13 forms part of a quasi Darlington transistor pair with Q14, which
ultimately drives the amplifier output. These transistors together form
the voltage amplifier stage (VAS). It
transforms the current from the front
end into a voltage.
Q14 is a KSC3503DS transistor,
which is specialised for this sort of
application. These are available from
Mouser, Digi-Key, element14, RS etc.
The VAS transistor needs to have a
very low Cob or output capacitance.
There are not many really suitable
devices being made these days, most
likely as the best VAS transistors were
also video amplifier transistors for
cathode ray tube (CRT) based monitors, which have gone the way of
the Dodo! We used the BF469 video
transistor here in the past, but they
are now obsolete.
The load on the VAS is the constant
current from PNP transistors Q1 and
Q2, which is set to about 8mA, plus
the current required to drive the output stage.
Between Q2 and Q14, we have NPN
transistor Q9 and its base biasing resistors. This forms a simple ‘Vbe multiplier’ that allows us to set the voltage
between the bases of output stage and
driver transistors Q4, Q5, Q11 and
Q12. These are arranged in standard
emitter-follower connected pairs.
The amplifier must operate in
Class-AB for good performance, where
Fig.8: four common amplifier classes; Class-C is mainly used for RF, not audio, ►
where distortion is less of a concern. Class-A has a single transistor that
varies its conduction over the whole cycle, while the other three classes use
complementary pairs. In Class-B, one device conducts for the positive half of the
cycle; the other conducts during the negative half. Class-AB is like Class-B except
that both devices conduct when the output is near 0V (the purple area is where
they overlap), while for Class-C, neither device conducts in the crossover zone.
22
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
both the positive (NPN) and negative
(PNP) output devices are conducting for output voltages around the 0V
crossover point, as shown in Fig.8.
We want to bias the amplifier to draw
about 50mA in the quiescent state as
this gives the best output stage linearity around the crossover point.
To achieve this, we need to set a
‘constant’ voltage to bias the four
base-emitter junctions at just over their
turn-on voltage (about 0.6V each), for
a total of around 2.4V.
But the base-emitter threshold voltages of Q4, Q5, Q11 and Q12 all vary
with temperature, so Q9 is mounted
on the same heatsink as Q5 and Q11,
siliconchip.com.au
and Q9 is used to multiply its own Vbe
voltage using a 390W fixed resistor and
potentiometer VR1. This way, the bias
voltage will track the Vbe voltages of
those two transistors, giving a mostly
constant bias current.
When properly adjusted, VR1 will
be about 130W. Q9’s base-emitter voltage is across this resistance, around
0.6V, giving about 4.6mA through VR1
and also the 390W resistor. That gives
1.8V (390W × 4.6mA) between Q9’s
base and collector, for a total of 2.4V
(0.6V + 1.8V).
Our output stage is a single pair of
transistors, Q5 & Q11. The NJW21193/4
types, as stated earlier, have been
Australia’s electronics magazine
selected for their large safe operating
area. These are driven by MJE15032/33
driver devices, as there is not enough
current available from the VAS to drive
them directly.
The output devices both have 0.22W
resistors in series with their emitters,
providing a small amount of negative
feedback for their bias currents.
The driver devices are capable of
much higher current and dissipation
than demanded in this application.
However, they are freely available and
reasonably priced, so they suit this
application well. They do not dissipate enough power in this application
to require heatsinking.
December 2021 23
Fig.9: SOA curves for all the output devices you can
use in the Hummingbird, plus load lines for 8W purely
resistive and 45° reactive loads (representing a worst-case
loudspeaker). This shows that all the output devices are
safe for driving such loads with the recommended supply
voltages, except perhaps the TIP35/36, so it’s probably best
to avoid those if possible.
However, suppose you are pushing
your luck by increasing the rail voltage or driving very low impedances
with continuous waveforms, or you
wish to achieve ideal bias tracking. In
that case, you might benefit from fitting them to the heatsink (or the back
of the output devices) on flying leads.
Ideally, we would have mounted
them on the main heatsink so that their
Vbe voltages track those of the output
devices, as Q9 will multiply its own
Vbe changes by a factor of four. We
did not do that, to keep this module
as compact as possible.
The driver transistors still heat up
and cool down as the load changes,
which provides some thermal tracking, but it won’t be exact.
Fig.10: a similar plot to Fig.9 but this time, the load lines
are for 4W resistive/reactive loads and we’ve eliminated
those output devices that we don’t recommend for driving
4W loudspeakers. All three options are pretty safe; the
MJL3281A/MJL1302A pairing comes pretty close to the
reactive load line, but the SOA protection circuitry is there
to save the day if necessary.
The result is that under transient
application of a heavy load, the output stage bias will tend to decrease
slightly as the module gets hot delivering a significant amount of power. It
does not experience thermal runaway,
nor does the performance change due
to this change in bias, so it is a worthwhile compromise to keep the module compact.
SOA protection
Because we are using a single pair
of output devices, we feel it prudent
to protect them against unexpected
overload or short circuits. Shorting
the output of a typical amplifier often
leads to the failure of output devices,
driver transistors and ultimately the
fuse, often in that order. We get around
that by adding some basic safe operating area (SOA) limiting components.
The SOA curves for each pair of recommended output devices (taken from
their data sheets) are plotted in Figs.9
& 10, along with curves representing
the maximum specified output power
being delivered into purely resistive
and reactive loads, the latter representing the worst-case loudspeaker load.
As you can see, except for the
TIP35/36 pair, all devices will be
within their SOAs under these conditions. However, some loudspeakers can have significant impedance
dips at specific frequencies that
could cause the transistors to operate outside their safe areas, and also
Table 1 – alternative output transistors
NPN output
PNP output
SOA protection resistors Comments & limitations
Status
NJW21194G NJW21193G
18kW
820W
220W
Performance as presented
Verified
MJL21194
MJL21193
22kW
750W
220W
Performance as presented; THD <0.001%
at 1kHz with MPSA42 VAS
Verified
FJA4313 or
2SC5242
FJA4213 or
2SA1962
22kW
470W
270W
Limit to 25V AC transformer if driving
difficult 4W loads
Verified
2SC5200
2SA1943
18kW
560W
220W
Performs as specified
Verified
MJL3281A
MJL1302A
18kW
820W
220W
TIP35B/C
TIP36B/C
27kW
1kW
390W
Limit to 25V AC transformer, prefer 8W
load. Surprisingly good performance
Verified
TIP3055
TIP2955
12kW
680W
270W
Limit to 25V AC transformer and 8W load
Not checked
24
Silicon Chip
Not checked
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
►
Fig.12: we deliberately overdrove the amplifier by
connecting its output across a load of just 1W and fed it with
a single sinewave pulse. This causes the output transistors
to deliver so much current that it triggers the SOA
protection circuitry. You can see from the bottom trace how
it limits the output voltage/current to protect the transistors.
accidents can happen with the wiring accidentally shorting together etc.
Fig.11 shows the same SOA curves
as Figs.9 & 10 but also adds dashed
“SOA protection” lines. These are the
limits we’ve chosen to ‘program in’ for
each pair of output devices to ensure
they stay within their SOAs.
The effect of driving the Hummingbird into a 1W load is shown in Fig.12.
The input signal is at the top, while
the ‘clipped’ output waveform below
shows the protection kicking in. This
will not save you from ultimately overheating the output transistors, but it
will prevent the immediate loss of
magic smoke.
Some people claim that this type
of protection degrades the amplifier’s
performance, but the measured specifications speak for themselves.
Fig.11: this shows all the output transistor SOAs again,
as well as the SOA protection lines (dashed). While
the protection lines are straight, they’re positioned to
stay below the SOA curves in almost all cases, so the
amplifier can’t drive the transistors outside of their SOA
curves. The SOA protection lines for the NJW21193G/
NJW21194G and MJL3281A/MJL1302A are identical
(green dashed line) since, despite being different curves,
they cross over at a critical point.
►
To understand how the SOA protection works, consider the top half,
based on NPN transistor Q6 and diode
D1 plus three resistors: 18kW, 820W
and 220W.
In normal operation, the voltage
across the 0.22W emitter resistor of
Q5 is less than 0.6V. Ignoring the extra
resistors for now, this means that Q6
is biased off and has no effect.
Under fault conditions, the voltage
across the 0.22W resistor increases to
the point that Q6 starts to switch on.
This diverts current from the base of
driver transistor Q4 to the output,
starving the driver of base current.
This, in turn, starves the output device
of base drive until the output current
reduces to the point that Q6 is no longer switched on so hard.
This creates a local feedback loop
that limits the output current, thus protecting the output stage. Diode D1 is
included so that the opposing current
protection circuit is not reverse-biased
by heavy output loads.
In the absence of the three extra
resistors, Q6 would switch on at an
output current of about 3A (0.6V across
a 0.22W resistor). This is too early, so
to allow more current, the 820W and
220W resistors form a voltage divider
with a division ratio of 0.21. So a current of about 13A through the emitter resistor is required to turn the
over-current protection on.
Without the 18kW resistor, the current limit will be the same regardless
of the output voltage. Adding that
resistor injects more current into the
voltage divider formed by the other
two resistors, so that at low output
Table 2 – alternative driver transistors
NPN driver
PNP driver
Comments
Status
MJE15032
MJE15033
As specified (MJE15034 & MJE15035 have not been tested but should be similar)
Verified
MJE15030
MJE15031
These perform well with 8W and 6W loads. At 3W, distortion increases faster than
the specified devices, but they are still a fair choice
Verified
TIP31B/C
TIP32B/C
Performs close to specifications. With 3W loads, distortion increases faster than
the specified devices, but they are still a fair choice
Verified
BD139
BD140
Install in opposite orientation (ECB vs BCE pinout). The -16 gain group parts are
the best choice. Limit to 25V AC transformer
Verified
MJE350
MJE340
Install in opposite orientation (ECB vs BCE pinout). Not ideal. Marginal on
maximum current. Limit to 8W and 25V AC transformer
Not
checked
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 25
Table.3 – alternative VAS transistors
NPN VAS
Comment
Status
KSC3505DS
As specified
Verified
BF469
As specified
Verified
BD139
Slightly elevated distortion, but a surprisingly good
performer – rumour has it that there are many
“types” of BD139, so ‘your mileage may vary’.
Verified
MPSA42
Pinout is different. Measured THD <0.001% at 1kHz
with MJL21193/4 output transistors. More negative
rail “sticking” than KSC3505DS, but not excessive
Verified
voltages, more current is injected, and
the current limit kicks in earlier.
This results in the SOA protection being “sloped” to fit the SOA
of the output devices, and allowing
more current at high output voltages,
because the voltage across the devices
is lower. Thus they dissipate less
power for the same current.
Output device selection
The pinout of the output devices
is very common. The Hummingbird
delivers the measured performance
with the parts specified, but we have
checked that the amplifier works properly with a range of other output transistors. You do need to change the SOA
protection resistor values, though, as
per Table 1. You also have options for
the driver transistors (Table 2) and VAS
transistor (Table 3).
Construction
All parts are through-hole, and they
fit on the 64 x 88mm, double-sided
PCB coded 01111211, shown in Fig.13.
The parts are closely spaced but not
too tight. We have kept the pad sizes
generous to make soldering easier.
Before we continue, we strongly
advise you to use transistors from a
reputable supplier. There are cheap
transistors on internet auction/sale
sites. Do not be tempted by these.
Fakes are prolific, even in surprisingly simple devices. All the devices
recommended for this amplifier are
available at reasonable prices from
major suppliers.
Start by fitting all the small resistors and diodes – make sure the orientations of the diodes match what’s
shown in Fig.13 and on the PCB
silkscreen. Follow with the trimpot,
orientating its adjustment screw as
shown. This is critical as we need to
be able to set the quiescent current to
a minimum before the module is first
powered up.
26
Silicon Chip
Next, mount the input and output connectors. We have used parts
with the common 5/5.08mm spacing on these (except the input, a
2.54mm-pitch header).
You should consider how you will
be mounting the modules before
choosing either screw terminals or
pluggable connectors. Access to a
screw terminal may be obstructed in
some arrangements, so in that case,
use pluggable connectors.
Now install all the non-polarised
capacitors. Fit the MKT parts close
to the PCB. Make sure that you use
a 100V-rated device for the 220pF
capacitor.
Follow with the 5A fuses and their
clips. We find it easiest to put the fuses
in their clips and then solder that as
an assembly to the PCB. This ensures
everything is well-aligned.
Fit the electrolytic capacitors next,
noting that they must all be installed
with their + (longer) lead to the left
when the PCB is orientated with the
output devices at the top. Ensure that
you have adequate voltage ratings
on these parts (ie, at least what is
specified in the parts list).
Now install the TO-92 transistors. It is worth finding matched
pairs for Q7 & Q8 and Q9 & Q10, if
you can. To do this, check the hfe figures of a handful of each type. Select
pairs that have reasonably similar hfe
measurements; within 10% is fine.
Also, try selecting pairs that have high
hfe figures compared to the others.
With the BC549 and BC556, an hfe
figure below 100 is cause to throw the
part in the bin, although such a low
reading is rare indeed.
Now is a good time to mount the
remaining resistors. The only ones that
get warm are the 0.22W output stage
emitter resistors, and that’s only when
delivering full-power sine waves from
the amplifier, which will not happen
with musical material. But it is still
good practice to mount these a few
millimetres proud of the PCB.
The PCB will accept standard 5W
cast resistors, but we really liked the
look and fit of some smaller resistors
we got from Mouser (see the parts list).
They need to have a rating of at least
3W in this application, so 5W is quite
conservative.
Making inductor L1
The output inductor is made from
0.8mm enamelled copper wire (ECW)
as follows:
1. Find a mandrel that is a bit over
10mm in diameter and has a slight
chamfer to it so that once complete, you can push the inductor off. We used a large ‘Sharpie’
brand permanent marker.
2. Put masking tape around this
mandrel with the sticky side facing outwards.
Fig.13: building the Hummingbird
is straightforward; fit the
components to the PCB as shown
here. Watch the orientations
of all diodes, transistors and
electrolytic capacitors. For the
TO-220 and TO-126 devices, the
metal tabs face as shown here
(if your TO-126 device lacks a
metal tab, it would typically be
opposite the side with writing on
it). Don’t forget that if any of your
transistors are substitutes for the
recommended devices, they will
have different part codes than
those shown here – see Tables 1-3.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List – Hummingbird (for one amplifier)
1 double-sided PCB coded 01111211, 64 x 88mm
1 split rail power supply delivering ±20V to ±40V DC (eg, 15-28V AC mains transformer, bridge rectifier, filter
capacitors, mains socket, mains-rated wiring, heatshrink tubing etc) – see Fig.15
3 2-way 5/5.08mm pitch mini terminal blocks (CON1, CON3, CON4)
1 2-way polarised/locking pin header (CON2)
4 M205 fuse clips (F1, F2)
2 5A 5mm ceramic fuses (F1, F2)
Altronics kit will be available
1 1m length of 0.8mm diameter enamelled copper wire (L1)
Altronics has announced that they will be
1 500W vertical or side-adjust multi-turn trimpot (VR1)
making a kit for this project, code K5158.
2 TO-3P insulating kits (washers and bushes)
It should be available late November/early
1 TO-126 insulating kit (washer and bush)
December. Check their website or in-store
3 M3 x 25mm panhead machine screws
to find the kit price (not available at the
3 flat washers to suit M3 screws
time of going to press).
3 crinkle washers to suit M3 screws
3 M3 hex nuts
2 blown 5mm fuses (for testing, or purposefully blow 100mA fuses)
1 heatsink, type depending on intended application (we used one Altronics H0545 for six modules)
1 small tube of superglue
1 5cm length of masking tape
Semiconductors
5 BC556 65V 100mA PNP transistors, TO-92 (Q1, Q3, Q7, Q8, Q10)
1 MJE350 300V 500mA PNP transistor, TO-126 (Q2) [Altronics Z1127, Jaycar ZT2260]
1 MJE15032G or MJE15034G 250V/350V 8A NPN transistor, TO-220 (Q4) [element14 9556621, Digi-Key
MJE15034GOS-ND, Mouser 863-MJE15032G]
1 NJW21194G or MJL21194 250V 16A NPN transistor, TO-3P (Q5) [Jaycar ZT2228, element14 2535656, Digi-Key
NJW21194GOS-ND, Mouser 863-NJW21194G]
3 BC546 65V 100mA NPN transistors, TO-92 (Q6, Q13, Q17)
1 BD139 80V 1A NPN transistor, TO-126 (Q9) [Altronics Z1068, Jaycar ZT2189]
1 NJW21193G or MJL21193 250V 16A PNP transistor, TO-3P (Q11) [Jaycar ZT2227, element14 9555781, Digi-Key
NJW21193GOS-ND, Mouser 863-NJW21193G]
1 MJE15033G or MJE15035G 250V/350V 8A PNP transistor, TO-220 (Q12) [element14 9556630, Digi-Key
MJE15035GOS-ND, Mouser 863-MJE15033G]
1 KSC3503DS 300V 100mA NPN transistor, TO-126 (Q14) [element14 2453955, Digi-Key KSC3503DS-ND, Mouser
512-KSC3503DS]
2 BC549 30V 100mA NPN transistors (Q15, Q16)
3 1N4148 75V 250mA small signal diodes (D1-D3)
Capacitors
1 220μF 25V electrolytic [Altronics R5144, Jaycar RE6324]
2 100μF 50V 105°C electrolytic [Altronics R4827, Jaycar RE6346]
2 47μF 50V low-ESR electrolytic [Altronics R6107, Jaycar RE6344]
1 10μF 50V low-ESR electrolytic [Altronics R6067, Jaycar RE6075]
1 10μF 50V non-polarised electrolytic [Altronics R6560, Jaycar RY6810]
1 220nF 63V MKT [Altronics R3029B, Jaycar RM7145]
5 100nF 63V MKT [Altronics R3025B, Jaycar RM7125]
1 22nF 63V MKT [Altronics R3017B, Jaycar RM7085]
1 1nF 63V MKT [Altronics R3001B, Jaycar RM7010]
1 220pF 100V NP0/C0G ceramic [eg, element14 2860112, Digi-Key 445-173535-1-ND, Mouser
810-FG28C0G2A221JNT6]
Resistors (all 1/4W+ 1% metal film axial unless otherwise stated)
1 220kW
5 100W 0.5W or 0.6W 1% metal film
2 22kW
1 82W
2 18kW
2 68W
2 3.9kW
2 47W 0.5W or 0.6W 1% metal film
3 2.2kW
1 39W
1 1.2kW
1 15W 1W
2 820W
1 10W
1 390W
2 10W 5W 10% (for testing)
4 220W
1 4.7W 1W
2 0.22W 5W 5% [element14 1735119, Digi-Key BC3440CT-ND, Mouser 594-AC050002207JAC00]
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 27
3. Placed a bend in the enamelled
copper wire (ECW), 30-40mm
from the end, and wind nine turns
onto the masking tape.
4. Put a few drops of super glue on
the ECW. Don’t worry if it gets on
the masking tape, but you probably don’t want to get it on your
mandrel!
5. Give this a minute to set, then
wind another layer on top of the
first nine turns. You might only
be able to get eight more in; that
is OK. Add more superglue and
again allow it to set.
6. Add the final winding of nine
turns over that and glue again.
7. Push the inductor off the mandrel. Don’t be scared to give it a
solid push.
8. Tease the masking tape from
inside the inductor; we used longnose pliers. Then we added some
extra super glue.
9. Trim the ends, scrape the enamel
off them and mount it to the PCB
above the 4.7W resistor as shown.
Finishing construction
Now fit the remaining transistors:
solder Q2, Q4, Q12 & Q14 directly
to the PCB. The BD139, NJW21193
and NJW21194 devices that mount
on the main heatsink (Q5, Q9 & Q11)
come last.
Before proceeding, check your
mounting arrangements and ensure
that you load these at the right height
for mounting on the main heatsink.
The best way is to mount these transistors to the heatsink using the insulating kits and machine screws, bend
their leads to fit the board and then
solder them. It’s ideal if you can tap
the heatsink to accept the screws, but
if not, drill through between the fins
and use long screws and nuts.
Adjustment & testing
It is critical that the bias adjusting
potentiometer is set to maximum resistance so that the initial bias current is
very low. Do this by turning it clockwise a minimum of 20 turns. Check
with a multimeter that there is close
to 500W between the cathode (striped
end) of diode D3 and the right-hand
end of the 390W resistor, just to the
left of Q11.
Do this now as, if you forget, you
might blow the fuses when you power
it up, and fuses aren’t always fast
enough to protect semiconductors!
28
Silicon Chip
Fig.14: route the wiring to
each module like this to
ensure you get the stated
performance. Current
flowing through these wires
will cause magnetic fields,
which affect the operation
of components on the
amplifier. Routing the
cables this way keeps those
magnetic field strengths
low. Once you’ve run them,
use cable ties and cable
clamp to hold them in
place and keep everything
neat.
You can do some initial testing
without mounting the amplifier to a
heatsink. This test will check that the
amplifier is operational. Remove the
5A fuses from the board and install
the test (blown) M205 fuses with 10W
5W resistors soldered across them.
We refer to these as “safety resistors”.
Connect a voltmeter between the
output and ground, set to a 200V range
(or similar). Connect another voltmeter across one of the 10W resistors, set
to a 20V range or similar. If you only
have one meter, run an initial check
monitoring the output voltage only.
With the input to the module disconnected, apply power. Anything
over about ±15V is fine. If you can, set
the current limit on the power supply
to about 100mA.
Check that the output voltage settles
to 0V ±50mV. We built 14 test units,
and all were within that range. Also
check that the voltage across the 10W
Australia’s electronics magazine
safety resistor is less than 1V.
If either of these tests fail, immediately power it off and check for the
cause.
Have you got the bias pot set at
the right end of its travel? Are all the
capacitors in the right way around? Do
you have a signal feeding the input? If
so, disconnect it. Are all the transistors
and diodes in the right places and the
right way around? Check that those
output devices are in the right spot!
Is your power supply delivering
both positive and negative rails, and
do you have the ground connected?
Setting the bias
This requires the amplifier to be
mounted to a heatsink with appropriate insulators for the output devices
and Vbe multiplier transistor. Power
it up and adjust the bias by turning
potentiometer VR1’s screw anticlockwise while watching the voltage across
siliconchip.com.au
The Amplifier can be cleanly mounted to
a 75mm heatsink as shown above. The
SOA protection resistors are missing as
we wanted to compare the performance
with and without them. After which you
can daisy-chain them together to form a
larger system such as a six channel setup
shown adjacent. This setup was mounted
in a 2U rack case.
the 10W resistor. Nothing will happen
for quite a few turns; then, the bias current will rapidly increase. Adjust this
to achieve 500mV across the resistor.
Allow this to settle and readjust. It
will take a while to settle, depending
on your mounting arrangement this
should be done with the full supply
voltage applied (ie, the final voltages
you intend to use).
Re-install the 5A fuses, and you are
ready to go. You can check the bias
later by measuring the voltage across
the 0.22W resistors; you should see
10mV across each. If you’re mounting multiple modules on a heatsink
sideways as we did, the side-adjust
style trimpot specified makes this
quite easy.
Installation
To minimise distortion to the levels
presented requires careful attention to
layout and the power supply wiring.
Our recommended wiring layout per
module is shown in Fig.14, and the
recommended power supply configuration is shown in Fig.15.
The wiring from the main supply
capacitors should have the positive,
negative and ground wires twisted
together. The output should fold back
toward the output devices, run parallel to the 0.22W output resistors, then
follow the power wires.
The output wire should follow the
power wires back past the power supply and pick up a ground wire, minimising the loop area created, then run
as a pair from there to the speaker terminals (see above).
Ensure that the power supply has a
‘star Earth point’ from which you connect to the input ground, the amplifier
ground and the speaker output ground.
Also check that the way you connect
the rectifier and its ground connection to the capacitors does not inject
noise onto your star Earth point. Connect the input shielded cable screen
to the star point.
Make sure all connections are secure
Fig.15: we’ve left the power supply for the Hummingbird somewhat open-ended,
as it has pretty standard requirements. It just needs split DC rails without too
much ripple, somewhere between ±20V and ±40V. The configuration shown here
will produce around ±34V, which is right in the sweet spot and uses commonly
available parts. Make sure your filter capacitors have a high enough voltage
rating (above the highest expected peak DC voltage) and enough capacitance to
‘hold up’ the supply between 100Hz recharge pulses at the maximum sustained
output power you’re expecting. Generally, you will need at least a few thousand
microfarads per rail; ideally, at least 10,000μF per rail for multiple amplifier
modules.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
and have low resistance; poor connections can easily double the distortion
levels, or more. We found this measuring a batch of modules we built to
verify our results; we had to tighten
the connections to achieve consistent results.
Getting the most out of it
We expect this module to find use
where a small, low distortion, rugged
and reasonably-priced multi-channel
amplifier is required. As these modules will fit on a 75mm heatsink, many
of them can be mounted vertically in
a 2U rack case.
Our original application for this
amplifier was to provide six channels
for a stereo system using three-way
loudspeakers with active crossovers.
With two channels for subwoofers,
two for mid-range two for tweeters,
we expect the maximum continuous
power to be 60W on each subwoofer
channel, possibly half this for the mid
and a tiny fraction of this on the high.
As a result, a power supply based
on a 300VA transformer will be more
than enough for all six channels. Even
a 160VA might cut it if you don’t plan
on driving it especially hard. If your
application calls for high power levels,
there are more appropriate options,
such as the SC200 and the Ultra-LD
series. You could use a pair of those
for the low-frequency channels and the
Hummingbird for the others.
SC
December 2021 29
►
SMD
Soldering
Tips & Tricks
While the only difference between SMD and through-hole components is how
they are soldered to the PCB, there is a lot of jargon surrounding SMDs and new
techniques required to work with them, especially the smaller types. This article
accompanies our SMD Trainer project (starting on page 38) and provides a lot of
detail to help you become an SMD soldering master.
Image source: www.pxfuel.com/en/free-photo-qhfan
By Tim Blythman
U
ndoubtedly, some people would
prefer to learn how to solder
SMDs by getting a hold of the Trainer
board (see page 38) and some parts
and just getting stuck into assembling
it. However, soldering SMDs is a lot
easier if you know the tricks.
You might find the information in
this article helpful even if you don’t
plan on building the SMD Trainer.
There’s plenty of general advice and
hints here, so it’s well worth a read.
However, keep in mind that this article
is intended to accompany the Trainer;
it does not describe less common components and SMD packages that do not
appear on the Trainer PCB.
If you have some SMD experience
but still might have something to learn,
you could read through this article and
skip over any sections about subjects
that you already understand.
SMD component sizes and
packages
Many of the components used in our
Trainer design (including the resistors,
30
Silicon Chip
capacitors and diodes) have two leads
(terminals) and are in so-called ‘chip’
style packaging. These are small, flat
and roughly rectangular. These tend
to be the most numerous type of components in any design based primarily
on surface-mount parts.
Some passive components come in
different types of SMD packages. For
example, it’s common to see small
electrolytic can capacitors sitting on
a small plastic base with SMD-style
leads protruding. While smaller than
most electros, they are still larger than
most surface-mount passives, so they
are not hard to work with.
The parts in chip packaging are
often described by a four to six-digit
code, and there are both imperial
and metric versions of this code. For
example, a common 3216 metric sized
part would be interchangeably known
as 1206 under the imperial system.
Confusingly, there are some parts
with the same codes in both systems
(including 1206), but they are very
different sizes!
Australia’s electronics magazine
One way of differentiating these is
to use the “M” prefix for metric sizes;
this is what we prefer, and we will
usually quote both to resolve ambiguity. For example, you will often see
(M3216/1206) in our parts lists. This is
the largest resistor and capacitor size
that we have used in the SMD Trainer.
Larger parts are available, though; the
next step up is usually M3226/1210
and then M4532/1812.
The first two digits determine the
component length, while the other
digits determine the width. Most parts
are longer than they are wide, so the
first two digits will be greater, but this
is not always the case. Usually, the
leads are along the short sides, but in
cases where the leads span the longer
sides, the numbers might be reversed
(eg, M1632/0612).
The metric digits are in tenths of a
millimetre, so an M3216 part measures
3.2mm long by 1.6mm wide. Also note
that the two terminals will be situated
at opposite ends, lengthwise.
Under the imperial system, each
siliconchip.com.au
pair of digits accounts for 1/100th of
an inch, so a 1206 part is 0.12in by
0.06in, close to the metric equivalent.
Table 1 summarises some of the
more common two-lead sizes. Note the
last row showing a five-digit imperial
code (with a dimension under 1/100th
of an inch or 0.25mm!). You can also
see how, confusingly, some codes
(such as 0603 and 0402) are present
in both rows.
On our Trainer board, the parts
around IC1 are all M3216/1206 size.
This is one of the largest sizes for
which there is a comprehensive range
of parts, so it is a good choice for using
SMD parts where there is no need to
go smaller.
The LEDs around IC2 vary from
M3216/1206 through M2012/0805,
M1608/0603 and M1005/0402 down to
M0603/0201. Each has a corresponding resistor of the same size.
Another two-lead package that you
might see is often used for diodes and
is known as SOD-123 (small outline
diode). These are similar in appearance to the transistor packages we’ll
describe below, but only have two
leads.
Components with three or
more leads
IC1 and Q1 on our board are also in
commonly-available SMD packages.
For parts with more than two leads,
there are often variants with differing
pin counts but otherwise identical pin
pitch and spacing between rows. Parts
called SOIC or SOP (small outline IC or
small outline package) typically have
pins with 1.27mm or 0.05in pin pitch.
This is exactly half the pitch of most
DIL (dual in-line) through-hole parts.
IC1 is in a SOIC-8 package with a
3.9mm body (plastic part) width. Like
Table 1 – common passive SMD component sizes
Metric
M3216
M2012
Length
3.2mm
2.0mm
Width
1.6mm
1.2mm
Imperial
1206
0805
Length
0.12in
Width
0.06in
M1608
M1005
M0603
1.6mm
1.0mm
0.6mm
0.4mm
0.8mm
0.5mm
0.3mm
0.2mm
0603
0402
0201
01005
0.08in
0.06in
0.04in
0.02in
0.01in
0.05in
0.03in
0.02in
0.01in
0.005in
DIL parts, width tends to increase as
the pin count increases, to allow room
for the internal leads to fan out along
with larger silicon dies.
The package we have chosen for
transistor Q1 is called SOT-23 (“small
outline transistor”). There are also
variants with extra pins opposite each
of these, called SOT-23-6, plus SOT23-5, which is much the same as SOT23-6 but lacking a middle pin on one
side (see Fig.1 below).
The basic SOT-23 parts (Mosfets,
small-signal transistors, dual diodes
etc) are quite easy to work with, as
they will only fit their pads one way,
and the pins are fairly well spaced and
accessible. But they are getting to the
point where their size means they are
more likely to be misplaced, lost or
simply fly into the distance without a
trace if not handled carefully.
A clean workspace of uniform
colour is the best strategy against losing these tiny parts.
The package size of IC2 on our
Trainer board is the next step down,
called SSOP for “small shrink outline
package”. You’ll also see these with
other modifiers, such as TSSOP (thin
small shrink outline package). Either
way, they’ll have a 0.65mm pin pitch,
about half that of SOIC. Besides being
thinner, TSSOP packages are also narrower than SSOP, so watch out – some
M0402
footprints will suit either, but not all.
Integrated circuit packages
Another common IC package that
is suited to hand-soldering is the QFP
(quad flat pack) and its many variants,
such as TQFP (thin quad flat pack).
These come with a variety of pin
pitches, with 0.8mm down to 0.4mm
being typical.
They are often used where more
pins are needed in a small space, such
as for microcontrollers. While the
packages are not much smaller, with
the pins arranged around four of the
sides, they can be more tricky to align
correctly.
We’ve placed a QFP-44 (10x10) footprint on the rear of the PCB for reference; it has 44 pins (11 along each
side), while 10x10 refers to the plastic case dimensions in millimetres.
It has a pin pitch of 0.8mm. You can
test your skills if you have a suitable
part, although it won’t do anything. It
could also be useful as a reference for
checking dimensions and pin pitches.
While it’s usually the tiny size of
SMD parts that makes hand-soldering
difficult, there are other reasons too.
For parts smaller than SSOP, a designer
might choose a QFN (quad flat no-lead),
BGA (ball grid array), VTLA (very thin
leadless array) or WLCSP (wafer level
chip scale packaging).
Fig.1: some of the more
common surface-mount
component footprints are
shown at left (eg, SOT23, SOIC-8, SSOP-16,
M3216/1206) along with
pin numbering.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 31
These parts are not intended to be
soldered by hand, depending on a
reflow process or similar to be soldered correctly. That’s not to say that
they can’t be hand-soldered at all, but
it is very difficult.
Some parts can also have large ‘thermal’ pads on the underside of their
packages that need to be soldered.
Unless the PCB is designed with a via
through the PCB to allow the solder
to be fed from the other side, it isn’t
practical to solder these by hand either
(although a handheld hot air reflow
tool can be used with great success).
The packages and parts described
so far are all standard to a degree.
There are also numerous SMD parts
that come in unique packages. Our
SMD Trainer has two parts like this;
the mini-USB socket and the coin cell
holder.
SMD component markings
Markings on SMD parts can be cryptic, even when present, but resistors
(above a certain size) are thankfully
quite straightforward.
Instead of a colour code, they are
simply printed (or laser etched) with
the numeric equivalent of the colour
code. A through-hole 10kW resistor
would have coloured stripes of brown,
black, orange or brown, black, black,
red, indicating 10 followed by three
zeroes or 100 followed by two zeros.
An SMD 10kW resistor would simply be marked ‘103’ or ‘1002’. Note that
there is no tolerance code.
Unfortunately, the common ceramic
chip SMD capacitors are not usually
marked at all. In this case, all you can
do is make sure that the parts are well
labelled in their packaging and only
work with one value at a time.
ICs can be tricky, too, as they usually have cryptic codes etched into
the smaller space that’s available on
their tops. SOIC parts may be large
enough to have a sensible code, but
SOT-23 parts are too small for this.
Some manufacturers may even use the
same code that another manufacturer
has used for a different, incompatible part. The part’s data sheet usually
indicates what code(s) they have used.
ICs also have a mark indicating their
orientation. Usually, the marking is
intended to highlight pin 1. This may
be a dimple in the plastic moulding
or a bevel along one edge. Or it might
be an etched symbol on the part top.
Referring to the data sheet is the
32
Silicon Chip
best way to find out what this mark
will be. We usually mark the location
of pin 1 on the PCB silkscreen with a
small dot or “1”.
Some SOIC parts will have a notch
and bevel marked on the silkscreen
too, corresponding to these features
that might exist on the IC. Note,
though, that different manufacturers
of equivalent parts can use different
methods for indicating pin 1.
Since the smallest SMD components
are not intended to be placed by hand,
they generally have no distinct markings. Instead, a computerised pick and
place machine is programmed to know
how they are orientated in the tape reel
on which they are supplied; the data
sheet will often show this.
As LEDs are polarised, they too usually have a polarity mark. It can vary,
but it is usually a green dot or T-shape
marking the cathode, or a small triangle that matches the direction of the
triangle in the diode symbol and thus
also points to the cathode.
Tools & consumables
This article is intended for relative
beginners, so we will assume you
mainly have tools intended for soldering through-hole parts. That means a
soldering iron (temperature-controlled
ideally) and some solder wire. You
could use those tools to assemble the
first section of our SMD Trainer Board
with a bit of care, although a few extra
items will be helpful.
Tweezers
You’ll need something to hold the
parts in place while soldering. The
small size means that you can’t use
your fingers; even if they were small
enough, they would get burnt very
quickly! Fine-tipped tweezers are ideal.
Kits like Jaycar’s TH1752 or Altronics’ T2374 are perfectly adequate,
although precision points can be helpful for smaller parts. Just about anything that can be described as tweezers
will be better than nothing.
Flux
Practically all electronics solder
contains flux or resin, usually sufficient for through-hole construction.
But you probably won’t realise the
benefits that a separate flux can bring
until you start using it.
While you might be used to solder wire ‘just working’, it’s actually
the resin core (the resin from certain
trees makes an excellent flux) that is
largely responsible for this. There are
other, more modern and even synthetic
fluxes, but resins (called “rosins” after
purification) continue to be used as
they are quite effective.
If you’ve ever tried reusing solder,
you’ll know that it doesn’t work as well
as new solder. That isn’t due to its age,
but because flux has been consumed.
This is primarily due to the metal
oxides that build up over time as metals
react with oxygen in the air. One feature of flux is that it is a reducing agent;
Tweezers are useful for holding components when soldering. You can also
purchase tweezers with heating cores, which can be used for desoldering
as shown in this photo. Source: https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/
File:Soldering_a_0805.jpg
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
For applying flux there's a variety of different tools you can use, such as this
flux pen above. We generally recommend using a flux gel syringe over a pen or
container of paste because it's easy to apply and doesn't boil off immediately
circuits but must be removed from
mains circuits before applying power.
The impurities captured by the flux
can create a conductive path that
would be dangerous at such voltages.
You should also clean the flux off
the PCB to be able to inspect it properly. Flux and slag can obscure solder
bridges and poor solder joints. It’s best
to clean as you go, rather than leave
it all until the end, as flux is easier to
remove when warm.
Clean up using the appropriate
chemicals. It’s best to use Nylon
brushes and/or lint-free cloths since
you don’t want to leave fibres behind
on the board. Don’t just spray or pour
the cleaning solution onto the board;
you need to remove it after it has had
a chance to dissolve the flux. Sometimes letting it sluice off will carry
away much of the flux, but you’ll still
need to dab it dry.
You may find that the cleaning
process is imperfect or, even worse,
reveals a soldering failure. There’s no
choice but to go back and fix the problem, then clean and inspect it again.
the simple explanation of this property
is that it can reverse oxidation.
The flux reacts with the oxides to
leave a pure metal that will bond better. Many fluxes also form a layer to
keep out oxygen and prevent further
oxidation, which also applies to the
solder itself, PCB pads and component leads.
Another feature of flux is that it
should be heat-activated and only
work near the soldering temperature.
This prevents it from being used up
prematurely.
Flux can also enhance heat transfer.
Since all surfaces need to be heated
above the solder melting (eutectic) point
to enable good solder bonding, flux can
help get heat into where it is required.
The flux can be applied directly to the
parts and PCB in surface-mount work,
facilitating heat transfer from the iron
to all components.
The flux also reacts with the various oxides and contaminants to neutralise their negative effect on the soldering process. The reaction products
are referred to as slag. This is due to
the reactions with the various oxides.
The result is often a dark, sticky substance that collects on the tip of the
soldering iron.
Flux can also be a potently corrosive chemical and can damage a
board if any is left behind. Your flux
should have a data sheet that explains
this aspect in detail; those marketed
as ‘no-clean’ are less likely to leave a
corrosive residue.
Liquid fluxes, flux pens and flux
pastes are available; our preference is
for a paste or gel as it is easier to apply
and control and sticks around longer. Even for the amount of soldering
we do, a fairly small syringe lasts for
years (or at least until it expires), so
there is no need to buy a huge amount
of flux paste.
For ease of handling, we recommend
getting a small syringe, such as Altronics’ H1650A Flux Gel Syringe. The
syringe allows for the precise application of small amounts.
soldering, especially if you use a lot
of flux (which is not a bad idea since it
results in more reliable joints). You’ll
probably find that you’ll need to clean
your iron’s tip as you go.
A cleaning sponge is the most common choice here; lightly moisten it,
just enough to prevent the iron from
burning the sponge. We’ve seen brass
sponges that work pretty well, but
they don’t seem to have the ability to
capture all the residue. In a pinch, a
lightly-moistened paper towel works
well.
Cleaning
A solder sucker is better for removing a larger volume of solder, while a braid
is better for smaller jobs such as SMD components. Source: https://commons.
wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Solder_sucker.jpg
It’s important to clean up after
siliconchip.com.au
Solvents
Most fluxes will also recommend a
cleaner (even the so-called no-clean
fluxes). Isopropyl alcohol (isopropanol) is a reasonable all-around choice.
Some fluxes and their slags are sticky
and might require scrubbing to be
cleaned up properly.
Therefore, an even better option is
a specialised flux cleaner like Chemtools’ Kleanium Deflux-It G2 Flux
Remover (siliconchip.com.au/link/
abad).
Take care with these solvents. Many,
including isopropyl alcohol, are flammable, while some are poisonous or
can damage the skin. The solvent
datasheet or MSDS is the best place
to find advice and information about
these things.
The presence of flux should not
inhibit testing of most low-voltage
Solder wicking braid
You might also hear this called
desoldering braid or solder wick; it is
a length of finely woven copper wire
that has usually been impregnated
with some sort of flux. It is used to
wick away (or absorb) excess solder.
A typical use is removing the excess
solder which has formed a bridge
between two pins, or cleaning solder
from a pad after removing a defective
part and before fitting a new part.
It is pretty cheap; you can purchase a small roll over 1m long for a
few dollars from Jaycar (Cat NS3020)
This is a close-up of some solder wick braid. It's normally sold on a reel and
is used for cleaning solder. Source: https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/
File:Solder_wick_close_up.jpg
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 33
You might need to use the zoom feature (even digital zoom will be very
helpful) to see a reasonable amount
of detail. If your device has a macro
mode, then that will be better suited
for close-up viewing too.
But we generally find that it’s handy
to have a fixed magnifier that can be
rigged up in place above a PCB, as well
as a small handheld unit that can be
picked up and aimed as needed.
Lighting
While it doesn't need to be an
all-in-one package, a magnifying
glass, PCB holder and good
lighting will help to make
soldering small components
easier. This is the Jaycar
TH1987 mentioned below.
or Altronics (Cat T1206A). A typical
use might consume a few millimetres
of braid, so it too will last for quite a
while.
PCB Holder
Many boards that use SMDs are
quite small, and it can be helpful to
secure a PCB in place while working
on it. It’s also handy to be able to move
it around to access a particular component at a certain angle.
Tool’s like Jaycar’s TH1982 Third
Hand PCB Holder or Altronics’ T2356
Spring Loaded PCB Holder are ideal.
The PCB is held in place but can be
adjusted, or the entire tool rotated, to
allow access from different angles.
While these tools are not expensive,
even something like Blu-Tack or a
similar reusable putty can be a handy
makeshift substitute. While the heat
from the iron will likely soften and tarnish the Blu-Tack, we’ve never had any
trouble using it to hold a PCB in place.
Magnifiers
Being able to clearly see the tiny
parts and features involved with SMD
projects is paramount. There are two
important ways that you can improve
the way you see: magnification and
illumination.
If you have keen eyes and you’re
working with some of the larger parts
in SOIC and M3216/1206 packages,
you may well do fine without magnification. But it is still vital to peer closer
34
Silicon Chip
to inspect your work and check that
everything is as it should be.
Fortunately, there is a vast range of
things that you can use for magnification, and you might well already have
some of these, like a simple handheld
magnifying glass.
Some PCB holders include a magnifier of some sort, including Jaycar’s
TH1987 PCB Holder with LED Magnifier. That one includes a soldering
iron stand too.
The other extreme is a microscope.
While certainly not as cheap, not much
magnification is needed. Many microscopes also provide excellent illumination. These days, there are many USB
and digital microscopes available.
A smartphone camera is a suitable
piece of gear that most people will
already have in their pocket. A digital camera with an LCD viewfinder is
a similar option.
Good lighting is paramount for successful SMD work. A diffused light
source is best, as point sources can
cause shadows that obscure parts of
the PCB, especially between component leads where bridges might form.
If you only have point sources, then
aim them from opposite sides to cancel
shadows. You can diffuse the light by
reflecting it off something white like a
wall, ceiling or sheet of paper.
As long as you’re happy you can see
what you need to see, then you probably have enough light.
Fume extractions
Remember that flux also generates
smoke which is unhealthy to inhale.
A fume extraction hood is the recommended way of dealing with this but
can be expensive. A small fan (such as
a computer fan) can work too, set up
to blow away from you.
If you can’t manage some sort of
active fume control, working outside (or near a large open window) is
another option.
Top gear
If you don’t already have them, the
items we’ve mentioned so far are all
available at reasonably low prices.
We’ll also briefly touch on a few items
that can further enhance your SMD
experience.
Some form of fume extraction is important if you're
working in an enclosed area. While this Hakko FA430 (August 2011; siliconchip.com.au/Article/1121
siliconchip.com.au/Article/1121)
may be out of the budget of some hobbyists, you can
instead just use a small fan to blow the fumes away.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
As we noted earlier, a basic soldering iron is probably adequate to work
with larger SMD parts. When you start
to get into the smaller parts, then some
optional features become essential.
Two aspects will help. A fine tip
will allow more accurate soldering as
you generally want to make contact
with just one pin at a time (but see
the section below about drag soldering; larger tips can be better with those
techniques). The edge of a chisel tip
can be narrow enough to work down
to relatively small sizes.
A soldering station with adjustable
temperature is an advantage when
working on larger parts. Many of these
come with stands and sponges, which
also help.
Finally, a hot air rework gun can be
very handy for desoldering SMDs or
reflow-soldering some of the trickier
parts. These are available at surprisingly low prices and are well worth
having if you plan to do much work
with surface-mount components.
Using your tools
To sum up the advice given above,
make sure you have some flux paste,
a soldering iron tip-cleaning sponge
and some appropriate solvent for your
chosen flux. Use the flux generously
and keep your iron’s tip clean.
Soldering techniques
If you’ve read any of our SMD construction articles before, then the following will be familiar. We’ll even go
into quite some detail about how you
use the tools we’ve just mentioned.
You can also follow along with the
photos we’ve included.
Apply flux to the pads of the components in question. It is a good idea to
work in small groups of similar components. For example, you might plan
to work with all the 10kW resistors if
there are many of them.
If there are a small number of different values, then they can be worked
in parallel. One exception to this are
capacitors, which, as we noted earlier,
do not usually have any distinguishing
markings. In that case, we recommend
sticking to a single value at a time.
Roughly place the components on
their pads. Flux gel or paste will generally be sticky enough to hold them in
place. You might find that your tweezers pick up small amounts of flux
and will then stick to components.
That’s another reason to keep everything quite clean.
Adjust the component with the
tweezers so that it is centred on its
pads. The amount of PCB pad visible
will dictate how easy it is to apply the
soldering iron, so symmetrical placement is not just neat, but crucial to
ease of soldering.
For tiny leads, it can help to apply
some flux to the top of the lead too.
Clean the iron’s tip and apply a minuscule amount of fresh solder to it.
Gently hold the component down
flat against the PCB with the tweezers
and touch the iron to both the pad and
lead together. Hold it there for a second to allow the parts to heat up and
bond with the solder. You should see
the solder flow from the iron and onto
the part and pad.
Remove the iron and continue to
hold the part in place while the solder solidifies. One second will be sufficient for small parts with fine leads,
perhaps longer for larger components.
If the part has moved or is not flat
against the PCB, grip it with tweezers
and apply heat to melt the solder.
Adjust its position until you are happy.
If the part looks like it is still wellaligned and flat against the PCB, apply
some fresh solder to the iron and work
through the remaining pads.
Medium conical tips are used for general soldering
including through-hole and larger SMD components.
They have the advantage of being usable at virtually
any angle.
Finer conical tips are able to make contact with
smaller leads, so they are more suitable for soldering
large-to-medium SMDs, while still working with
smaller through-hole parts.
The wide contact area of chisel tips makes them
handy for applying solder wick to remove solder, as
well as heating SMD tabs or reflowing the pins on
one side of a device.
Like the chisel, the knife tip can make contact with a
large area of the board at one time. Its angle makes it
more comfortable for running down the sides of ICs.
Bevel tips can contact an even larger area but the
larger tips like this one are generally too large to get
near smaller components.
Smaller bevel tips are not only more manoeuverable
but you can also angle them to make contact on just
one edge, or the whole face when needed.
An SMD flow tip is similar to a bevel tip but it has
a depression in which to hold molten solder. This
makes them ideal for drag soldering many pins at
once.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 35
Metric
0402
0603
1005
1608
2012
2520
3216
3225
4516
4532
5025
6332
1 x 1mm
Imperial
01005
0201
0402
0603
0805
1008
1206
1210
1806
1812
2010
2512
0.1 x 0.1in
1 x 1cm
This diagram shows common SMD
component sizes at actual size. The
metric 0402 component is so small
that it is barely visible!
An example of wave soldering showing the PCB leaving the heater portion of
the machine and being moved to the solder wave. Source: https://youtu.be/
VWH58QrprVc
For very narrow or fine pads, place
the iron onto the pads first. The solder mask on the PCB will help to prevent the solder from flowing where it
shouldn’t. We try to enlarge the pads
in many of our SMD projects to make
this easier, although you won’t find
this in all designs.
Depending on the iron, pad and flux,
the solder may be drawn onto the pad
and lead by surface tension alone. The
advantage of this is that the iron does
not obscure the view of the lead so that
you can observe the joint forming. The
behaviour of solder and its surface tension at the small scales used for SMDs
is critical, so this will help you get a
feel for what works.
You might have seen parts being
soldered with solder paste in a reflow
oven; when the solder liquefies, the
part snaps into the correct location.
This is due to the surface tension, pad
location and the importance of the solder mask.
Surface tension also pulls solder
exactly where it is needed. Only a
tiny amount of solder is required if
the parts are flat against the PCB. If
you see clean, curved fillets of solder,
that is a good indication that the joint
is well-formed.
You can use surface tension to apply
a generous amount of solder to ensure
a strong joint. A bulging but clean and
glossy joint is sure to be more functional and solid than a tiny fillet that
cannot be seen, just as long as it doesn’t
bridge out against any other part!
These movements are what has to be
practised. The timing will also depend
on things like your iron temperature
and choice of (tin-lead or lead-free)
solder.
If you experience a solder bridge,
and as long as the part is correctly
aligned, continue to solder the remaining leads. Then sort out the bridge.
Use the technique described earlier
to remove solder from bridged leads.
Apply more solder if needed (especially if you can’t easily access the
bridge). Apply flux, braid (see below)
and then the iron. Allow the braid to
absorb some solder, then carefully
slide both away.
Inspect the part closely with a
magnifier. If the joint appears dry or
unclean, then apply fresh flux and gently touch the clean iron tip against each
lead in turn. You’ll find that even this
step of refreshing each lead will help
distribute solder to where it should be.
Drag soldering
When SMD components have pins
that are very close together, it becomes
impractical to solder them individually. The only component on the SMD
Trainer PCB that we would consider
having such tight pin spacings is IC2,
in an SSOP package with 0.65mm
pin pitch. Some chips have an even
finer pitch, down to about 0.4mm (eg,
TQFP-144).
In these cases, it’s easier to drag solder the ICs. Once the chip has been
tacked in place and flux has been
applied to the pins, a small amount
of solder is loaded into the iron’s tip
and then gently dragged along a row
of pins. Surface tension pulls a small
amount of solder from the tip and
onto the pins. Done correctly, it forms
When drag soldering you'll typically use a flow or
bevel tip. The easiest way to learn hown to drag
solder would be by watching a video, such as the
many found on YouTube. Source: https://youtu.be/
nyele3CIs-U
Some common soldering iron tips; most are suitable for SMD
work.
36
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Table 2 – common types of solder
Type of Solder
Composition/Name
Melting-point
Comment
Lead-based
SnPb 60/40%
188°C
Higher tin (Sn) concentrations lead to greater strength
SnPb 63/37%
183°C
Eutectic – melts/solidifies at a single temperature
Sn100C
227°C
Silver-free; contains copper, nickel and germanium
SAC305
217-220°C
Contains tin, silver and copper; used in wave soldering
SnCu
217-232°C
Contains tin and copper; tin-based lead-free solders are
quite often used for reflow and wave soldering
SAC387
217-219°C
Contains tin, silver and copper
Rosin
NA
Helps to facilitate soldering
Non-rosin
NA
Often contains metal halides such as zinc chloride,
hydrochloric acid, citric acid etc; can be corrosive
Silver, copper, brass,
bronze etc
>450°C
Often used for jewelry and are designed to have a melting
point just below that of the corresponding metal
Lead-free
Flux
Hard solder
perfect joints the first time.
It’s generally better to apply too
much solder than not enough as
bridges are easier to see than joints
with insufficient solder, and they are
easily cleaned up using braid (see
below) and more flux.
You can get special flow soldering
iron tips with ‘wells’ (depressions)
to hold the solder for this technique,
but you can get away with a standard
tip. You just have to add more solder
to it more often (eg, every 5-10 pins
soldered instead of every 30-40 pins).
Even larger-pitch ICs like the SOIC
types can be soldered using this sort
of technique; it can be quicker (and
neater) than soldering them individually.
Using braid
Solder braid is best for removing
small amounts of solder, while a solder sucker is better for removing large
volumes. So if you have a lot of solder to remove, start with the sucker to
remove the bulk and finish with the
braid to tidy up.
But at the tiny scales involved with
SMD parts, solder suckers become
unwieldy and likely to simply inhale
your parts as well as the solder you’re
trying to remove. The amounts of solder you need to remove will be pretty
small too.
Before using the braid, it helps to
add flux. The word “flux” comes from
the Latin word “fluere”, meaning to
flow; we want to encourage the solder
to flow into the braid.
Press a clean part of the braid onto
the solder with your iron and allow
everything to heat up enough to melt
the solder; it should start to soak into
the braid. Being made of copper, the
braid conducts heat well, so place your
grip with care or use tweezers.
After the braid takes up the solder,
carefully move both the iron and braid
away together by sliding away across
the PCB. You don’t want to remove the
iron first and have the braid soldered
to your PCB!
It can sometimes help to add more
solder where you want to remove it,
especially if it’s a solder bridge tucked
deep between two pins. The extra volume can give the braid more surface
to contact.
If there is a dark residue on your
PCB after using braid, this is probably
the byproduct of the flux working. For
areas like this, a cotton-tipped swab
dipped in flux cleaning solvent can
be used to clean small regions before
SC
continuing.
The basic principles of wave soldering. The PCB is carried ►
along over the solder bath by a conveyor. At one point, the
solder is forced up in a “wave” so that the bottom of the
board passes through it. The components and copper tracks
are soldered and the board then emerges from the bath.
►
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
Reflow soldering doesn’t use a
soldering iron at all – temperaturecontrolled hot air or IR is used to
melt the solder “paste” applied to the
component and copper tracks to be
soldered. The board passes through
the oven, the solder paste melts and
hey presto – a soldered joint.
December 2021 37
By Tim Blythman
SMD
Trainer Board
Are you interested in learning to solder small surface-mount devices but
don’t want to ruin an expensive board or chip gaining those skills? Perhaps
you have no choice but to learn since so many parts made these days only
come in SMD packages. This simple Trainer project is a great way to practice
soldering a variety of surface-mount devices. If done correctly, you’ll be
rewarded with a series of LEDs flashing in sequence.
S
urface-mount devices (SMDs) are
the preferred type of parts used in
most commercial equipment to their
compactness, good reliability, low cost
and widespread availability. While
some manufacturers are still producing new through-hole parts, your
choices become a lot more limited if
you can't handle SMDs.
We know it seems daunting initially
(it did to us, too), but you will be surprised how easily you can do it with
a bit of practice. And that's precisely
what this board is designed for. It's a
working circuit designed using a wide
variety of different SMD parts, allowing you to try out soldering them. This
way, you can master the techniques
and become familiar with the common
sizes and packages.
It's designed so you can start with
the larger parts and, as you gain confidence, move onto the smaller ones.
And you can test it along the way, so
you'll find out pretty quickly if you've
made a mistake and have an opportunity to correct it.
This article includes the basic
instructions for building and testing the Trainer board, along with
a description of how it works. The
38
Silicon Chip
accompanying article, starting on
page 30, provides considerably more
detail regarding the necessary tools
and techniques.
We recommend that you look at that
article now and refer back to it later
if you come across anything that you
don't fully understand. That's especially the case if you are not experienced at soldering, or have doubts
about your ability to handle SMDs.
Assuming you have read that article (at least in part) and are starting to
get an idea of how you would go about
assembling this board, let's move on
to describing its design.
Common to both parts is the power
supply. Coin cell holder BAT1 is paralleled with a USB socket, CON1. Only
one of these should be fitted. We recommend the coin cell holder, as a coin
cell is less likely to deliver damaging
current in case you make a mistake
building it.
Because of the presence of a coin
cell, take care that the SMD Trainer
is kept out of reach of children. It has
flashing lights, so it will appeal to
curious eyes, but there is no reason
for it to come into a child's hands as
it is not a toy.
Circuit details
IC1 is a timer IC (a 7555). We've chosen this CMOS variant rather than the
bipolar transistor based 555 to allow
the circuit to work at low voltages and
be powered by a coin cell. The supply
passes to IC1's pin 8 (positive) and 1
(negative). Pin 4 (RESET) is held high
to allow the timer to run.
IC1 has its supply bypassed by a
100nF capacitor and a second 100nF
capacitor stabilises the internal voltage on the CV pin, pin 5. IC1 is configured with the 100kW resistors and 1μF
capacitor in the well-known astable
The circuit of the SMD trainer board
is shown in Fig.1. We'll explain how
it works before going any further. It's
important to know what it should do,
especially so that you can figure out
what's wrong if it doesn't work initially.
There are two main parts to the circuit, the second of which depends on
the first. The first part of the circuit is
also easier to build, so you can try out
your skills on that before dialling up
the difficulty.
Australia’s electronics magazine
First half
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: this simple circuit lets your soldering
efforts speak for themselves. IC1 is
configured as an oscillator that alternately
flashes LED11 and LED 12. IC2 is clocked
from IC1's output and lights up each of
LED1-LED10 in turn. Power comes from
either a USB socket or coin cell holder.
oscillator configuration.
In this arrangement, the 1μF capacitor charges from the supply via the two
100kW resistors; its top is connected to
input pins 2 and 6. When pin 2 rises
above 66% of the supply voltage (about
2V), an internal flip-flop toggles and
pin 7 is connected to ground (through
a transistor inside IC1). At the same
time, pin 3 goes low.
This causes the 1μF capacitor to discharge through the lower 100kW resistor into pin 7, until the voltage on the
capacitor reaches 33% of the supply
(about 1V). The flip-flop resets, pin 3
goes high, pin 7 stops sinking current,
the capacitor begins charging again,
and the cycle repeats.
With the provided component values, the oscillator frequency is around
4.8Hz with a 66% duty cycle at pin 3
(ie, pin 3 is high about 2/3 of the time).
When pin 3 is low, current is sunk
from the supply via LED12 and its 1kW
series current-limiting resistor, causing it to light. When pin 3 is high, Mosfet Q1 is switched on by the positive
voltage at its gate, and current flows
through LED11 and its series resistor
instead. Thus these two LEDs flash
alternately.
This first part of the circuit is built
from larger SMD parts, like those we
usually include in our projects when
through-hole parts are unsuitable.
It can operate independently of the
siliconchip.com.au
remainder of the circuit, and can be
built and tested as the first part of a
two-part challenge.
Second half
A horizontal line on the PCB divides
it neatly into two distinct parts; part
two is below this line.
IC2, a 4017-type decade counter,
is the heart of the second part of the
circuit. It is powered from the same
supply as IC1, connected to its pin 16
(positive supply) and pin 8 (negative
supply). Its supply is also bypassed by
a 100nF capacitor for stability.
IC2 has ten outputs at pins 3, 2, 4, 7,
10, 1, 5, 6, 9 and 11. These are driven
high, one at a time, in response to a
clock signal applied to pin 14. This
signal comes from pin 3 of IC1 mentioned above. Pins 13 and 15 are pulled
low to allow normal counting operation. Pin 12 is a carry output, which
can be cascaded to other chips, but is
left disconnected in this case.
Each of the ten outputs noted above
has a 1kW series resistor and LED connected to its output. Thus, a clock
This is the SMD Trainer board that we put together (shown at approximately
166% actual size). If you're having trouble making out the M0603/0201 LEDs, it
might be because they're not fitted! We couldn't solder these by hand, and won't
pretend that it's easy to do so.
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 39
intended to be hand-soldered), the
ICs typically have finer leads and
are harder to work with. So it makes
sense to do them first and then work
on their surrounding passive components, which are often larger.
Assembling the SMD Trainer
The SMD Trainer
is designed to function
without all components installed,
making testing your SMD work easy.
signal at pin 14 causes the LEDs to
light up in order, one at a time.
The components around IC2 have
a variety of sizes to present a more
interesting challenge; IC2 is also in a
smaller SMD package than IC1. See
Table 1 for more details.
Placement and order
Our recommended assembly order
for most through-hole designs is for a
few reasons. Working by component
type, for example, starting with resistors, then diodes, capacitors and then
ICs, makes it easier to keep track of
what step you are up to.
For the most part, this order is dictated by the component heights. Components that are close to the PCB are
placed first as they don't restrict the
placement of taller parts. Also, this
means that the PCB can be turned
upside down without the throughhole components falling out; they are
held on the PCB by the work surface.
Working with SMD parts has similar motivations, but there is much
less need to invert the PCB, so no real
chance of parts falling out. Also, most
SMD parts have a low profile.
So the primary consideration will
be to place the more difficult-toaccess or difficult-to-solder parts first,
so that they aren't impeded by parts
fitted later.
With this in mind, the best way to
construct hybrid circuits (that have
both through-hole and SMD parts) is
to fit the SMD parts first. Whether they
are on the same side or not, the taller
through-hole parts will be a greater
impediment to construction if they are
fitted before the smaller SMD parts.
This also means that the process of
placing ICs last is no longer appropriate. Nowadays, ICs tend to be more
rugged and less prone to damage from
static, which was usually the motivation to fit them as late as possible.
In SMD designs (or at least those
Refer now to the PCB overlay diagrams, Figs.2 & 3, which show which
components go where. The SMD
Trainer PCB is double-sided, measures
70.5 x 40mm and is coded 29106211.
We recommend starting with the
USB socket if you will be fitting it. The
leads are not too small, but they are not
very accessible. Fortunately, this part
has locking pins on the underside that
go into holes in the PCB. So positioning the part correctly is easy.
Place flux on all the pads for the
USB socket and press the part down.
For this application, only the two outer
pads of the five are needed to supply
power; hence they are the only ones
that are extended. You can add more
flux to the top of the pads too.
Clean the iron's tip, apply a small
amount of solder and press the iron
against the PCB pad. If the solder
doesn't run onto the lead, bring it
closer, until it is touching if necessary.
Repeat for the other outer pad.
With this connector, make sure
you don't touch the iron against the
USB socket shell when making these
power connections. The tight angle
here is what makes this tricky. If you
form a bridge, apply heat to all the
pins to remove the part and tidy both
the socket and PCB with solder braid.
For the larger pads that secure the
USB socket mechanically, simply
apply the iron, add some solder until a
tidy fillet forms, then remove the iron.
Figs.2 & 3: start by fitting the components in the top half of the PCB, which forms the alternate flasher, lighting LED11 &
LED12. These components are larger SMDs that are generally not too hard to solder. Once you have those working, you
can move onto the more challenging parts below, which form an LED chaser. With IC2 and its bypass capacitor in place,
fit LED1, LED6 and their series resistors, then move onto the smaller parts, testing it at each step to ensure your soldering
is good.
40
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
A generous amount of solder here will
result in a secure connection.
Using a similar procedure, place IC1
and Q1, ensuring that they are rotated
correctly. Then solder the resistors and
capacitors in place. Note that there are
two different values of each; you can
refer to our photos too.
The LEDs are polarised too, and
must be fitted with their cathodes to
the left towards the resistors.
If you wish to fit the cell holder
instead of the USB socket, do so now.
It's usually easier to fit parts on one
side of the board at a time, but this will
allow you to test out the first part of the
circuit that you have just assembled.
Flip the PCB over and put some flux
on the two smaller outer pads. Leave
the large inner pad clear, as the PCB
pad itself becomes the negative terminal and doesn't need soldering.
Also ensure that the holder opening
is towards the edge of the PCB, so that
you can easily insert the cell. Position
the holder roughly in place and add
some flux to the top of the leads too.
Note that, unlike the USB socket,
there is nothing to lock this part in
place.
You will probably need to turn up
the temperature on the iron slightly (if
it's adjustable) and load some solder
onto the tip; a bit more than for the
smaller parts. Use tweezers to keep
the cell holder in place and touch the
iron to the pad.
Give it some time to heat up; remembering that it is all one piece of metal,
so it is unlikely to be damaged by too
much heat. You should see the flux
smoke and the solder flow. Remove
the iron and give the part (and solder)
a few seconds to cool before releasing
the tweezers.
Parts List – SMD Trainer
1 double-sided PCB coded 29106211, 71 x 40mm
1 mini-USB socket (CON1) OR
1 SMD coin cell holder (BAT1) [BAT-HLD-001; Digi-Key, Mouser etc]
Semiconductors
1 7555 CMOS timer IC, SOIC-8 (IC1)
1 4017B decade counter IC, SSOP-16 (IC2)
1 2N7002 N-channel Mosfet, SOT-23 (Q1)
4 M3216/1206 size LEDs, any colour (LED1, LED6, LED11, LED12)
2 M2012/0805 size LEDs, any colour (LED2, LED7)
2 M1608/0603 size LEDs, any colour (LED3, LED8)
2 M1005/0402 size LEDs, any colour (LED4, LED9)
2 M0603/0201 size LEDs, any colour (LED5, LED10)
Capacitors (all SMD X7R 10V+ ceramic)
1 1μF M3216/1206 size
3 100nF M3216/1206 size
Resistors (all SMD 1% or 5%)
2 100kW M3216/1206 size
Altronics kit will be available
4 1kW M3216/1206 size
2 1kW M2012/0805 size
Altronics has announced that they will be
2 1kW M1608/0603 size
making a kit for this project, code K2001.
2 1kW M1005/0402 size
2 1kW M0603/0201 size
The first joint doesn't need to be
perfect; the main thing is that the part
is accurately placed and held firmly.
The second pad can be approached
like the larger pads on the USB socket.
Apply the iron, feed in the solder until
a good fillet is formed, then remove the
iron. Give it a few seconds to solidify before returning to the first pad to
make it tidy. You can touch it up by
applying the iron and solder in the
same fashion.
Initial testing
The first part of the circuit should
now be functional. You can test it
by fitting the button cell or applying
power from a USB source. If using the
button cell, make sure the polarity is
correct. You should see LED11 and
LED12 flicker alternately.
If one LED is stuck on, then IC1 is
not oscillating, and you should check
it and the components around it. If
only one LED is flashing, the other
might not be soldered correctly; this
could include either of the 1kW resistors or Q1.
You might also see what appears to
be the two LEDs on at the same time.
In that case, they are probably flashing
faster than the eye can see. One possible reason for this is that the 1μF timing capacitor has been mixed up with
one of the 100nF capacitors.
At this point, it's best to verify that
this part of the circuit works correctly.
Otherwise, if the second part doesn't
work, it will be harder to determine
the problem.
Remainder of the circuit
There's a set of TQFP pads located on the underside of the PCB. This is for you
to practice soldering, and does not have any electrical connection to the circuit.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
You'll note that the components in
the lower half of the PCB are fairly
well spread out. This is a luxury that
won't be present in all SMD designs.
With the amount of space present on
the SMD Trainer, it's certainly possible to install these components in just
about any order. But we recommend
starting with IC2 and its capacitor, followed by the LEDs in order of size from
largest to smallest. This will allow you
to power up the circuit at any time after
December 2021 41
Table 1 – common passive SMD component sizes
Metric
M3216
M2012
M1608
M1005
M0603
M0402
Length
3.2mm
2.0mm
1.6mm
1.0mm
0.6mm
0.4mm
Width
1.6mm
1.2mm
0.8mm
0.5mm
0.3mm
0.2mm
Imperial
1206
0805
0603
0402
0201
01005
Length
0.12in
0.08in
0.06in
0.04in
0.02in
0.01in
Width
0.06in
0.05in
0.03in
0.02in
0.01in
0.005in
you have any of the larger LEDs fitted,
and check that it is working.
Start with IC2. Apply flux and position the part. We've been quite generous with the length of the pads here,
for two reasons.
Firstly, we have seen SOP variants
of this part being available with various body widths. So this pad configuration offers the flexibility to accept
a range of compatible parts. Secondly,
it makes it easier to solder.
Clean the tip of the iron and add a
tiny amount of fresh solder to it. Hold
IC2 with the tweezers and apply the
iron to the PCB pad only. You should
see the solder flow onto the lead and
form a joint strong enough to hold the
part in place.
Check that the leads are aligned
and solder the remaining pins in this
fashion. These tiny parts do not need
much solder, so you might find that
you only need to occasionally add solder to your iron.
Check for bridges and rectify as
needed. Follow with the remaining
100nF capacitor. LED1 and LED6 are
M3216/1206 sized parts, so you should
be comfortable fitting them and their
respective 1kW resistors. Note that all
cathodes are on the side away from IC2.
And test again
Our design is incrementally functional, so you can power and test the
partially completed design at just
about any time. You should see LED11
and LED12 continue to alternate as
before; if they do not, then you might
have a short circuit that is shunting
power away from IC1 and its components.
LED1 through to LED10 should
flicker on and off in turn when fitted.
If you get nothing at all, check that
IC2 is fitted correctly, with the correct
orientation and no bridges. Individual
LEDs not flashing are probably a sign
that a single LED or its resistor are not
fully soldered.
Completion
Take your time and work through
the differently-sized LEDs and resistors in turn. Don't be disappointed
if you can't solder the M1005/0402
or M0603/0201 parts by hand. We
have not used anything smaller than
M1608/0603 in any of our designs, and
even we find anything smaller than
M1005 challenging.
The last time we used components
as small as M1608 was for the DAB+
Touchscreen Radio (January-March
2019; siliconchip.com.au/Series/330).
Even then, we offered the PCBs with
these smaller parts pre-fitted.
Anything that tiny is not intended to
be soldered by hand. The smaller LEDs
often have exposed pads only on the
underside, making it very difficult to
transfer heat where it is needed.
There are some tricks you can use,
such as applying a small amount of
solder to the pads and trying to conduct heat through the PCB trace radiating out from the lead. Or try your
hand at reflowing solder using hot air
or infrared.
We published a DIY Solder Reflow
Oven design in the April and May
2020 issues (siliconchip.com.au/
Series/343). It is also possible to successfully reflow a board with 'tools'
such as electric frypans and clothes
irons!
Cleaning
Once you are satisfied with your
progress, clean up any residual flux
and allow the board to dry fully.
Although the board doesn't do anything incredibly useful, it is still a
handy reference tool and will remind
you of the tricks and techniques you
learned in its construction.
Complete Kit
While stocks last, we will be selling
a complete kit of parts (siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/20/5260) or get one from
SC
Altronics.
Further reading
We have, of course, written articles in the past about surface mount technology, devices and construction. They are as follows:
● Make Your Own SMD Tools, Circuit Notebook
July 2007 (siliconchip.com.au/Article/2289)
● How To Hand-Solder Very Small SMD ICs
October 2009 (siliconchip.com.au/Article/1590)
● Soldering SMDs: it’s becoming unavoidable
December 2010 (siliconchip.com.au/Article/376)
● Simple DIY gizmos for SMD desoldering, Circuit Notebook
July 2014 (siliconchip.com.au/Article/7944)
● Publisher’s Letter: SMDs present challenges and opportunities
September 2015 (siliconchip.com.au/Article/8955)
● Third hand for soldering tiny surface mount devices, Circuit Notebook
April 2016 (siliconchip.com.au/Article/9901)
● Publisher’s Letter: It’s getting hard to avoid tiny SMDs
January 2019 (siliconchip.com.au/Article/11361)
● A DIY Reflow Oven Controller for modern soldering
April & May 2020 (siliconchip.com.au/Series/343)
42
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
This M0603-sized component, shown
on a fingertip, measures a miniscule
0.6 x 0.3mm, making it easy to lose.
siliconchip.com.au
Using Cheap Asian Electronic Modules
By Jim Rowe
Geekcreit’s 35MHz4.4GHz Signal Generator
This self-contained module is based on the Analog Devices ADF4351
wideband digital synthesiser chip. It has an onboard microcontroller
unit (MCU), OLED display and pushbuttons to set the desired frequency
and adjust the output level. All it needs is a 5V DC power supply.
If the ADF4351 sounds familiar,
that’s because it was also used in
the digitally-controlled oscillator we
reviewed (May 2018; siliconchip.com.
au/Article/11073). But whereas the
earlier unit needed to be controlled via
a separate microcontroller such as an
Arduino or a Micromite, this one is a
self-contained instrument, delivered
ready to use.
It is larger than the earlier one, measuring 88 x 67mm compared to 48 x
36.5mm. But the price isn’t all that
much higher, currently setting you
back $48 plus $7 for shipping to Australia. It can be purchased from Banggood (siliconchip.com.au/link/ab83).
As shown in the photos, it comes
with two cables: a USB Type-A to
mini-B cable and a 240mm-long DC
cable with a plug on one end to match
the module’s DC input socket.
It also comes fitted with four
5mm-long Nylon mounting spacers
and matching screws. But no case is
supplied, so you’ll either need to use
it as a ‘bare’ module, or come up with
your own arrangement.
On the PCB, there’s an STM32F103
MCU (visible at lower left), a small
siliconchip.com.au
OLED (organic light-emitting diode)
display with a 128 x 64 pixel 25mm
(1-inch) diagonal screen, and a total
of seven pushbutton switches. The
five at lower right control the module, while the one in the centre resets
the MCU. The one near the upper left
with a square body and blue actuator
is the ON/OFF switch.
The ADF4351 synthesiser chip and
its surrounding components are all
in the upper right-hand corner of the
PCB. The two nearby edge-mounted
SMA sockets are the RF outputs, while
the vertical SMA socket near the centre
of the PCB is an input for an optional
external master clock, an alternative to
the onboard 100MHz crystal oscillator.
The ADF4351 chip at the heart of
the module is a digital ‘phase-locked
loop’ or PLL device, and a pretty fancy
one at that. But there isn’t space here
to give you a full explanation of PLLs
and how the ADF4351 itself works. So
if you want to know more about these
aspects, refer to the May 2018 article
A close-up of
the 1-inch OLED
screen when
using the “Point”
command from the
main screen.
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 43
(siliconchip.com.au/Article/11073),
which has a comprehensive explanation.
The data sheet for the ADF4351
can be found at siliconchip.com.au/
link/aajc
UG-435, which you can download
from their website (siliconchip.com.
au/link/ab82).
A brief rundown
Lack of instructions
How it works
The ADF4351 is a wideband digital synthesiser IC with a ‘fractional-N’
PLL, allowing it to be programmed to
produce any desired output frequency
between 35MHz and 4.4GHz. It is
locked to a ‘master clock’ crystal oscillator of typically 25MHz or 100MHz.
It can be programmed to change the
output frequency in steps as small as
10kHz, and can also provide an output
sweeping over a range of frequencies
in steps of the same minimum size.
The whole chip is controlled/programmed via a simple three-wire serial
peripheral interface (SPI), in this case,
via the onboard STM32F103 MCU.
The Geekcreit 35-4400MHz signal
generator module comes with very
little user information, so you have to
work a lot out for yourself. All you get
is a brief summary of its main specs
and features, and you can download
a circuit diagram that is not easy to
decipher.
So before I began testing the module, I spent a couple of hours redrawing the circuit so that we can all see
how it works, shown in Fig.1.
Like the earlier module, this one is
fairly closely based on Analog Devices’
evaluation board for the ADF4351.
That is described in their User Guide
In Fig.1, the ADF4351 (IC2) is on the
right, with its onboard 100MHz master
clock oscillator to its left. These form
the actual VHF-UHF RF synthesiser
‘heart’ of the module. The two complementary RF outputs emerge from
pins 12 and 13 of IC2, and are fed via
1nF capacitors to the two SMA output
sockets at far right. The 3.3V DC supply to pins 12 and 13 flows via inductors L2 and L3.
Only the RF output from pin 12 of
IC2 (RFout+) has an onboard 51W terminating resistor.
The other components on the righthand side of Fig.1 are to provide IC2
44
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the circuit diagram for the
Geekcreit signal generator module.
with power, set its operating mode, or
feed it control signals. For example,
the components between pins 7 and 20
at upper right form the ADF4351’s lowpass loop feedback filter (to optimise
its performance), while the capacitors
at pins 19, 23 and 24 bypass key reference points in its internal circuitry.
The digital control signals from IC1
that direct IC2’s operation are fed to
pins 1, 2, 3 and 4 at centre left, labelled
CLK, DATA, LE and CE. The only other
signal that passes back from IC2 is the
LD (lock detect) signal from pin 25,
which is high when IC2 is locked to
the requested frequency.
As well as being fed back to the
MCU, this signal is also used to illuminate LED2, the blue lock indicator.
The power supply section is at
upper left in Fig.1. This accepts either
5V DC from mini USB socket CON2, or
5-15V DC from concentric DC socket
CON1. This flows via on-off switch
S7 to power indicator LED1 and the
rest of the circuit. The incoming supply powers REG1 and REG2, both of
which are LT1763 LDO (low drop-out)
3.3V linear regulators.
REG1 provides 3.3V to the control
siliconchip.com.au
circuitry, while REG2 generates a
separate 3.3V supply for synthesiser
IC2. The incoming supply to REG2
is via T1-T2, a balanced decoupling
transformer wound on a small ferrite
balun core.
As mentioned earlier, the control
circuitry is based around IC1, an STM32F103C8T6 microcontroller, and the
128 x 64-pixel OLED display module
to its right. The four digital signals to
control synthesiser IC2 connect to pins
25-28 of IC1, while the LD signal from
IC2 is fed back to pin 29.
Pushbuttons S1-S5 at lower left
select the operating mode of the synthesiser, its operating frequency, output level and so on. The MCU provides
a series of menus and indications on
the OLED display to make this reasonably straightforward. The OLED display is driven via an SPI serial control
link from pins 14-17 of IC1.
The instruction and master clock for
IC1 is generated by an internal oscillator using 8MHz crystal X2, connected
to pins 5 and 6.
Pushbutton S6 manually resets
IC1 if necessary. The D- and D+ data
lines from mini USB socket CON2 are
Australia’s electronics magazine
connected to pins 32 and 33 of IC1, so
its firmware can be updated from a PC
if needed.
It’s also possible to communicate
with IC1 via a second serial link connected to pins 34 and 37, brought
out to the pins of CON5. This is not a
physical connector, but provision on
the module’s PCB for fitting a four-pin
SIL header.
Trying it out
When I received the unit and tried
powering it up, there were a couple of
problems. The first of these was that
the DC supply cable provided with it
turned out to have an open circuit in its
red (positive) lead. So I had to discard
it and substitute a known-good cable.
Then when I powered it up, I found
that the module was on regardless of
whether power switch S7 was pressed
or not. The cause turned out to be a
solder bridge under the PCB joining its
two active pins permanently. Luckily,
I fixed that easily with a soldering iron.
I also tried powering the unit from
a 5V USB plug pack, using the USB
Type A-to-mini Type B cable provided,
which worked fine.
December 2021 45
Fig.2: plot of the output level vs frequency when terminated by 50W.
When the module is first powered
up, the OLED screen shows its function menu, or more accurately, the top
of it – listing the first three functions:
1. Point: used to set the module’s
frequency to a particular figure,
like 4375.05MHz
2. Sweep: used to set the start and
stop frequencies for sweeping
over a range
3. Step Fre: not clearly explained,
but seems to be used to set the
frequency steps used during
sweeping
Then if you continue pressing the
down (DWN) button, S5, you find the
remaining two options:
4. Step Time: not clearly explained,
but it appears to be for setting
the time between steps when
sweeping
5. dB Set: see below
When you press the OK button
(S4) to select this last option, you get
a screen giving a choice of four RF
Power settings: +5dB, +2dB, -1dB or
-4dB. These appear to be provided to
allow ‘fine adjustment’ of the module’s
RF output level.
When I tried checking these output
level options with the module’s frequency set to 1GHz using my Agilent
V3500A power meter, I obtained the
following results:
• With the +5dB setting, the meter
registered +3.60dBm
• With the +2dB setting, it registered -0.24dBm
• With the -1dB setting, it registered
-1.99dBm
• With the -4dB setting, it registered
-4.52dBm
These were all measured with
the meter connected to the RFout+
On starting the module, the OLED display lists the five available functions.
46
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
connector, using a very short (<20mm)
SMA-SMA coupler. So the reference
(0dB) level appears to be around
-1dBm, and while these settings are
not particularly accurate, they give you
the ability to adjust the unit’s output
level somewhat.
The next step was to measure its
RF output over the whole frequency
range, again using the V3500A power
meter. I did these measurements
again using the SMA-SMA coupler,
connected between the power meter
and first the module’s RFout+ connector, and then the RFout- connector. In each case, the output not being
measured was terminated in 50W, to
hopefully prevent any standing wave
disturbances.
As you can see from Fig.2, the level
from the RFout+ connector is about
4dBm lower than that from the RFoutconnector, probably due to the loading from the onboard 51W terminating
resistor across RFout+. But apart from
that, both plots are relatively flat, rising slowly by about 2-3dB between
40MHz and 1GHz, and then wobbling
a bit to return very close to the 1GHz
level at 4.4GHz.
So overall, both outputs were within
the range of -4dBm to +4dBm over the
entire frequency range. Next, I checked
the module’s RF output signal purity
at several different frequencies, using
my Signal Hound USB-SA44B spectrum analyser with the latest version
of Signal Hound’s ‘Spike’ software.
The results were reasonably acceptable, bearing in mind that the module’s
outputs are essentially square waves
with significant harmonic content,
along with the inevitable spurs you
tend to get from any PLL-type synthesiser.
To illustrate this, Fig.3 shows the
module’s output at 2.5GHz, with the
analyser set for a 60MHz span (ie,
30MHz either side of 2.5GHz). The
main output is a reasonably clean peak
reaching about +1.5dBm in the centre,
with two small spurs at about -55dBm
around 25MHz either side. So far, it
looks reasonably clean.
But now look at Fig.4, which shows
what the analyser displays when set
to span over the total frequency range
from 50MHz to 4.4GHz, with the module still set to 2.5GHz.
Several additional spurs are visible, spaced at about 620MHz apart on
either side of the main output, with
amplitudes varying between about
siliconchip.com.au
-6dBm and -18dBm. So the output is
not nearly so clean as Fig.3 suggests.
The full-scan plots don’t look so bad
with the module set to higher frequencies, though.
For example, Fig.5 shows the result
when the frequency is set to 3.0GHz,
while Fig.6 shows a similarly clean
plot when it is set to 4.0GHz.
On the other hand, Fig.7 shows the
result with a full scan showing what
happens when the module is set to
produce a 100MHz signal. There’s
now a virtual ‘forest’ of spurs, varying in amplitude from -10dBm down
to about -49dBm in alternating steps.
Not a pretty picture!
Because of the lack of information regarding how to get the module
sweeping or stepping from one frequency to another, I gave up trying to
test those functions.
Fig.3: a graph of the
module’s output at
2.5GHz with a 60MHz
span provides a
reasonably clean plot
with just two small
spurs at the edges.
Fig.4: the span is now set
over the range 50MHz
to 4.4GHz with the same
2.5GHz output. Note
the additional spurs
approximately 600MHz
apart.
Summary
So although the Geekcreit 35MHz4.4GHz signal generator module is a
low-cost, self-contained unit that can
generate output signals of around
0dBm (1mW) over that wide frequency
range, it does have a few drawbacks
and limitations.
One of these is the lack of much
information on operating the module, especially with regard to getting
it to perform sweeping. Another is the
large number of ‘spur’ components
in the outputs, especially when it’s
generating a frequency below about
1GHz.
That is because its outputs are essentially square waves, rather than the
sinewaves that are needed for many
signal generator applications. Filtering
these to produce a smoother signal is
virtually impossible due to the wide
range of possible output frequencies;
however, external filters could be used
if you need cleaner signals at specific
frequencies.
And finally, because of its lack of any
shielding (especially for the RF generation circuitry around the ADF4351),
it would be tough to achieve accurate
control over its output level.
But overall, the module would still
be useful, for example, if you want to
generate digital clock signals over a
very wide range of frequencies. Just
bear in mind that to use it as the basis
of a practical VHF/UHF signal generator, you’d have to add shielding, output filtering and a wide-range output
attenuator system.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.5: setting the output
frequency higher to
3GHz also provides a
clean plot.
Fig.6: the output
frequency now set to
4GHz.
Fig.7: setting the module
to an output frequency
of 100MHz produces
a large number of
spurs at the harmonic
frequencies (ie,
multiples of 100MHz)
with varying amplitude.
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 47
Hands-on with Tim Blythman
Raspberry Pi is a trademark of the
Raspberry Pi Foundation
The Raspberry Pi
Pico Microcontroller
The Raspberry Pi Foundation (www.raspberrypi.org) is well known for
its range of inexpensive single-board computers, firmly aimed at the
educational market but used by many others. Now they have released a
very low-cost microcontroller board with an interesting set of peripherals.
O
ver the last ten or so years, the
Raspberry Pi Foundation has continued to surprise us (in a good way)
with their range of Raspberry Pi SBCs
(single-board computers). These tiny
boards have been used from embedded
applications through to fully-fledged
desktop machines.
Over 30 million units have been sold
since they were introduced, undoubtedly helped by very attractive pricing.
We have reviewed several of these,
including the model 3B+ (July 2018;
siliconchip.com.au/Article/11141)
and the 4B (August 2019; siliconchip.
com.au/Article/11772).
These boards can run the Raspberry
Pi Foundation’s Linux-based desktop operating system, now known as
Raspberry Pi OS. Earlier versions were
known as ‘Raspbian’ as a nod to their
Debian Linux roots. In addition, other
third-party operating systems have
been produced and ported to the various Raspberry Pi computers.
Some operating systems turn these
boards into media centres or retro gaming consoles. However, the boards’
target price of US$35 (currently about
$46) also means that they are well
suited for their primary intended use
as an educational computer.
The minimalist Raspberry Pi Zero
boards can be had for under $10; we
used one in our Speech Synthesiser
48
Silicon Chip
from July 2019 (siliconchip.com.au/
Article/11703). It’s incredible that
something as powerful as a desktop
computer from around twenty years
ago can be so small and cheap.
Pico board
However, the new Raspberry Pi Pico
cannot be used as a desktop computer;
it is a microcontroller board featuring the Raspberry Pi Foundation’s
own RP2040 microcontroller. Still, it
echoes the philosophy of other Raspberry Pi products.
The claimed target price is US$4,
and we purchased our units from DigiKey and Core Electronics for roughly
the equivalent in Australian currency
(excluding shipping) of about $5.25.
Unfortunately, being so cheap has
meant that there have been minor
delays in obtaining the Pico, presumably due to high demand as well as
the ongoing chip shortages.
They are also now available from
Altronics. The low price also means
that it should find a good following
in the educational sector and various
Like many other microcontroller boards, the Pico is suited to breadboard use,
although it does not come with header pins. This is a cost-saving measure that
we have seen on other Raspberry Pi products like the Pi Zero. We have fitted the
three-pin SWD header with right-angled pins at the opposite end to the microUSB socket.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Board
Used in
Clock
RP2040
ESP8266
ESP32
PIC32MX470
SAMD21
Pico
D1 Mini
Various
modules
Micromite
Plus
Arduino
MKR
133MHz
160MHz
240MHz
120MHz
48MHz
RAM
264kB
80kB
520kB
128kB
32kB
Flash
external
(2MB)
external
(4MB)
up to 4MB
512kB
256kB
Cores
2 x ARM
1 x Tensilica
2 x Xtensa
LX6
1 x MIPS
1 x ARM
Pins
56
32
48
64
48
GPIO
30
11
34
45
22
UART
2
1
3
4
1
SPI
2
1
4
2
1
I2C
2
software only
2
2
1
PWM
16
software only
16
5
12
ADC
4 x 12-bit
1 x 10-bit
18 x 12-bit
28 x 10-bit
7 x 12-bit
USB
host/device
no
OTG
host/device
host/device
no
WiFi
WiFi &
Bluetooth
no
no
Radio
Table 1: how the Raspberry Pi Pico (RP2040) compares to other ‘similar’
microcontroller chips.
other diverse fields, as we have seen
with the other Raspberry Pi products.
The RP2040 chip
The basic specs of this chip are
shown in Table 1, compared to some
other familiar parts.
The Pico’s RP2040 microcontroller
was designed internally by the Raspberry Pi Foundation.
This not only helps to keep the cost
down, but it also allows the chip to
be customised, and we will elaborate
later on the interesting and unusual
peripherals that have been incorporated as a result.
The RP2040 is based on the ARM
Cortex M0+. Boards such as the Arduino Zero and MKR series also sport
such a processor; it is well-established.
It is a 32-bit processor and, as is fairly
typical for those, runs from 3.3V.
The chip does not have internal
flash memory, instead needing an
external serial flash chip. Thus, various flash memory sizes can be provided by simply changing the external flash. An internal cache means
that the flash speed does not typically
limit the processor’s operating speed,
and there is an option to copy and run
code from RAM.
The chip does have 16kB of internal
boot mask ROM. This includes ‘bootstrap’ code which initialises the chip
siliconchip.com.au
and can download firmware to the
flash chip via USB flash drive emulation. It also provides some optimised
floating-point, bit manipulation and
memory functions.
You can download the full (600+
page) data sheet which explains all this
from siliconchip.com.au/link/abab
Peripherals
The RP2040 features a single-cycle
hardware multiplier, dual processor
cores and a DMA peripheral. All of
these are handy for implementing
signal processing type applications,
amongst other things.
While there are 36 pins that could be
used for general-purpose I/O (GPIO),
six of these are generally used for the
flash memory interface (in four-bit
QSPI mode), leaving 30 for practical
use. Four of these remaining pins are
connected to the analog-to-digital converter (ADC) peripheral, and can be
used as analog inputs.
Broadly, any of these 30 pins can
be used with just about any digital
peripheral (such as SPI, I2C, PWM or
UART), but each pin only in specific
roles and grouped as such. This is similar to the PIC32 peripheral pin select
(PPS) system.
Each physical pin also has so-called
‘pad’ settings that control features
such as drive strength, slew rate,
Australia’s electronics magazine
The Tiny 2040 board (shown at
triple actual size) might be worth
considering if you need a smaller
device with fewer pins. Despite its
smaller size (18 x 21mm), it was more
expensive than the Pico due to the
way the Raspberry Pi Foundation
discounts its products.
input levels, pull-ups and pull-downs.
These work independently of the
peripheral that is driving the pin.
There is a USB peripheral that supports both device (full-speed) and host
(full-speed and low speed) modes.
At the Pico’s price, we can see it
being used simply as a USB ‘widget’;
for example, emulating a keyboard,
mouse or other simple devices such
as a serial port.
PIO
Probably the most interesting
peripheral is the PIO or programmable
input-output block. It could almost be
considered to be a unique microprocessor optimised for input and output
functions.
Rather than having its function set
by registers, each PIO block is controlled by a state machine with a
small program that can be changed
at runtime.
We’ve already seen people using the
PIOs to generate HDMI-compatible DVI
video signals (with some processor
overclocking), so it is very versatile.
There are examples at https://github.
com/raspberrypi/pico-examples/tree/
master/pio, including driving devices
like WS2812 serial LEDs and HUB75
LED matrices. There are also examples
to reproduce standard peripheral functions such as SPI and UART.
December 2021 49
The Pico board
The Pico board measures 51 x
21mm, with a micro-USB socket at
one end and a 3-pin serial wire debug
(SWD) header at the other. The two
sides are lined with 20-way castellated
vias. As expected at the price point,
none of the headers are populated.
Apart from the RP2040 IC and its
surrounding passive components,
a 3.3V switchmode regulator (surrounded by the necessary passives)
provides power for the board. The
dual-mode (PWM/PFM) regulator can
be controlled by the micro via GPIO23.
A tactile pushbutton is used to enter
bootloader mode at reset. There are no
other buttons to effect a reset, so the
simplest way to start the bootloader
is to hold the button while plugging
in the board.
A solitary LED and its series resistor are connected to GPIO25, while
you can use a divider connected to
GPIO24 to detect the presence of USB
power. Thus the full complement of
I/O pins are not brought out to external headers.
A 12MHz crystal and the flash chip
in an 8-pin leadless package round out
the component list. There are six test
pads on the back of the PCB, along
with a QR code, which appears to be
a serial number. The back of the PCB
also has the I/O pin labels.
Four holes to suit M2 machine
screws are present. The board is suitable for use with a breadboard by soldering on headers, mounting in an
enclosure via the holes or even soldering to a larger carrier board.
In short, the board is not overly
adorned but has been well-designed
to suit a wide range of purposes and
end-users. For the price, we cannot
complain.
But wait, there’s more
In addition to the Pico, the Raspberry Pi Foundation is also making bare RP2040 chips available for
sale. In addition to this, several other
boards are available with the same
microcontroller, including some made
by Sparkfun and Adafruit.
Many of these boards have opensource schematics (the Pico’s is in its
30-page data sheet), so creating your
own variant won’t be too hard, if you
don’t mind soldering QFN parts!
There is also an Arduino “Nano
RP2040 Connect” board, including
a WiFi chip. It isn’t as cheap as the
Raspberry Pi Pico, but it’s good to see
such broad support for the new chip.
Programming
As noted earlier, the bootloader
ROM on the RP2040 provides a USB
interface when the Pico is started with
the bootloader button pressed.
This shows up as a virtual USB
drive, as seen in Fig.1. It’s not a real
drive that can load and save files, but
it does provide two small files for reference.
We saw a similar system on the Curiosity Nano AVR128DA48 board we
reviewed (January 2021; siliconchip.
com.au/Article/14696). This allows
programming (or uploading firmware)
by a simple drag-and-drop process.
The Pico is the same, although it
uses the so-called UF2 file format
rather than the HEX file that is otherwise commonly used. The UF2 format has been designed by Microsoft
to make uploading simple for both
the user and the microcontroller. It
is documented at https://github.com/
microsoft/uf2
Probably the most significant consequence of this arrangement is that
it is practically impossible to ‘brick’
the Pico. The USB interface is defined
in an immutable ROM and can be
accessed by keeping the bootloader
pin low at reset or power-up.
More info can be found at www.
raspberrypi.org/documentation/
rp2040 including guides to getting
started and various data sheets. Much
of the software is open source, and
there are also third-party tools becoming available; we’ll mention those that
we found useful.
Silicon Chip
When we first obtained our boards,
there were two main ways of programming the Pico provided by the Raspberry Pi Foundation. The first of these
is Micropython. The Python language
is provided with many Raspberry Pi
OS distributions.
It’s also possible to set up a compiled C environment. This is a bit
more involved, both regarding setup
and use, but it appears some people
have created an installer to simplify
the setup process. Even so, a lot of
command-line interaction is needed.
More recently, there is now also
an Arduino Boards Manager add-on
which means that the Pico (and other
RP2040-based boards) can be programmed through the Arduino IDE.
Micropython
Micropython is a subset of the
Python 3 programming language that
is optimised for microcontrollers. Programming with Micropython is a bit
like programming with MMBasic on
the Micromite.
It includes a read-evaluate-print
loop (REPL) prompt, similar to many
older home computers. You can type
single commands and see their immediate effect or enter complex programs
and run them. You can also develop
code in a PC-based IDE (integrated
development environment) and then
run the program on the Micropython
hardware.
The Pico is not the only board that
can run Micropython; many 32-bit
boards (especially those with ARM
processors) can do so, as can the
ESP8266 and ESP32.
One advantage of Micropython (and
other Python variants) over BASIC
is that the Python language is standardised, so it is easier to find and
write libraries that can be imported.
This, in turn, makes it potentially more
powerful, versatile and portable.
Micropython implements a simple
filesystem on the flash chip to allow
user programs to be installed and extra
Fig.1: when the Pico’s
bootloader is active and it’s
plugged into a USB port, it
appears as a virtual drive to
which you can copy a firmware
file. The bootloader code is in
a mask ROM baked into the
RP2040 microcontroller at the
factory, so all RP2040-based
boards should have this feature.
The Raspberry Pi Pico is built on a
tiny 51 x 21mm board and is shown at
actual size above.
50
Software
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
libraries and other files to be loaded.
With ample flash available, the Pico is
well-suited to this role.
Getting started with Micropython on
the Pico is a simple case of loading the
UF2 firmware file and then opening a
serial terminal program to interface to
the serial port, where the REPL prompt
and interaction occur.
Fig.2 shows several commands
being issued at the prompt, including one to list the included modules.
A module is what might be called a
library file in other languages. For
example, the “machine” module supports various I/O functions, including the ADC, pulse-width modulation
(PWM) and communication peripherals such as SPI and I2C.
You can find more information
about Micropython and the UF2 files
needed to run Micropython on the Pico
at https://micropython.org/download/
rp2-pico/
Example Micropython code for the
Pico can be found at https://github.
com/micropython/micropython/tree/
master/examples/rp2
Note that the RP2 designation is the
superset of microcontrollers which
includes the RP2040 used in the Pico.
Fig.2: Micropython will run on the Pico. It has an interactive prompt and a
flash-based filesystem that can hold user programs and libraries. Although the
language is a subset of Python, the overall feel is similar to BASIC computers
like the Micromite.
Fig.3: utilities
like the Project
Generator make
C development
quite easy once
the environment
is set up. Many
compiler options
are hidden by
simply using
the “nmake”
command to
initiate the
compilation
process.
C language SDK
Most of the microcontroller programming that we do is in the C language, typically on PIC microcontrollers using the MPLAB X IDE, so we
were keen to see how useful and easy
this would be. It is very much dependent on working with a command
prompt. We found a few GUI tools to
help set up projects, but you need to
provide your own text editor.
The documentation page has links
for the C SDK (software development
kit) in a GitHub repository and a script
for setting this up on a Raspberry Pi
and other Linux computers. It also
includes several example programs.
The SDK requires various other programs to be installed to provide a complete development environment, and
we were not able to set this up successfully on a Windows PC. However,
this appeared to be a problem with just
one of the necessary programs, which
hopefully has been fixed by the time
this article is published.
Fortunately, someone has bundled
together all the necessary components
in a simple installer, which you can
find at https://github.com/ndabas/
pico-setup-windows
siliconchip.com.au
We recommend this alternative for
those who are comfortable programming in an IDE, unless you are familiar with manually setting up compiler
toolchains.
This also installs some example programs and a project generator utility.
This utility is used to set compiler
options beyond what can be configured by the source code.
This is shown in Fig.3; it is started
with the “pico_project.py –gui” command from the pico-project-generator
folder.
Australia’s electronics magazine
There is also a “pico-env.cmd” file
that can be used to set up a prompt
with the appropriate environment
variables. We found it handy to create
shortcuts to these two utilities, as we
were accessing them often.
After doing that, we had no trouble copying bits and pieces from the
example code into our generated C
file. Then, to compile it, we changed
to the “build” subdirectory and ran the
“nmake” command. This resulted in
a UF2 file in the build subdirectory,
ready for uploading.
December 2021 51
We haven’t tried it but we expect
that for those who have installed
the SDK on a Raspberry Pi or other
Linux machine, the experience will
be much the same, perhaps except
for the use of “make” instead of Microsoft’s “nmake”.
Arduino
The Arduino Team has recently
released the Arduino Nano RP2040
Connect board, although we have
not tested it yet. We think this will
be a handy board, as it will incorporate the NINA-W102 WiFi and Bluetooth radio module, as seen in several
other Arduino boards. That includes
the MKR Vidor, which we reviewed
in March 2019 (siliconchip.com.au/
Article/11448)
They also announced that the Arduino IDE (specifically, the Boards Manager) would support other RP2040
based boards, including the Pico. In
fact, this support is already available,
so we were able to test out programming the Pico using the Arduino IDE.
This is as simple as searching for
“RP2040” in the Boards Manager and
installing the “Arduino Mbed OS
RP2040 boards”. Mbed OS is a platform for developing on ARM microcontrollers.
We found an interesting catch-22
while trying to use this board profile.
It assumes that each board is assigned
a serial port for programming.
This is not necessarily the case with
a new Pico and definitely not in bootloader mode.
Once a sketch has been uploaded,
it includes a serial port, but the difficulty is in performing the first upload.
We found the easiest way to get around
this was to use the Sketch → Export
Compiled Binary option to generate
a UF2 file, then use the bootloader to
install it.
After this, we could see and select a
serial port as for other Arduino boards.
Sometimes the port number changed,
but that was easy to fix.
As an aside, we found another
board variant at https://github.com/
earlephilhower/arduino-pico which
also circumvents this problem. It is a
third-party board profile that builds
the binary using the C SDK that we
mentioned earlier.
Cleverly, it does not require a serial
port for uploading, but can detect the
presence of the virtual USB drive
that the Pico’s bootloader creates and
52
Silicon Chip
uploads the file that way. Thus it’s
another handy way to rescue boards
that the Arduino IDE otherwise can’t
recognise.
You can install it by adding a link
to https://github.com/earlephilhower/
arduino-pico/releases/download/
global/package_rp2040_index.json in
the Boards Manager Preferences.
The window shown in Fig.4 includes
the two board profiles that we tried.
This version also includes support
for some Picoprobe boards, as well as
a board from Adafruit.
Picoprobe
A Picoprobe is essentially a Pico
programmed with firmware that
allows it to behave like an ARM SWD
debugger and a USB-serial converter.
As we noted in our review in June 2021
(siliconchip.com.au/Article/14890),
the Arduino 2.0 IDE can perform
in-circuit debugging, but requires a
probe; it appears that the Picoprobe
can fill that role.
There are examples showing how
one Pico can be used to debug another.
Since many debugging interfaces can
also be used for programming, the
Picoprobe variants described use the
Picoprobe interface instead of the
serial port for programming.
Other boards
Apart from the Arduino Nano
RP2040 Connect that we mentioned,
there is also the Adafruit Feather
RP2040, plus variants from Sparkfun
and Pimoroni. We managed to get one
of the Pimoroni boards, called the Tiny
2040, as seen in our photo.
But it appears that demand is high
for these very cheap boards, and supplies are being snapped up as soon as
they become available.
No doubt, these circumstances
aren’t helped by current chip shortages.
Conclusion
Like the Raspberry Pi single-board
computers, the Pico microcontroller
board offers exceptional value and
ease of use. The sheer number of ways
that it can be easily programmed is
pleasing to see.
Assuming that supply can keep up
with demand, we do not doubt that
the Pico and other RP2040 variants
will be used not just for education,
but just about anywhere that a 32-bit
microcontroller is needed.
With HDMI-compatible video
already being coaxed from the chip
and native USB support, it is not a
stretch to imagine people tacking this
board onto a project for these peripherals alone. So like the Raspberry Pi,
it will see a variety of uses.
The Pico, as well as numerous other
RP2040-based boards and accessories,
are available (subject to supply constraints) from:
• Altronics: siliconchip.com.au/
link/aba8
• Core Electronics: siliconchip.
com.au/link/aba9
• Digi-Key: siliconchip.com.au/
SC
link/abaa
Fig.4: we tried two different Arduino board profiles for working with RP2040
boards like the Pico. The Arduino team has also announced the Arduino Nano
RP2040 Connect board, which will include a WiFi chip like many other recent
Arduino boards.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
k
n
i
h
T
ts.
f
i
G
er
k
r.
a
a
M
c
y
a
J
k
n
Thi
24
21
ale
r, 20
On S
mbe
Dece
6
2
er to
149
$
b
m
Nove
NOW
BEST
SELLER
SAVE $20
Portasol Super Pro
Gas Soldering Tool Kit
Adjustable tip temperature up to 580°C with equivalent
power of between 25W and 125W. Includes 4 tips,
cleaning sponge & case. TS1328
DUAL COLOUR
PRINTING
DON'T FORGET YOUR SOLDER!
15g, 200g, & 1kg Available
FROM $2.75
NOW
99
$
SAVE $30
4.3" COLOUR
TOUCH SCREEN
CLUB OFFER
Ultra-high current 1000A AC and DC
current measurement. CAT III, 6000
count. Data hold, backlight, non
contact voltage, relative measurement
and more. QM1634
FREE
$100
GIFTCARD
JUST
2495
$
1000A True RMS
AC/DC Clamp Meter
PCB Holder
with LED Magnifier
Ideal aid for soldering work, model making
etc. 2x magnification. TH1987
IDEAL FOR MID-SIZED
WEB MEETINGS
JUST
1299
$
Creality
Dual Filament
3D Printer CR-X
NEW
NEW
59
$
Create amazing high-quality prints with two colours or
materials. Dual cooling fans. SD memory card slot. Prints
up to: 300Lx300Wx400Hmm. TL4410
JUST
7995
$
ONLY
95
Omnidirectional USB Conference Microphone
Add sound quality to your Zoom, VoIP, Wechat meetings
and chats. Plug & Play. Compatible with Mac OS X,
Windows PC. AM4137
IMPROVE YOUR
PODCASTING
Wireless Lavalier Microphone
for Smartphone and Camera
Improve your podcasting or audio
recording. Includes a Transmitter and
Receiver. AM4138
BUILD AND PLAY WITH YOUR KIDS
SPREADS ITS
FRILLS
ONLY
3995
$
229
PIECES
Hydraulic Cyborg Hand Kit
Simulates the movements of your hand.
Adjustable joints. Ages 10+. KR9266
Shop the catalogue online!
JUST
3995
$
FOLLOWS,
RUNS AWAY
Smart Frilled Lizard Kit
Build this interactive lizard. 370mm
long. Ages 10+. KJ8968
29
$
Travels up to 80m on one single tank. No
batteries or motor required. 190mm long.
Ages 10+. KJ8967
Exclusions apply - see website for full T&Cs.
*
95
Air Power Engine Car Kit
Free delivery on online orders over $99*
JUST
1995
$
JUST
6-in-1 Solar Robot
Build robots out of a can or water
bottle. Ages 10+.
KJ8939
www.jaycar.com.au
1800 022 888
Gifts for your Workbench
100MHz Dual Channel
Oscilloscope
7” colour LCD. Built-in
waveform generator. PC
connection via USB. SD
card support. Lightweight
and compact. Includes 2
probes & USB cable.
QC1936
CLUB OFFER
699
$
SAVE $200
60W ESD Safe
Soldering Station
HIGH TEMP STABILITY
SAVE $30
NOW
129
$
NOW
129
$
Powerful 60W heating element. 160-480°C
temperature range. Celsius or Fahrenheit
temperature display. Mains powered. TS1640
0-36VDC 0-5A Slimline
80W Lab Power Supply
SAVE $30
Powerful and compact. Constant current and voltage
options. Includes banana to alligator clamp leads.
MP3842
4.3" OLED
DISPLAY
ADJUSTABLE
STAND
JUST
2995
$
NOW
39
$
27
PIECES
95
SAVE $10
Smartphone Repair Kit
73
PIECES
73 Piece Screwdriver Set
Contains all necessary tools you
need to fix your Smartphone from
4mm bits, tweezers & more. TD2118
Open all kinds of electronic devices.
S2 Steel precision bits. Storage case.
TD2136
NOW
NOW
99
49
$
$
95
SAVE $30
SAVE $10
Desktop Magnifier with LEDs
100mm 3-dioptre glass lens provides
powerful magnification. Changeable
lens. QM3552
1080p Digital Microscope
Up to 600x magnification. LED
illumination. Built-in rechargeable
Li-ion battery. QC3193
GIFT QUALITY HAND TOOLS
CURES
UNDER UV
BEST
SELLER
BUY BOTH FOR
JUST
1695
$
Crimping Tool for
Non-Insulated Lugs
Suits 14-18 & 22-26 AWG lugs. Builtin wire cutter. 185mm long. TH1834
20
$
SAVE $9.90
Precision Cutters & Pliers
127mm Angled Side Cutters
TH1897 $14.95EA
150mm Long Nose Pliers
TH1887 $14.95EA
JUST
32
$
95
Heavy Duty Wire Stripper,
Cutter & Crimper
Strip all types of cable from 10-24
AWG (0.13-6.0mm). 204mm long.
TH1827
Not sure what to build next? Here's some inspiration:
jaycar.com.au/projects
NOW
3995
$
SAVE $5
Bondic Liquid Plastic
Welding Kit
Bond, build, fix & fill virtually
anything in seconds. Solvent-free.
NA1530
Gifts for your Workbench
BUILT-IN HD CAMERA
& WI-FI SUPPORT
CLUB OFFER
CLUB OFFER
GIFTCARD
GIFTCARD
FREE
FREE
$100
$100
STURDY ALUMINIUM
BODY
JUST
1299
1349
$
$
CONTROL PANEL
WITH 4.3"
COLOUR SCREEN
JUST
NEW
499
$
3.5" TOUCHSCREEN
Flashforge Adventurer 4
3D Printer
3-in-1
3D Printer, CNC
& Laser Etcher
3D print, engrave & laser cut with a single machine. Easy
swap & interchangeable modules. Includes easy to use
software. Prints up to 125Lx 125Wx125Hmm. TL4400
Large print volume of 220Wx200Dx250Hmm. Features
include a levelling-free removable print bed, quick
release nozzles & a HEPA13 air filter. TL4431
Due early December.
JUST
2495
Non-contact AC Voltage
Detector
Detects AC voltages from 200V to
1000V. Flashlight function.
QP2268
NOW FROM
4995
$
PIECES
Digital Multimeter
with Temperature
Measures voltage, resistance,
capacitance, temperature and more.
CATIII 600V 10A. 4000 count display.
QM1323
19
95
SAVE $5
Contains 160 lengths of different
sizes in a handy storage case.
WH5524
95
SAVE 25%
Liquid Electrical Tape
Seals and protects electrical
connections. 118ml can or 28g tube.
Black or red available.
NM2832-NM2838
ARDUINO® COMPATIBLE
This icon indicates that the product will work in your
Arduino® based project.
95
Ultrasonic Cleaners
Mini Bench Scales
Extremely accurate. 0.01g Resolution. Weighs
in grams, carats, and pennyweight.
100g QM7258 $49.95
200g QM7259 $69.95
Effectively clean your jewellery and
other small parts. Mains powered.
400ml 40W
YH5414 NOW $69.95 SAVE $20
1.8L
80W
YH5416 NOW $119 SAVE $30
STOCK UP ON YOUR ESSENTIALS
NM2832
14
$
SAVE <at> $30
FROM
49
$
NOW FROM
NOW
6995
$
JUST
NM2836
160
160pc Heatshrink Pack
Large build volume of 220Lx220Wx250Hmm. Resume
printing function. Filament auto feeding. Support PLA,
ABS, & PETG type filament. TL4432
0.01G
RESOLUTION
EASY TO USE
AUTORANGING
METER
$
Entry Level 3D Printer
BEST
SELLER
GREEN & RED LED
INDICATORS
$
JUST
NOW
3495
$
SAVE $5
25M ON
EACH ROLL
Light Duty
Hook-up Wire Pack
Quality 13 x 0.12mm tinned hook-up
wire on plastic spools. 8 different
colour rolls included. WH3009
NOW
3995
$
SAVE $5
300
PIECES
300pc QC Crimp Connector Pack
Bullet, ring, fork, spade and joiners in various
sizes and colours. PT4536
RASPBERRY PI COMPATIBLE
This icon indicates that the product will work in your Raspberry Pi project.
Gifts to Make & Build
JUST
1995
$
JST Connectors Kit
Includes the popular JST XHP 2.54mm and
PH 2.0mm housings & headers. Used for
prototyping, repairs, and hobby applications.
PT4457
NOW
34
$
95
89
$
INCLUDES
UNO BOARD
SAVE $5
NOW
1495
SAVE 30%
SAVE $20
Arduino
Compatible
Starter Kit
INCLUDES
MEGA BOARD
Arduino
Compatible MEGA
Experimenter’s Kit
®
®
Includes UNO board, jumper leads,
resistors and more to get you started
in the world of Arduino®. XC3902
Make it with UNO Boards
Arduino®
Compatible
Solderless Breadboard with
Power Supply
Includes 830 tie-point breadboard,
power supply module. Power from USB
or 12V plugpack. PB8819
NOW
2495
$
SAVE $5
240x320 LCD Touch Screen
Large, colourful touch display shield which piggybacks
straight onto your UNO or MEGA. microSD card slot.
77Lx52Wx19Hmm. XC4630
5995
2995
$
Stackable design makes adding shields easy. Powered
by a USB-B cable or 7-14VDC. ATMega16u2 USB-Serial
chipset. 53Lx75Wx13Hmm. XC4410
80
9
Operates directly from 5V. SPDT
relays. 10A rated. XC4419 $5.45EA
NOW
995
$
SAVE $10
*
9.95
4 x 4 x 4 Blue LED Cube Kit
Learn to connect and program basic Grove modules that includes
both sensors and actuators along with the Arduino® UNO Board
(XC4410 $29.95 sold separately). XC9201
SAVE 15%
More ways to pay:
Buy Sensor Kit &
UNO Board for
Arduino® Sensor Kit
$
5V Relay Board
BUNDLE DEAL
$
64 ULTRABRIGHT LEDS
HALF
PRICE!
SAVE $9.90
2 FOR
DOUBLE UP
JUST
$
JUST
UNO R3
Development Board
& SAVE ON
MODULES
INCLUDES
64PCS MIXED
JUMPER LEADS
Includes MEGA board, breadboard, jumper wires and
plenty of prototyping hardware & peripherals in a plastic
organiser. XC4286
BEST
SELLER
NOW
$
2 FOR
10
$
SAVE 15%
PIR Motion Detector Module
Add motion detection to your
project. 0.3-18s adjustable delay.
5-20VDC. XC4444 $5.95EA
Build a dazzling array of ultra-bright blue
LED’s which alternate between fifteen different
patterns. Requires Arduino® UNO Board
(XC4410 $29.95) sold separately. KM1097
2 FOR
35
$
SAVE 10%
1.3” 128 x 64 OLED
Monochrome Display Module
Wide viewing angle to eliminate eye strain.
39Lx36Wx6Dmm. XC3728 $19.95EA
Gifts to Make & Build
NOW
89
$
3995
$
NOW WITH BUILT-IN
MIC & SPEAKER
SAVE $40
JUST
micro:bit GO V2
Development Board Bundle
Upgraded model! Touch sensitive logo. Power
indicatior. Includes micro:bit board, batteries,
battery box and USB cable. XC4324
SuperBot Robot Kit
BUNDLE DEAL
Build 18 cool multi-functional models. Allows kids to
do coding by graphical programming language. 400
pieces. Ages 8+. KJ9354 iPad not included
Buy Robot Kit,
micro:bit & Battery For
119
$
LEARN ROBOTICS &
CODING
SAVE $16.85
NEW
NOW
6995
$
ONLY
Starter Kit with micro:bit v2
Meet Edison Robot Kit
Includes micro:bit v2 board, resistors, servo and
all the necessary prototyping accessories to get
you started in the world of electronics and coding.
XC4326
Compact, pre-programmed with 6 robot activities.
Can be programmed using simple drag-and-drop
programming blocks. Ages 5+. KR9210
JUST
Smart Robot Kit
for micro:bit
Fun to build robot that uses a micro:bit board (sold
separately) that you can code or control using Smartphone via
Bluetooth®. Plug and play. KR9262
2500mAh 3.6V 18650 Battery to suit SB2298 $25.95
The perfect gift for a maker,
guaranteed!
HALF
PRICE!
2495
NOW
80W 240V Soldering Iron
SAVE $5
SAVE $15
Christmas Tree Kit
Includes tree shaped circuit board, coloured
LEDs, and electronic components. Add an
Arduino® UNO board (XC4410 $29.95 sold
separately) to create amazing lighting effects.
Soldering required. XC3754
49
95
SAVE $10
Hydraulic Robot Arm Kit
Lift up to 50g. Hydraulic power.
No motors, no batteries required.
Ages 10+. KJ8997
Up to 530°C temp range. Stainless
steel barrel. Electrically safety
approved. TS1485
NOW
1495
$
NOW
JUST
$
495
$
9.95
6995
$
9995
$
SAVE $30
$
*
HALF
PRICE!
Santa Sleigh Kit
Includes 126 multicolour flashing LEDs, with a
clever circuit that creates the illusion of a flying
reindeer while Santa's hat flaps in the wind.
Soldering required. XC3756
NOW
2495
$
SAVE $4
Salt Water Fuel Cell Engine Car Kit
Demonstrate the concept of a salt powered
automotive engine. 120mm long. Ages 8+.
KJ8960
Looking for more product information?
Visit your local store or our website jaycar.com.au
NOW
1195
$
SAVE 40%
Desktop PCB Holder
Hold PCBs of up to 200 x 140mm.
Adjustable angle. TH1980
PCB not included
ONLY
24
$
95
Cardboard Radio
Construction Kit
Make your own AM/FM radio. No soldering
required. Requires 3 x AA batteries. Ages 8+.
KJ9021 4 x AA Batteries SB2425 $3.25
JUST
1495
$
Mini Motor Experiment Kit
Demonstrates the basics of how the
magnets, armature and commutator
work together in an electric motor.
Ages 8+. KJ9032
We reward our industry professionals
Christmas Savings
3" SCREEN
NOW
4995
$
REVERSED
IMAGE REFLECTS
CORRECTLY ONTO
WINDSCREEN
DASH CAM &
REVERSING CAMERA IN 1
NOW
149
$
SAVE $10
1296p 140° view front camera with rear camera doubling
as a reversing camera. Automatically records on impact
to microSD card (sold separately). 12/24VDC operation.
Auto on/off. QV3849
32GB microSD Card XC4992 $36.95
NOW
49
$
JUST
69
95
Diagnose your cars problem. Plugs
into OBD-II port and transmits
speed, RPM, fuel consumption, etc
via Bluetooth® to your Smartphone.
PP2145
NOW
4995
95
$
SAVE $20
OBD-II Engine Code Reader
with Bluetooth®
SAVE $30
SHD Car Dash Camera
with GPS & Rear Camera
Keep your eyes on the road and read important driving
info such as speed, from a head up display reflected
off the windscreen. OBD-II or GPS operation. Auto
brightness adjustment. LA9036
Measures from 2 to 99,999
RPM. 5-digit backlit LCD.
Integrated laser pointer.
Built-in memory recalls.
Carry case included.
QM1449
Wireless Reversing
Camera Kit
with 7” LCD
2.4GHz digital. Help see through blind spots.
Up to 80m range with crystal clear picture.
12V/24VDC. QM8046
JUST
1795
$
SAVE $15
Digital Tachometer
NOW
299
$
SAVE $50
Head Up Display
Speedometer with
GPS & OBD-II Data
$
IDEAL FOR 4WDS &
LARGE VEHICLES
Automotive Multi-Function
Circuit Tester with LCD
Tests electrical system of a
vehicle running on 12V or 24V.
Tests voltage and polarity of
a circuit, continuity check and
more. QM1494
Automotive
Crimp Tool
with
Connectors
Cut and strip
wire and crimp
connectors. 80
pieces. TH1848
SAVE ON SOUNDS
AMAZING
SOUND
NOW
6995
$
GREAT FOR TV
OR MUSIC
SAVE $10
2 Channel Soundbar Speaker with Bluetooth® 5.0
Enhance the sound of your TV or use as a standalone speaker. Includes
3.5mm stereo and digital optical inputs. 2 x 14W Output. Wall mountable.
XC5233
NEW LOW PRICE
JUST
119
$
BUILT-IN MIC
Active Noise Cancelling Wireless
Earbuds
Features True Wireless Stereo (TWS) and Active
Noise Cancellation (ANC) to provide amazing
stereo sound. Recharging case. Bluetooth® 5.0
technology. AA2149
NOW
39
$
95
SAVE $5
Portable Mini Boom Box with Bluetooth®
Pump up the sound with this portable 8.5WRMS
Bluetooth® speaker. Built-in FM radio. CS2469
ONLY
2995
$
Dancing Santa Bluetooth® Speaker
Play your favourite festive tunes via your
Smartphone. Dances to the music. GT4300
NEW
TERMS AND CONDITIONS: REWARDS / CLUB MEMBERS FREE GIFT, % SAVING DEALS, & MEMBERS OFFERS requires ACTIVE Jaycar Rewards / membership at time of purchase. Refer to website for Rewards / membership T&Cs. IN-STORE ONLY refers to company owned stores and not available to Resellers. Page 1: CLUB OFFER:
FREE $100 Gift Card with purchase of Dual Filament 3D Printer (TL4410). Page 2: Buy 1 x TH1897 + 1 x TH1887 for $20. Page 3: CLUB OFFER: FREE $100 Gift Card with purchase of 3D Printers TL4400 and TL4431. Page 4: Bundle Deal: 1 x Arduino Sensor Kit (XC9201) + 1 x UNO Board (XC4410) for $80. Page 5: Bundle Deal:
1 x micro:bit v2 Board (XC4324) + 1 x Robot Kit (KR9262) + 1 x 18650 Li-Ion Battery (SB2298) for $119. Page 7: Gamer’s Bundle includes 1 x Headphones (AA2126) + 1 x Keyboard & Mouse Set (XC5132) + 1 x Gaming Pad (XM5101) for $89. Page 8: CLUB OFFER: FREE $100 Gift Card with purchase of 4K Resin 3D Printer
(TL4421). SUPPLY CHAIN DISRUPTION. We apologise for factors out of control which may result in some items may not being available on the advertised on-sale date of the catalogue.
View live or playback video on
your TV or monitor or remotely via
Smartphone or Tablet using free app.
SAVE $150
NOW
399
$
NOW
849
$
Christmas Savings
SAVE $50
4K
2TB
HDD
1TB
HDD
1080P
Concord 4 Channel HD DVR Kit
with 4 x 1080p Cameras
Concord 8 Channel 4K NVR Kit
with 4 x 5MP Cameras
• Smart viewing and notification
• PIR movement detection with push notification
• Built-in infrared LEDs for night vision up to 20m
• Expandable to 6 channels (4 x AHD and 2 x IP cameras)
• IP67 rated camera
QV5050
• Smart viewing and notification
• PIR movement detection with push notification
• Built-in infrared LEDs for night vision up to 30m
• Expandable to 8 x 5MP cameras
• IP66 rated camera
QV5600
ALL KIT CONTENTS INCLUDE: Digital Video Recorder (or Network Video Recorder). Cameras,
Power and Video Cables, Adaptor and Splitter. USB Mouse, HDMI Cable and Network Cable.
2.4" LCD
JUST
29
$
95
Plug-in Wireless Doorbell
Compact sized, plugs straight to a
power point. 36 selectable melodies.
240VAC. LA5029
Camera Detector
Protect your privacy! Detects hidden
wired and wireless cameras. QC3506
2 x AAA batteries SB2426 $1.95
NOW
95
SAVE $10
USB Retro Arcade Game Controller
Pairs with any USB compatible gaming system.
Suits PC, Nintendo Switch, Raspberry Pi, PS3 &
Android TV Arcade Games. USB powered.
XC5802
NOW
3995
$
SAVE $10
DIY Game Console
An Arduino-based handheld
game console that you can
code or upload your favourite Arduboy
games. See website for details. XC3752
Monitor local wildlife or use as an outdoor security camera.
10sec-3min motion detection recording onto microSD card
up to 32GB (sold separately). Water resistant housing. Time
lapse recording. 2.4" LCD. Requires 8 x AA batteries
(sold separately). QC8043
32GB microSD card XC4992 $36.95
12pk AA Batteries SB2333 $7.95
PAIRS TO A PHONE,
TABLET, OR COMPUTER
NOW
24
$
1080P
1080p Outdoor Trail Camera
SAVE $20
29
$
SAVE $30
NOW
7995
$
NOW
169
$
95
SAVE $15
GAMER’S BUNDLE
Designed for hardcore gamers who enjoy many hours of gameplay.
Includes keyboard and mouse, gaming pad and headphones.
Gaming Headphones with Microphone AA2126 $49.95
Gaming Keyboard and Mouse Set
XC5132 $59.95
Ultra Durable Gaming Pad
XM5101 $19.95
Bluetooth® Game Controller
Get a better gaming experience from your
Android and Windows games. XC5800
Smartphone not included.
Available in:
JUST
2995
$
Retro Style Handheld
Game Console
Features built in speaker
and a 3.5mm to RCA and
USB recharge cable. Ages
15+. GT4280
Looking for more product information?
Visit your local store or our website jaycar.com.au
BUY ALL FOR
89
$
SAVE 30%
VALUED AT $129.85
The perfect gift for a maker,
guaranteed!
s
a
m
t
4K HIGH RESOLUTION
FOR HIGHLY
DETAILED PRINTS
s
i
r
h
s
r
C
e
k
r ma
fo
JUST
499
$
Anycubic Wash &
Cure Plus Machine
Rotating curing platform with full 360° curing
operation. 405nm UV light. TL4423
PRINTS
LARGER SIZES
AND 3X FASTER THAN
EARLIER MODELS
eSUN 3D Printer Resin 1kg
PLA
High precision, smooth surface.
7 colours. TL4433-TL4439 $59.95EA
PLA Pro
Higher resolution & precision. High
strength & toughness. 3 colours.
$59.95EA
TL4440-TL4442
Standard
High precision, high hardness & good
wear resistance. 7 colours.
$69.95EA
TL4443-TL4449
FROM
5995
$
CLUB OFFER
JUST
FREE
1149
EA
$
$100
GIFTCARD
Anycubic 4K Resin 3D Printer
Larger build volume of 192Lx120Wx245Hmm. 8.9" 4K LCD. Fast printing
speed (3 x faster than previous models). More detailed prints compared
to filament-type printers. Uses Anycubic App to remotely control print
operations, monitor printing progress etc. TL4421
PERFECT GIFT FOR A
MAKER IN THE MAKING
MIRROR, HOOK & PICK-UP
MAGNET INCLUDED
HANDY KIT FOR
THOSE QUICK AND
URGENT REPAIRS
NOW
129
$
NOW
99
$
SAVE $30
Pro Soldering Gas Kit
Includes soldering iron, wire stripper, cutters,
heatshrink and other accessories. Supplied in
a hard plastic carry case. TS1115
JUST
169
$
SAVE $20
Inspection Camera
with 2.4” Screen
Arduino® Starter Kit
This official kit from Arduino®
includes UNO board, breadboard
and plenty of prototyping
accessories. XC9200
Excellent for inspecting or locating
objects in tight spaces. 1m long
gooseneck. QC8710
CHRISTMAS TIME!
WORKING CLOCK
& CALENDAR!
MAKE OR REPAIR
A CLOCK
HALF
PRICE!
NOW
9
$
95
SAVE $10
SHAKE TO
GENERATE A
RANDOM NUMBER
Electronic Dice Kit
Teach your kids and grand kids how to
solder. CR2032 battery required.
KM1099
NOW
9
$
95
SAVE $10
9V Battery (SB2423
$4.50 sold separately)
HALF
PRICE!
3D Traffic Light Kit
Take their soldering skills to the next
level. Can place onto car or train set. 9V
battery required. XC3758
JUST
16
$
95
Quartz Clock Movement
Self starting. Supplied with
three sets of hands. XC0100
FROM
59
$
95
250 PIECES
168 PIECES
DIY Wooden Puzzle Kits
Fun to assemble and will make a magnificent
art piece on your desk or table. Ages 14+.
Zodiac Wall Clock
KJ9050 $69.95
Time Engine Calendar KJ9051 $59.95
LEARN, BE INSPIRED, PROJECTS,
WORKSHOPS & MORE! 24/7.
1800 022 888
www.jaycar.com.au
Over 100 stores & 130 resellers nationwide
HEAD OFFICE
320 Victoria Road,
Rydalmere NSW 2116
Ph: (02) 8832 3100
Fax: (02) 8832 3169
ONLINE ORDERS
www.jaycar.com.au
techstore<at>jaycar.com.au
Arrival dates of new products in this flyer confirmed at the time of print. Call your local store to check stock. Occasionally discontinued
items advertised on a special / lower price in this flyer have limited to nil stock in certain stores, including Jaycar Authorised Resellers, and
cannot be ordered or transferred. No rainchecks. Savings off Original RRP. Prices and special offers are valid from 24.11.2021 - 26.12.2021.
Digital Lighting
Controller Translator
By Tim Blythman
Last year’s Flexible Digital Lighting Controller project is a fresh design that
controls mains-powered lights or addressable RGB LED lighting strips to
create spectacular lighting shows. But many people have built our previous
lighting controllers from 2010 & 2011. So that you can upgrade without
redoing it all from scratch, this Translator allows all of the original
Lighting Controller slave units to operate with the new system.
T
he Digital Lighting Controller published in the October, November
& December 2010 issues (siliconchip.
com.au/Series/14) allows up to 32
mains-powered incandescent lights or
12V LED strips to be choreographed to
music. It is controlled by a master unit
based around a dsPIC33FJ64 microcontroller which controls the lights
and plays the music.
As there weren’t many easier ways
to do that at the time, quite a few were
built, including from kits.
We designed the Flexible Digital
Lighting Controller (siliconchip.com.
au/Series/351) 10 years later to supersede the older units. Similar in concept, it can control up to 64 lighting
channels. It also uses trailing-edge
siliconchip.com.au
dimming instead of the older style
leading-edge dimming that is only
really suitable for incandescents.
Trailing-edge dimming is ideal for
modern mains-powered LED lamps as
it mitigates inrush currents by switching on near the mains voltage zero
crossing. It is fully compatible with
incandescent globes too.
We also designed a separate slave unit
to handle so-called ‘smart’ low-voltage
LED strings, published in December
2020. This includes the options to set
up groups of multiple LEDs to cover
a wider area. Thus, the new system
can control either mains-powered or
low-voltage LED lights.
Both Flexible slave unit types are
addressable, so a combination of mains
and low-voltage LEDs can be driven by
the same channel in synchrony.
But the 2010/11 and 2020 systems
are incompatible and use entirely different signalling protocols and control
strategies. So it is difficult to upgrade
a system using the older Digital Lighting Controller.
For example, the older Digital Lighting Controller continually outputs
data to precisely control each switching event in time with the mains waveform; there are around 2000 switching
events per second. On the other hand,
the Flexible Lighting Controller only
transmits data if the display needs
to change, with the slaves handling
mains synchronisation.
This small unit
brings together the
two different Digital
Lighting Controller
systems. It takes
its input from
any of the
2020 Flexible
Digital Lighting
Controller
master units
(which could just
be an Arduino
board) and can
drive the older
Digital Lighting
Controller slaves
from 2010 or 2011. Altronics
still stocks kits for these slave units (Cat
K5886 & K5887).
The logical way to bridge this gap is
with a protocol translator. The Translator we present here receives data
in the ‘new’ format and transmits the
‘old’ format. This means that the master unit presented in November 2020
can be used to control the older slave
units as well as the newer ones it is
designed to interface with.
This master from November 2020 is
based around the Micromite BackPack
hardware and offers a graphical interface lacking on the older unit. So you
can now use this master to control any
of the four different types of slave unit.
It is also possible to use a USBSerial converter to control the Flexible Digital Lighting Controller slaves
Australia’s electronics magazine
The Translator
December 2021 61
Fig.1: the Translator circuit uses the same optoisolated receiver scheme as the newer “Flexible” slave units. A pair of
regulators provide the 3.3V and 6V rails needed to drive the older slaves, while four I/O pins produce the data using much
the same interface as the original dsPIC33FJ64-based master unit.
using a Processing sketch. In fact, the
newer protocol is so simple that you
can even use an Arduino board as the
master of such a system.
The old control protocol
Both Digital Lighting Controller systems use logic-level signals transmitted over CAT5/CAT6 cable and terminated with RJ45 plugs (similar to Ethernet cables). But that’s really all they
have in common.
The older system passes 3.3V logic
level signals over four of the conductors in the cable; these are used to drive
the DATA, CLOCK, LATCH and RESET
lines of a 74HC595 shift register. The
shift register outputs are then used to
drive either Mosfets (for the LED version) or Triacs (for the 230V version).
The remaining four lines consist
of 6V and 3.3V power supply rails, a
ground and a chain length sense line.
While the 230V version uses optoisolators in each slave to separate the mains
voltage from the control signals, the
LED version has no such provision.
Thus much of the circuitry is tied to
the same voltage rail. In fact, the master provides power and is directly connected to all shift registers in the chain.
This system feeds data to the shift
registers 20 times each mains halfcycle. The chain length sense line is
used to detect the number of connected
slaves and can thus reduce the amount
of data sent if fewer than the full number of slaves are connected.
It also needs to synchronise its data
to the mains waveform so that the
Features
● Allows Digital Lighting Controller slaves from 2010 & 2011 to be controlled
by Flexible Digital Lighting Controller masters (described in 2020)
● 2010, 2011 & 2020 slaves can be mixed and controlled by a single 2020
Master unit
● Compact unit fits in UB5 Jiffy box
● Powered by 9V AC plugpack
● Uses standard CAT5/CAT6 Ethernet cables for wiring
62
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
Triacs are triggered correctly. It works
well but demands high data rates and
continuous attention from the master
microcontroller.
The new protocol
The new system delegates much of
the control responsibility to the slaves,
which each have their own microcontroller. Each slave also has an optoisolator to isolate it from the bus and thus
the master.
The new protocol is inspired by
DMX-512, which is used in professional lighting control systems. DMX512 uses RS-485 level differential signals at 250,000 baud. Our system uses
a single-ended logic level signal at
38,400 baud because this is easier to
produce and interpret.
Like DMX-512, the start of a frame
is marked with a ‘break’ condition on
the serial data line; this is a period of
around 13 bit times of low (not idle
state) data level and is not a state that
occurs otherwise during normal transmission.
The first data byte is 0x00, which
sets the frame type, meaning the subsequent data contains lamp brightness
values. Other DMX-512 frame types
siliconchip.com.au
exist but are not used in our system.
The actual data follows as consecutive bytes of serial data; the first byte
after the 0x00 is sent to the first lamp,
the next to the second and so forth,
up to 64 lights.
If you wish to implement your own
master, you can also look at our Arduino and Processing code.
The circuit
Fig.1 is the circuit of the Translator, which has much in common with
the Flexible Digital Lighting Controller slaves (described in the October &
December 2020 issues). All three use
14-pin microcontrollers and 6N137
optoisolators to provide isolated
reception of the data from the master.
IC1 is a PIC16F1705 or PIC16LF1705
microcontroller, the same part as
used in the 230V slave unit. CON4
is an ICSP header that you can use
to program the chip. A 10kW resistor
between pins 1 and 4 of IC1 pulls up
the MCLR pin, while a 100nF capacitor
provides local bypassing of the 3.3V
rail that powers the microcontroller.
Pins 1 and 2 of RJ45 jack CON1
are connected across the LED (pins 2
and 3) of OPTO1 with a 220W resistor
in series. 1N4148 diode D1 provides
reverse polarity protection to the LED
by shunting current if power is applied
in the reverse direction.
In regular operation, the master
applies +3.3V or 5V to pin 1 of CON1.
Pin 2 will idle at the same voltage but
is taken low when the master transmits
a ‘0’ bit or a break condition. Thus current only flows when the master’s output is not at the idle voltage.
OPTO1 is bypassed by another
100nF capacitor between its pin 5 (circuit ground) and pin 8 (3.3V). The output pin, pin 6, is pulled up by a 1kW
resistor to the 3.3V rail. Thus, it idles
at the same state as the master (high)
with no current flowing.
When the master transmits a ‘0’, current flows through OPTO1’s LED, and
its internal circuitry causes its pin 6
to be pulled to ground. This scheme
provides isolation while also maintaining the correct logic sense. Also,
the disconnected state is the same as
the idle state, which means the slave
does not misbehave if it is not connected to a master.
OPTO1’s pin 6 is connected to
microcontroller IC1’s pin 5, which
is configured to operate as a UART
receiver at 38,400 baud. Green LED1
siliconchip.com.au
in series with a 1kW resistor is also
connected between the 3.3V rail and
OPTO1’s output. It thus illuminates
whenever the master transmits a ‘0’.
While OPTO1 is probably not necessary for most applications, it is possible to connect the Translator to a
computer to implement a ‘simple master’ using the Processing application.
In this case, it is cheap insurance to
avoid the possibility of any damage to
the computer’s USB port.
Keep in mind that there is no slot in
the PCB, so OPTO1 will not provide
isolation from mains voltages, and the
clearance and creepage requirements
are not met.
Pins 8-11 of IC1 are connected to
another RJ-45 jack, CON2, to produce
data in the ‘old’ protocol. Each pin has
a series 100W resistor to limit fault current and a 10kW pull-down resistor to
set a safe default state while the microcontroller is starting up.
For more detail on the operation
of the old protocol, you can refer to
the article in the October 2010 issue
(siliconchip.com.au/Article/315).
The pins provide the DATA, CLOCK,
LATCH and RESET signals using IC1’s
SPI and GPIO peripherals.
IC1’s pin 7 (RC3) is connected to
the CHAIN SENSE line of CON2 and
is pulled down to ground by a 4.7kW
resistor. Each slave has a 10kW resistor
pulling this line up to its 3.3V rail, so
the voltage on this pin depends on the
number of slaves connected. Thus, the
number of slaves can be determined
by using the micro’s analog-to-digital
converter (ADC) peripheral to read the
voltage on this pin.
Pin 3 (RA4) on IC1 is connected to
a yellow LED through a series 1kW
resistor to ground. It is used to flash
error codes by the microcontroller’s
firmware.
Pin 6 (RC4) of IC1 is connected to
one side of the AC supply input via a
1MW resistor and is used to detect the
mains polarity and thus keep track of
the mains phase. The resistor allows
pin 6 to be pulled high or low by the
AC waveform while limiting the current to a minimal level, so the micro’s
input pin will not be damaged.
Power supply
9V AC to power the circuit comes in
through barrel jack CON3. We need to
use AC power to allow the circuit to
sense the phase of the mains waveform
so that it can drive slaves controlling
Australia’s electronics magazine
mains-powered lights. An AC plugpack provides a safe and simple way of
doing this, as well as providing power.
Current flows into bridge rectifier
BR1 and the resulting pulsed DC is filtered by the first of three 100μF electrolytic capacitors. REG1 is a 7806 regulator that provides a 6V rail stabilised
by the second 100μF capacitor.
A transformer driving a bridge rectifier and filter capacitor results in
a high peak current draw as the AC
waveform approaches its maximum
amplitude. Therefore, a 10W series
resistor has been added to limit the
peak current. This reduces distortion
of the AC waveform and thus improves
zero-crossing detection.
Red LED2’s anode is connected to
the 6V rail, while its cathode is connected to circuit ground via a 1kW
resistor. Thus LED2 lights up when
power is present.
The 6V rail also feeds REG2, an
MCP1700 3.3V regulator, and a third
100μF capacitor to generate a 3.3V rail.
The 6V and 3.3V rails are needed for
compatibility with the slaves from the
older system.
Software
Since many of the Translator functions are similar to those of the newer
slaves, we reused some of that code.
After the initial setup, the firmware
does little more than check the peripheral interrupt flags to know if anything
needs to be done, as there are no user
inputs to monitor and act on.
The setup code initialises the UART
(to receive serial data from OPTO1)
and SPI (for shift register data output) peripherals. A timer is set to fire
around 7800 times per second.
Also, the ADC peripheral is enabled,
and the various I/O pins are configured
for their respective roles.
In the main loop, the UART is
checked for incoming data and if it is
detected as lamp data, it is processed
immediately into arrays of shift register data for sending to the slaves. Each
data byte takes up to 85μs to process
and, at 38,400 baud, can arrive once
every 260μs. Each byte received consists of 10 bits including the start and
stop bits.
The timer fires every 128μs and is
used to increment a counter, so each
mains half-cycle is split into 78 divisions. In the main loop, the software
checks if the incoming AC waveform has flipped polarity and uses an
December 2021 63
internal counter to mark that point
with respect to the counter.
Compensation is made for the fact
that the pin does not change state
precisely at the zero crossing; the pin
transition voltage level is above 0V
and varies depending on whether it is
positive-going or negative-going. The
microcontroller sets a second counter
to provide a signal synchronised with
each mains half-cycle.
Checking the AC waveform and
adjusting the counters can take up to
7μs, which is not a significant amount
of time compared to the other activities
that occur. Starting at the 20th (of 78)
points in the cycle, the shift register
bitmaps are fed to the output in turn.
These 78 points are chosen to partially compensate for the instantaneous mains voltage varying over the
cycle, resulting in a smoother brightness ramp. There is no setting that
will give perfectly linear results for
all incandescent globes, and LEDs
will naturally not be affected in the
same way, but the chosen numbers
should give a good middle ground for
all lamp types.
The points are closer together near
the peak and further apart near the zero
crossing, which has the added benefit
of diminishing the effects of jitter on
the slave Triacs switching off. Scope 1
shows the timing of these data bursts.
The green line is the output of the
transformer, not the mains waveform
itself, hence is it far from sinusoidal.
Delivering this data takes around
75μs. So in the worst case of a data
byte being received simultaneously
with an SPI transmission, the timer
could be delayed slightly.
If this delay is ever longer than a
128μs timer cycle, timer counts will
be missed. However, output waveform
corruption due to missed timer events
should not occur under normal operation, although small amounts of jitter
(up to about 50μs) might occur under
the very worst conditions.
Note that the Translator has been
programmed to only work on 50Hz
mains systems. The timing is probably too tight for it to work properly on
60Hz systems.
Status indicator LED
Every timer cycle also triggers
a check to update the status LED.
Every two seconds, the AC waveform,
incoming data and outgoing chain
are checked. If a fault is detected, the
LED flashes; otherwise, it remains solidly lit.
One flash indicates that no incoming
data has been received in the preceding two seconds. If you see two flashes,
no downstream chain sense resistors
have been detected. Three flashes let
you know that no transitions have been
seen in the AC waveform. Performing
these checks and updating the LED
state can take up to 15μs.
Construction
The Translator is built on a PCB
coded 16110206 which measures
79mm x 45mm – see Fig.2. This fits
neatly into a UB5 Jiffy box.
Start by fitting and soldering the
resistors as marked on the PCB silkscreen. Use a multimeter to doublecheck the resistance of each part before
mounting it. Note that the resistors
along the right-hand side of the board
appear to be arranged in pairs, but
some are not!
The sole diode is next to CON1 at the
bottom left of the PCB. Be sure to match
the cathode mark to the silkscreen.
Then fit the two 100nF capacitors, one
adjacent to IC1 and one near OPTO1.
Bridge rectifier BR1 is at the bottom
centre of the PCB. You should ensure
that its + mark goes to its bottom left,
as shown on the silkscreen. Push it
down against the PCB before soldering,
then trim all its leads close to the PCB.
Solder the two parts in DIL packages
next, IC1 and OPTO1. There is room
to use sockets if you wish, although
Scope 1: the timing of the latch pulses relative to the mains waveform. The AC waveform is quite significantly distorted
due to the properties of the transformer and the brief current inrush into the capacitor leading up to the waveform peaks.
Still, it’s good enough to sense the zero crossings. The more closely-spaced pulses near mains peaks provide more even
brightness steps for incandescent lights without affecting mains-powered LEDs too much.
64
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: assembling the PCB is relatively straightforward; fit the parts as shown here, paying particular attention to the
orientations of IC1, OPTO1, the electrolytic capacitors, diode D1 and the LEDs. If you experience issues due to control
tones affecting timing, then a small value capacitor (10pf) between pins 6 and 14 of IC1 may help.
there is little need for this as IC1 can
be programmed in-circuit via CON4,
even after it is soldered in place.
Ensure OPTO1 and IC1 are orientated correctly, with their number
1 pins to the upper left of the PCB.
Straighten the leads to allow them to
be inserted, then tack two leads and
ensure the parts are flat against the
board before soldering the remaining leads.
To install REG1, bend its leads back
90° around 7mm from the regulator
body. Thread them through the PCB
and fit one of the machine screws from
the back of the PCB, then secure the
regulator with the nut and washer on
the front of the tab.
Carefully align the regulator to be
square within its footprint and tighten
the nut firmly, but taking care not to
twist the part. When you are happy
with this, solder the leads from the
back of the PCB and trim the excess.
Fit REG2, making sure that it
matches the outline on the silkscreen.
Push down firmly and solder the leads.
Mount the three electrolytic capacitors next, observing the polarity
markings; all three have their positive lead closest to CON2 on the right
of the PCB.
Now fit the barrel socket at CON3. It
may require some extra heat and solder
to secure the larger tabs. You should
also try to keep the part parallel to the
Parts List – Digital Lighting Translator
1 double-sided PCB coded 16110206, 79mm x 45mm
1 9V AC plugpack with 2.1mm inner diameter barrel plug
2 PCB-mount RJ45 sockets (CON1, CON2) [Altronics P1448]
1 2.1mm inner diameter PCB-mount barrel socket (CON3)
1 5-way male pin header (CON4; optional, for programming IC1 in-circuit)
1 UB5 Jiffy box
4 M3 x 12mm tapped spacers
9 M3 x 6mm machine screws
1 M3 nut and washer (for REG1)
4 self-adhesive rubber feet
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F1705 or PIC16LF1705 microcontroller, DIP-16, programmed with
1611020F.HEX (IC1)
1 W02M/W04M bridge rectifier (BR1) [Jaycar ZR1304]
1 6N137 optoisolator, DIP-8 (OPTO1)
1 7806 6V linear regulator, TO-220 (REG1)
1 MCP1700-3.3 low-dropout 3.3V linear regulator, TO-92 (REG2)
1 green 3mm LED (LED1)
1 red 3mm LED (LED2)
1 yellow 3mm LED (LED3)
Altronics kit will be available
1 1N4148 signal diode (D1)
Altronics has announced that they will be
Capacitors
making a kit for this project, code K5888.
3 100μF 25V electrolytic
2 100nF 63V MKT
Resistors (all 1/4W axial 1% metal film)
1 1MW
5 10kW
4 1kW
1 220W
4 100W
1 10W
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
edge of the PCB for neatness.
If you wish to fit an ICSP header
for programming IC1, you should use
a straight (rather than right-angled)
header. This can be left in place without fouling the box if it is mounted vertically. It can be mounted under or on
top of the PCB as there is around 12mm
of clearance on both sides.
We recommend placing it underneath, as you might find that the adjacent capacitor prevents the programmer from being fully inserted onto the
header from above.
Next, solder the two RJ45 sockets,
CON1 and CON2. They have clips to
lock them in place, but it’s still a good
idea to solder one lead and check that
they are flat against the PCB and parallel to its edge before soldering the
remaining leads.
The only remaining components are
the LEDs. If you wish to fit them now,
leave 10-12mm from the top of their
flanges to the PCB so that they sit just
behind the front panel.
However, it is better to leave them
out until you can confirm their positioning against the assembled enclosure. Note that LED1 is green (data),
LED2 is red (power) and LED3 is yellow (status).
Programming IC1
Now is a good time to program
microcontroller IC1 if this is required.
If you buy the microcontroller from
the Silicon Chip Online Shop, it will
already be programmed, and you can
skip this step.
You can use a PICkit 3, PICkit 4 or
Snap programmer. If you don’t have
a programming application, we recommend using the MPLAB X IPE,
which can be downloaded for free
from Microchip’s website.
Connect the programmer to CON4,
December 2021 65
Fig.3: you might
find that your UB5
Jiffy box already
has small divots in
the base to mark
the four holes to be
drilled. The side
cuts start from the
top of the box, so
they can easily
be made with a
hacksaw or similar.
Fig.4: before
applying this panel
artwork to the lid of
your Translator, you
can also use it as a
template to mark the
LED hole positions.
Since the input and
output connections
are via identical RJ45
sockets, the panel
label is a handy
guide to making sure
you don’t mix them
up.
66
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
aligning the arrow on the programmer with the arrow on the PCB, both
of which mark pin 1.
From the IPE, choose the PIC16F1705
from the Parts list (or the LF version if
you’re using that) and then click Connect. Browse to the HEX file, open it,
then click the Program button and
ensure that the “Program/Verify Complete” message appears.
If you have already fitted the LEDs,
the red LED should illuminate, indicating the presence of power, and the
yellow LED should light up or flash
after about a second. The green LED
will do nothing until a signal is provided at CON1.
Enclosure
The PCB mounts in the bottom of a
UB5 Jiffy box. If you want to test the
Translator, we recommend drilling the
top first, as you can use this to fit and
align the LEDs. Fig.3 shows the drilling and cutting that is needed to complete the Translator.
Three 3mm holes are needed for
the LEDs. You can also download and
print (or photocopy) our lid artwork
(Fig.4) and use this to position the
holes for the LEDs. We have a helpful
guide to preparing panels: siliconchip.
com.au/Help/FrontPanels
Drill these holes as shown and then
you can attach the panel artwork.
If you haven’t fitted the LEDs, insert
them into their respective holes and
rest the lid over the top. By holding the
lid against the tops of the RJ45 sockets
and aligning the PCB to be centred on
the lid, you can adjust the LED positions so that they fit nicely. They can
then be soldered in place and their
leads trimmed. This method has the
advantage of compensating for any
drilling inaccuracies.
You can then remove the lid and
siliconchip.com.au
test the PCB. The drilling and cutting
for the base looks a bit more elaborate
but is not too involved.
The Jiffy boxes that we are using
have small divots at exactly the
marked locations in the base of the
box, so these are easy to align if your
box has them. These are 3mm holes to
suit the M3 machine screws. Mount
the tapped spacers inside the base of
the box using four screws.
The square cutouts in the ends of
the box are for the RJ45 sockets. Mark
these with a pencil and use a hacksaw to make the vertical cuts. Score
the horizontal cut with a sharp knife,
and you should be able to gently flex
and then snap the tab out with combination pliers.
Check the fit of the sockets and use a
file to open up the holes and tidy them
if needed. The RJ45 sockets should sit
level with the top of the base of the box.
The final hole is for the barrel jack.
We’ve indicated a 10mm hole to suit
the plug we are using, but you should
check that you don’t need a differentlysized hole to suit the plug’s body. This
hole is best drilled by starting with
a smaller ‘pilot’ bit, allowing you to
check that the hole is aligned correctly
before being enlarged.
Make increasingly larger holes with
larger bits, or use a step drill or tapered
reamer to open the hole out further,
then attach the PCB to the spacers
using the remaining four screws.
Completion
It’s a good idea to run some final tests
before closing it all up. Apply power
via the barrel jack. The red power
LED should light up, and you should
be able to measure voltages relative
to ground at REG1’s tab. Lead/pin 3
(closest to IC1) should measure close
to 6V, while lead 1 will be around 12V
for a 9VAC input.
The 3.3V rail is best checked at IC1’s
pin 1 (closest to the edge of the PCB). If
these voltages are out by much, check
around the bridge rectifier, capacitors
and regulator, particularly for reversed
parts.
Yellow LED3 should be flashing
once or twice every two seconds; any
flashing pattern indicates that the
micro is operating. If it is flashing
three times, it is not detecting the AC
phase correctly.
If any ribs on the lid prevent it from
sitting down flat against the RJ45 sockets, these can be removed by carefully
cutting or filing them away. Align the
lid to the LEDs and secure the lid with
the screws included with the Jiffy box.
Then apply the rubber feet to avoid
damage from the screws on the bottom of the box.
REAL
VALUE
AT
$19.50
*
PLU
S P&P
Using it
Connect the CON1 “Data in” socket
to any of the master units described in
the October, November and December
2020 articles. These can be as simple
as an Arduino board with two wires
of half of an Ethernet cable wired to
their headers (see photo below).
Back then, we also presented a
small PCB that can be attached to a
CP2102 USB-serial adaptor, allowing
a computer to act as a Master. It can
be controlled using our Processing
program. Some serial terminal programs may also be able to generate
data for testing.
Take care not to mix up the two
connectors on the Translator. Doing
so probably won’t cause damage, but
it definitely won’t work. The green
LED will flicker when the Translator
receives data, indicating it’s probably
wired up correctly.
If all is well, connect any of the
slaves described in the October 2010
or October 2011 issues to the CON2
“Data out” port.
If you are only using LED slaves,
then it is possible to run the Translator
from a DC supply; in this case, we recommend a 9-12V DC plugpack. Note
that the yellow LED will flash to indicate a fault with a missing AC waveform, but the Translator will continue
to produce control signals.
The Translator only translates the
first 32 channels from CON1, so if
you are using a mix of newer and
older slaves, set the addressing
switches on the newer slaves
to the 33-64 range to make
the best use of the available
SC
address space.
An Ethernet cable terminated with jumper
wires turns an Arduino into a Flexible
Lighting Controller Master.
siliconchip.com.au
Silicon Chip
Binders
Australia’s electronics magazine
Are your copies of SILICON
CHIP getting damaged
or dog-eared just lying
around in a cupboard or
on a shelf? Can you quickly find a particular issue
that you need to refer to?
Keep your copies
safe, secure and
always available with
these handy binders
These binders will protect your
copies of SILICON CHIP. They
feature heavy-board covers,
hold 12 issues & will look great
on your bookshelf.
H 80mm internal width
H SILICON CHIP logo printed
in gold-coloured lettering on
spine & cover
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach 2097
Order online from www.
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/4
or call (02) 9939 3295 and
quote your credit card
number. *See website for
delivery prices.
December 2021 67
SERVICEMAN’S LOG
A mixed bag of odds, sods, ends and bobs
Dave Thompson
It’s sometimes a bit of a curse when people around the neighbourhood
discover that I can do repairs on electronics and anything else vaguely
related. I’ve had my fair share of food processors, heaters, amplifiers and
CD players turn up just through word-of-mouth referrals.
Don’t get me wrong; I welcome anything as a challenge. However, while
sometimes the results are positive, that
isn’t always the case.
Recently, I had an 80s-era Phillips
CD player through the workshop.
This thing was likely audiophile quality back in the day, and the price tag
(still stuck to the top) confirmed that
at $3500 Kiwi bucks, you’d have to be
a serious audio guy to buy it.
I don’t think – aside from a house
or a car – I’ve ever paid that much
money for anything! Some of my old
audio gear and guitars were getting
up there in price, but 3.5 big ones for
a CD player? Not for me!
Anyway, this player had a problem.
It would no longer open, and I got the
impression the owner was more interested in getting the CD out of it than
an actual repair. As with most older
devices, getting any spares for it – like
another CD player module – would be
problematic.
I told him what I tell most people in this situation:
I’d open it up and
have a look, and
if I can do
68
Silicon Chip
anything with it, I will; but if I can’t,
well, that’s all there is to it.
The machine was built like an external masonry water closet. Where one
screw would suffice, they used three.
All the plastic parts were also clipped
onto the steel chassis. They certainly
knew how to make stuff back then!
None of this glue-the-two-halvestogether and throw-it-away-if-something-goes-wrong business.
One thing they didn’t do was round
off the stamped chassis edges. Not
only was this unit really heavy but the
exposed metal edges were like guillotines. As I’ve been caught before, slicing my hands open on poorly-finished
metal fittings, I knew this time to be
extremely careful how I handled it.
I once picked up a heavy amplifier
case and the sharp-edged chassis cut
into all my middle knuckles. I couldn’t
hold anything for weeks, which is a
major pain in the rear (among other
body parts). Lesson learned!
I disassembled this CD player and
when I got inside it, I discovered that
the CD module was like nothing I’d
seen before. I was hoping that it
would at least be similar to the
modern-day units you get for
computers, DVD players and
stereos, but no, it was completely different.
Even the connections
to it looked proprietary.
Although the module
was clearly labelled with
part numbers, as usual,
I couldn’t find any relatable information on the
web about it; no service
manuals or circuits for it
anywhere. I also searched
the likes of eBay and other
auction sites to no avail.
I went back to the
Australia’s electronics magazine
machine and looked to see if I could
pinpoint what was actually going on
with it. On power-up, the CD player
just sat there hunting, as if looking
for a disc. It wouldn’t open as it was
working, and that’s all it did. Disc in
or not, it just sat there looking.
I suspected the laser had failed, and
that’s what the rest of it was waiting
for – the laser to report a disc was
present, then it could complete booting and carry on.
I have dozens of laser modules
removed from CD and DVD drives;
perhaps I could adapt one of these to
this drive? Once again, it was all so
different, and the laser module itself
was a heavy-duty thing that looked
like even a hammer wouldn’t touch it.
I couldn’t even see the laser diode as it
was embedded well inside the carrier.
I could possibly get the old one out,
but only using drills and such, so that
wasn’t going to fly.
Part of being a service or repair guy
is knowing when to pull the pin on a
job, and for me, this was that point. I
had the disc out; all I had to do was
manually turn the drive door pulley
while there was no power present,
opening the drawer bit by bit until I
could move it all the way out.
I reassembled the thing and, against
all hope, tried it again, just in case
the drawer would open and the thing
would magically work. But no, it was,
as far as I was concerned, end-of-life. I
suggested to the owner that he might
get more success from an established
repair agent, who might have spares
that would get it working, but he
agreed that it had its day and it was
time for a new one.
At least I got the disc out of it.
The next odd job
Another neighbour arrived out of
siliconchip.com.au
Items Covered This Month
• A mixed bag of odds, sods,
•
•
ends and bobs
Fixing the motor in a burnt-out
clothes dryer
A Kriesler radio and its
capacitor firework
*Dave Thompson runs PC Anytime
in Christchurch, NZ.
Website: www.pcanytime.co.nz
Email: dave<at>pcanytime.co.nz
the blue and asked if I knew anything
about trailer lights. He’d recently
had his trailer refurbished, with new
incandescent taillights and an LED
number-plate light and some of the
cabling replaced. But some of those
lights had already stopped working
properly. Could I take a look?
I suggested he should take it back to
the people who’d refurbished it, but
he said he already had several times,
and they couldn’t find a fault in their
work and weren’t prepared to spend
any more time on it. I thought that was
a bit rich, but the guy was clearly troubled by it, so I said I’d have a look over
it and see what I could do.
This was a standard trailer; nothing
flash, just the sort of thing you’d fill
up with rubbish or soil of a weekend
and do a garden or dump run or similar. The lights and lenses all looked
relatively new, as expected, but when
hooked up to his car, he had no tail
lights, and a brand-new LED numberplate light also didn’t work.
The indicators did work, so that was
something.
The first thing I did was hook the
trailer up to our own car; I wanted
to rule out problems with his car’s
fuses, power leads and trailer plug.
Even though they are pretty hardy,
trailer plugs can get a real hammering, and people can accidentally drop
the trailer hitch onto the plug when
moving the thing around, crushing it
between the hitch and the road.
However, once hooked up to our car,
I got the same result as he did, indicating some kind of fault in the trailer
wiring itself.
This isn’t exactly rocket surgery;
it’s basically a big tow-able wheelbarrow, but the inclusion of a wiring loom
apparently elevates it to another level.
In New Zealand, we use a heavyduty plug with seven contacts, and
this plug hooks into a handy socket
mounted on the car once the trailer
is connected. I imagine it is the same
connector used worldwide, but I don’t
know for sure. Once connected, the
indicators, brake lights and any other
ancillary lights hooked into the system should ideally mirror the actions
of the various rear lights on the car.
My first step was to measure the
voltages from the car’s socket and
check that no shorts or high-resistance
joints were dropping the voltage.
When I turned the lights or indicators
on, or applied the brakes, I read the
expected 12V (or near as reasonable)
at all the correct pins.
While colours for trailer wiring are
supposed to be standardised, and most
trailers are wired up correctly, there
are plenty out there – perhaps built
before the standards came in – with
non-standard cabling.
The wiring on this particular trailer
was not standard, which made things a
bit trickier. But due to the open nature
of the plugs and sockets, one can readily deduce what coloured wire connects to what part of the circuit.
And there’s another problem; ringing out a trailer loom with one person
is tricky; I don’t have a three-metre arm
span, nor do I have one of those tools
for measuring connectivity in longer
wiring looms.
I ended up just using a small jumper
lead with alligator clips at each end
and connected one clip to a good
clean spot on the trailer chassis and
the other clip to each pin in turn at the
connector end. I then used my multimeter with the buzzer function set to
ALSO AVAILABLE
10% OFF YOUR NEXT DECEMBER ORDER WITH DISCOUNT CODE
SCDEC10
FREE SHIPPING
AUSTRALIA WIDE
siliconchip.com.au
THE TOOLS TO BUILD THE FUTURE
w w w. p h i p p s e l e c t r o n i c s . co m
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 69
span the ground and ‘live’ connections at the other end.
It’s a bit of a faff walking backwards and forwards to set
the clips, but with only seven big pins, it’s easy enough
to do. I got identical results to the car-plugged-in tests,
as expected.
I took the non-working incandescent bulbs out of their
sockets and tested them with the meter as well – all were
fine, but I wanted to be thorough. Too many times, I’ve
jumped the gun and had to backtrack over some silly
missed problem like a blown light globe.
Chasing a cable fault
It appeared there was a lack of connectivity somewhere along the loom that connects the trailer socket to
the lamps. The question was where. Two cables made up
the loom on this trailer; both ran down a natural channel
formed under the right-hand chassis rail before splitting
at the right-rear light, and a single cable ran across the
rear underside of the trailer and up to the left-hand light.
Both were four-wire cables about the size of a standard
mains lead and were strapped – some very tightly – using
cable ties both together and to the chassis rails.
Detecting breaks in longer cables is a bit of an art in
itself, and while there are many methods using special
tools and Wheatstone bridge-based machines and the like,
I checked them using a ‘quick and dirty’ method.
Using the jumper cable and multimeter once again, I connected one of my many dental picks to the non-grounded
multimeter lead. I could then simply pierce the cable insulation and measure continuity along the length of the main
cables, shifting the ground lead as I went along the loom.
There’s a certain amount of educated guessing as to
where the wires run within the insulation, and one could
argue it exposes the inner wires to the elements. Still, the
pick is so fine, and most trailer connections are exposed
to the weather anyway, I didn’t see it as a problem. The
main problem is the dental pick is dangerously sharp, so I
had to take care not to miss the cable and find my fingers!
At one of the tight cable tie points, I lost connection
with the white wire in the bundle. This wire was terminated at the right-rear lamp, where it was split off using
one of those plastic-coated inline crimp connectors to one
wire leading to the LED number plate light.
There was another similar connector for the second
LED wire. That could explain why this wasn’t going
either. That whole rear section of the loom was covered in
70
Silicon Chip
poorly-applied insulation tape, which I consider unsuitable for wiring sitting out in the weather. I’d have to re-do
all that once I worked my way down there.
I clipped the cable ties all along the loom down to the
section where I thought it might be broken and marked that
area with a bit of tape to avoid losing my place. I removed
the cables from the right-rear light assembly and pulled
them back through the chassis rail so I could easily get
to the dodgy section. This would also make it easier to
add proper heatshrink tubing where needed eventually.
I was a bit surprised to find that the wiring simply enters
the body of the taillights through a largeish hole in the
backplate. In my opinion, this is a design flaw; as the lights
hang directly behind the wheels, they can fill up with water
and road grime flung up from the tyre through that hole.
Now for the tricky part, peeling away the insulation
around the fault. I didn’t want to replace the whole loom
from front to back but would do so if push came to shove.
I’ve in-lined joints before, and that shouldn’t be too much
of a problem on a low-voltage system.
I carefully split the insulation on either side of the suspected fault with the tip of a craft knife about 5cm along
the ‘grain’ of the cable, being very careful not to carve
anything else inside. Now having access to the crushed
section, I could move the other three wires out of the way
and check the white wire.
I simply pulled on it a little, and a small section of insulation stretched, telling me the wire inside had parted
company. I snipped it at that point and, sure enough, cut
only through the plastic.
Of course, if I stripped back the insulation and simply
re-soldered this wire together, it would be shorter than the
others, creating a messy join. Instead, I stripped it back
on each side and installed some heatshrink tubing before
using a brass ferrule to make up the length difference.
A thorough crimp had it back to size without a lot of
bulk, and after shrinking the tubing over the ferrule with
a heat gun, I fed suitable large-sized self-amalgamating
heatshrink tape down to cover that area of the loom. Once
again, the heat gun had the tube down to size, and the
amalgamation would see it well-sealed in there.
Almost there
With that area done, I went back to the rear end. I fed
the loom roughly back into place and reconnected everything back to the light assembly. I wanted to test it before
I went any further.
This time, when it was all plugged in, I got brake lights
and tail lights but, frustratingly, still no number plate
light. Looking at the mess of how it had been connected
into the loom, there was no wonder. Once again, I got
the multimeter out, and while I had voltage to the point
of the connectors that split the loom off to the LED, I got
nothing after them.
Hopefully, all I’d need to do is replace those inline connectors to get it working because the LED assembly had
been riveted to the tailgate, and I didn’t want to have to
drill those big rivets out. They had already cracked the
plastic housing and I was reluctant to cause any more
trauma to it.
The people who had installed the LED had left plenty
of cable length, so chopping out the connectors wouldn’t
be a problem. I soldered those wires back together (after
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
installing suitable heatshrink) and, when tested, it all
worked properly. I then took the loom back out and fitted more heatshrink tape – all this would tidy up that
insulation-tape mess.
Now when everything was reconnected and appropriately cable-tied, the lights worked a treat, and the wiring
installation looked a whole lot better. Job done!
I wonder why the original installers couldn’t figure it
out. You don’t have to be Wile E. Coyote, super-genius...
Fixing the motor in a burnt-out clothes dryer
A. L. S., of Turramurra, NSW had to take a guess at what
had failed so he could order a replacement part before
he’d disassembled the failed unit. His guess was close
enough to result in a successful repair...
Returning home one day, my wife came running out to
greet me with “there’s been a disaster!” Our 5kg Simpson
clothes dryer (39S500M) had stopped working and had
emitted clouds of smoke, setting off the smoke alarm and
filling the house with an evil smell!
The smell from this dead dryer was slightly different
from the usual burnt-out transformer smell that I was
familiar with. It had the odour of a stale ashtray. My wife
said it smelled like a car had done a burnout in the house,
but I put it all down to the type of insulation enamel.
My wife thought it was best to throw the dryer away
because it was over 20 years old, and I agreed. But when I
checked out the reviews of the newer high-tech programmable model, several reviewers gave it only two stars, and
a couple of buyers regretted buying it. That’s because it
has a sensor that is supposed to detect lower humidity
and shuts down the “program” when it sees fit.
The problem is that if the user disagrees with the decision of the dryer, they can’t dry the clothes for five or ten
minutes more if the items are still damp! My wife also
preferred the old-fashion timer and was very adept at setting the timer for various items.
So I suggested that I have a go at fixing it because I was
sure it was a burnt-out motor, and there were plenty of
second-hand and re-conditioned replacements available
online at reasonable prices. I could also find plenty of
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 71
other replacement parts such as drive
belts, timers and odds and sods, which
made me think that this model was
infinitely repairable!
She agreed but did not want me to
pull it apart yet to avoid a mess in
the laundry. So I took a gamble and
bought what looked like a pretty good
used motor (part #0214377106) for $69
online, which arrived after about two
weeks. I tested it on the bench with a
temporary AC mains supply, and it
seemed very strong and noiseless, so
it was time to operate and replace the
faulty one.
Before I could remove and dismantle
the dryer, the kindly next-door neighbour (who enjoys working out at the
local gym) helped me pull it off the
wall. I then set about removing the
screws from the back panel and took
off the small nut which held the drying drum in place.
Inside, I found three connectors: one
for the incoming mains, one for the
motor, and one for the heating element.
These are tricky because they are hard
to access; the sheet metal was really
sharp, and my wrists were in danger
of being slashed. It didn’t help that the
wires were very short, and there was
a narrow gap between the connectors
and the edges of the back panel.
I used thick leather gloves to help
separate them, and then I could
remove the back panel.
I then removed the drive belt from
the motor assembly and extracted
the big drying drum for cleaning and
inspection. The guts were full of dust
and lint, so I vacuumed it out to see
where all the screws were. I could just
see some burnt lint around the motor
capacitor. I used a 6.5mm socket on an
extended shaft to remove all the screws
holding the motor in place.
The fan and shrouding had to be
unbolted at the same time. Finally, it
all came out, and I was able to see that
the capacitor which was bolted to the
motor had a cavernous hole (which
was definitely not an inspection hole),
and it had oozed molten metal all over
the motor. The 8μF 450VAC rated
capacitor had overheated and spilt its
guts (shown below)!
That explained the smell; a burning capacitor smells different to burnt
windings. There was a thermal cutout, but this was mounted beside the
motor on a piece of tin. Since the motor
itself had not overheated, the full
mains voltage remained active across
the capacitor. Luckily, my wife had
switched it off as soon as the smoke
alarm activated; otherwise, it could
have started a fire.
Fortunately, the new second-hand
motor was identical to the old one
and also had the 8μF 450V capacitor
attached, which looked very fresh. So I
replaced both the motor and capacitor.
Before everything could be reassembled, I filled a bucket with the lint I
removed! My wife is very particular
and empties the external filter assembly before every drying cycle. Obviously, that was not enough to prevent
a huge buildup over 20 years. Perhaps
this contributed to the demise of the
This 8μF capacitor
had overheated and
leaked all over the motor.
72
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
motor capacitor; the rear ventilation
slots were blocked, so there was no
air cooling.
Cleaning it up took me quite a few
hours; I had to use a hose to wash the
separated parts, allow them to dry and
then reassemble them carefully. The
motor bolted into place easily enough,
and I threaded the belt arrangement by
holding the tensioning spring back.
You need to settle the belt onto the
drum by rotating the motor by hand
for at least two drum rotations before
applying power; otherwise, it will
instantly throw it off.
Satisfied that all was good, I plugged
in the repaired dryer, stood well back
and set it going. It operated noiselessly and smoothly, and my wife and
I watched it for a few minutes just like
a new TV set. We were very happy that
we had saved a few hundred bucks getting our dryer back in action!
A Kriesler radio and its aluminium
capacitor firework
R. M., of Scotsdale, WA heard a
knock at the door, and it was his mate
Kevin, holding something that looked
like a spent firecracker. It wasn’t,
though...
“I got this really good looking old
radiogram, got it working, and it suddenly went bang! And I found this
inside!” said Kevin.
It did look a lot like a demised firework. About 12mm in diameter and
50mm long, tightly wrapped paper
and foil, with one end showing definite signs of having exploded.
When I realised the foil was aluminium, it clicked. I was holding the
guts of an old high-voltage electrolytic capacitor. Having been retired
for years, it had objected to suddenly
being hit with volts and responded
appropriately. A bit of leakage current, a buildup of heat and pressure,
and bang’s your uncle.
I offered to take a look at the radio,
and it shows up the next day. It was a
nice looking unit, a classic mid-20thcentury Kriesler in excellent condition. Someone had been taking very
good care of it – I caught a whiff of
furniture polish. Lifting up the lid,
there was the large glass dial with an
imposing array of knobs, and a record
changer in a recess to the left.
The cabinet was OK, but the innards
might not match. Removing the
Masonite back and a couple of long
screws loosened the top part of the
siliconchip.com.au
deck, the dial swung up and released
the chassis. I wriggled it out and onto
the bench. I’d forgotten how heavy
these things were! The top looked
clean with no apparent damage, but
underneath was another story...
Within the usual tangle of pointto-point wiring, there was the empty
aluminium can of an axial electrolytic.
The end cap had been blasted away
and hung forlornly from its solder tag.
The once-liquid part of the contents
was a grey goo sprayed all over the
inside of the chassis. Luckily, it was
facing away from most of the circuitry
and expended its venom into a basically unpopulated corner.
One thing that had copped the lot
was the red active mains power lead.
The rubber insulation had decomposed over the years, and it was
stripped bare.
The only reason it wasn’t shorting
was that it was reasonably stiff and
well-anchored. With judicious use of
compressed air and a toothbrush, the
chassis cleaned up nicely. All the rest
of the circuitry looked good.
I decided to make some quick
checks to see if it was safe to proceed. I
plugged it into a Variac and cautiously
upped the volts. No smoke appeared,
and the dial lights and all the six valve
filaments lit up. I managed to connect
one speaker and got a lot of hum, but
also recognisable audio.
One pleasant surprise was a copy of
the circuit diagram stuck to the back
panel. It was a bit faded and discoloured. Editor’s note: we have supplied
another scanned version of this circuit.
There were four filter caps on the
high-voltage lines with their values
clearly marked. 32μF, 50μF, 16μF and
8μF. The local electronic suppliers
didn’t stock caps rated at 400V, but
element14 did, so I ordered all four
online.
Next, it was time to replace that
damaged power lead. Kev had thoughtfully looped up the slack lead and
secured it with a cable tie. It seemed
a bit long, and the plug looked modern, as did that end of the cable. I cut
the tie and unwound the full length of
the power cord, or should I say cords.
The old cord was joined to a new one
by a suspicious large insulation-tape-
covered bump.
Taking off the tape revealed a terminal block with just two joiners: Active
and Neutral. There was no Earth connection because the extra length of
cable was twin flex, with a three-pin
plug but no green/yellow striped wire!
This resulted in Kevin receiving a stern
lecture on electrical safety.
With the new capacitors fitted, it
was time for the big test. I switched it
on and wait for the old electronics to
build up steam, then I got a glorious
burst of ABC radio.
I thought I’d better check the record
player next. The complicated autochanger mechanism looked clean, and
the bits moved freely, so I dug out an
old 78 RPM disc and put that on the
turntable. After lowering the pickup,
there was a rush of snap, crackle and
pop followed by music. But only
through one speaker.
I checked the balance control, but
it was centred. Only one speaker was
working now, but with the radio, both
had given their best.
An inspection of the ceramic cartridge told the tale – decomposing
rubber again. The little flexible bridge
that joins the stylus to the left and
right piezoelectric elements had rotted badly and completely lost one leg.
According to the label, the radiogram was made in 1965. What’s the
chance of finding a new cartridge
for that? Actually, it was easy; a bit
of checking around and I found a
replacement. It cost $70, but I now
had two-channel mono.
To make sure nothing else was going
to blow up, I left the radio running
for a day. There were no problems,
so the nostalgia box went back to a
happy Kev.
The capacitors cost around $40, so
for just over a hundred bucks, he was
happily grooving along to the sweet
sounds of his extensive collection of
SC
records.
The circuit for the Kriesler 11-98
manufactured in 1965, scanned from Philip
Leahy’s HRSA Circuit Book 5.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 73
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
New Keysight distributors in Australia
Keysight Technologies has signed
leading test and measurement companies, Rapid-Tech Equipment and Leda
Electronics Pty Ltd as authorised distribution partners in Australia.
The new distributors, owned by
one company, cover all of Australia,
improving customers’ access to Keysight’s line of test and measurement
solutions, coupled with comprehensive local support and service.
“Keysight is fully committed to supporting customers throughout Australia,” said Simon Rodger, Keysight’s
Australia channel sales manager.
“Adding Rapid-Tech and Leda Electronics to our network of distribution
partners helps to ensure Australian
customers receive the best solutions
and technical expertise needed to be
successful.”
Rapid-Tech Equipment, headquartered in Melbourne, was started in
1996. The company has offices in Sydney, Brisbane, Perth and Adelaide,
providing advice and high-quality test
and measurement equipment to customers across eastern Australia.
LEDA Electronics Pty Ltd is an
established importer, distributor,
wholesaler and retailer of quality test
and measuring instruments in WA,
operating for over 30 years. The company has a network of sub-distributors
throughout WA with technically qualified staff who provide customer service and calibration support.
Keysight Technologies Aus.
745 Springvale Road, Mulgrave VIC 3170
Phone: 1800 629 485
tm_ap<at>keysight.com
Mouser Electronics adds nearly 25,000 new parts
In September, Mouser launched
more than 24,740 products ready for
shipment.
Some of the products introduced by
Mouser last month include:
Maxim Integrated MAX32672
Arm Cortex-M4F Microcontrollers
Maxim Integrated MAX32672
Mouser Electronics Inc.
1000 North Main St,
Mansfield, TX 76063 USA
Phone: (852) 3756 4700
www.mouser.com
microcontrollers combine a flexible
and versatile power management unit
with a powerful Arm® Cortex®-M4
processor with a floating point unit
(FPU).
Futaba LC070HA TFT-LCD
Module
The Futaba LC070HA is a touchcontrollable display module designed
for embedded applications.
Renesas Electronics FS3000 Air
Velocity Sensor Module
Renesas FS3000 is a surface-mount
module that provides precision air
flow monitoring for detecting system
failures, measuring air handling, controlling fan speed, and more.
STMicroelectronics STEVALMKI210V2K iNEMO Inertial
Module Kit
STMicroelectronics STEVALMKI210V2K iNEMO Inertial Module
Kit includes a main board and adapter
board for evaluating the ISM330DHCX
iNEMO inertial SiP module.
To see more of the New Product
Insider highlights, go to www.mouser.
com/newproductinsider
Study in your own time
University of Southern Queensland
are leaders in online education, offering students flexible degrees that allow
them to study and continue living their
life. Engineering degrees in electrical, electronic, computer systems and
mechatronics are all available online,
with graduates recognised for their
industry-ready skills.
Students undertake research and
design projects – one example being
the Mansell Infant Retrieval System,
which incorporates advanced biomedical hardware and software.
2, 3 & 4-year degree courses are
available, and recognition of prior
knowledge may reduce that even further. Practical work is not neglected,
as study is augmented with experimental work at home, intensive on-
campus schools, simulation software
and online video-based teaching.
74
Silicon Chip
University of Southern QLD
Phone: 1800 269 500
study<at>usq.edu.au
www.usq.edu.au/engineering
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Multi-channel current/power monitors from Microchip
The need for improved energy management in electronic systems is critical. Having the ability to measure and
communicate power, voltage, current
and energy accurately with minimal
system power consumption is paramount for system performance and
efficiency, form factor, low component
count and reduced heat dissipation
requirements.
Microchip’s recently released
PAC194X/195X multi-channel power
monitor family with single-, dual-,
triple- and quad-channel options is
the latest addition.
The PAC194X family incorporates
the PAC1941-4 rated at 0-9V, while the
PAC195X family has the PAC1951-4
rated at 0-32V.
All of these devices have the capability to provide voltage, current,
power and energy readings over their
I2C-compatible bus.
The PAC194X/195X family has been
enhanced with two independent alert
outputs for over-power, over/under
voltage and current event detection.
These ICs provide 16 bits of resolution for current and voltage monitoring
and on-chip accumulation of power
results for energy measurement. The
PAC194X family focuses on portable
applications monitoring up to 9V and
the PAC195X family is targeted for
applications requiring monitoring of
voltage rails up to 32V.
Both product families are well
suited for portable applications,
drones, secure communication, sensors, optical sights, smart base, data
centers and any application utilising
FPGA/SoC devices where power consumption and battery life are critical.
The multi-channel PAC194X/195X
family saves at least 31% of power
usually consumed by two single-chip
power monitoring devices and allows
the flexibility to define, capture, warn
and report dedicated events. The
PAC194X can measure 9V directly
with no additional circuitry and
includes configuration
for single-cell applications at 0 to 4.5V
with the same 16
bits of resolution.
F or eas e o f
development, we
offer evaluation
Digi-Key launches new Scheme-it features
Scheme-it is a cloud-based tool
available to users globally for designing and sharing electronic circuit diagrams and schematics. The new features include:
• Ultra Librarian symbol integration
This feature brings in ~2 million of
Ultra Librarian’s detailed symbols
and images from Digi-Key’s product catalog.
• Symbol Editor 2.0
A custom symbol editor that allows
users to create new symbols that are
not currently included in Scheme-it,
offering endless ways to customise
designs.
• Mathematics markup
Powered by LaTeX, users can now
properly format and insert mathematical formulas and calculations
directly on schematics.
The Scheme-it tool includes a comprehensive electronic symbol library
and an integrated Digi-Key component
catalog that allows for a wide range of
circuit designs.
In Scheme-it, users can create a
Bill of Materials (BOM) and purchase
siliconchip.com.au
components used in their projects, as
well as share projects with others and
export to KiCAD, PNG, SVG and PDF
file formats.
Schematics created in the platform
can be shared publicly if desired and
become searchable on the Scheme-it
homepage, allowing for idea sharing
and further innovation.
A dedicated section on Digi-Key’s
TechForum is also available for
Scheme-it users to ask questions,
make comments, and share ideas
about the tool. (https://forum.digikey.
com/c/design-tools-and-resources/
scheme-it/12)
To use Digi-Key’s Scheme-it tool,
visit the Scheme-it homepage at www.
digikey.com.au/schemeit/home
boards which connect to a PC via USB,
and a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
to display the data and the option to
disconnect the PC and communicate
directly to a different host controller.
Why would you want to use these?
• Lower risk
• Reduced cost
• Smaller footprint
• Software drivers for Windows 10,
MCC, Python, Linux (TBD)
• Eliminates the need to code separately for high and low power
consumption scenarios
• Improved prototyping with higher
sampling rate (burst mode)
• Better event detection for system
analysis
• Eliminates the need for a filter
circuit and external components
More detail on this product line of
multi-channel power monitors can be
found below: www.microchip.com/
sitesearch/search/All/PAC19
Microchip Technology
2355 West Chandler Blvd,
Chandler Arizona 85224-6199 USA
Phone: (480) 792 7200
www.microchip.com
Altronics Q0594 50A
coulometer with shunt
Altronics have added to their range a
compact battery “fuel gauge” for monitoring how much capacity you have
left in your remote power, auxiliary
battery or electric powered transport.
It provides voltage, current, power,
real capacity and remaining run time.
It suits any battery chemistry and
voltage between 8V and 120V and
includes a 50A shunt with sampling
circuitry providing 0.1V resolution and
1% accuracy. Available now at Altronics for $89.90, catalog code Q0594
Digi-Key Electronics
Altronics
Thief River Falls
Minnesota USA
Phone: 1800 285 719
www.digikey.com
174 Roe St,
Northbridge WA 6003
Phone: (08) 9428 2188
www.altronics.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 75
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions will be
paid for at standard rates. All submissions should include full name, address & phone number.
Orrery (planetarium) using a Micromite LCD BackPack
An orrery (or planetarium) is a
model of the solar system showing
the position and motion of the planets. The oldest known orrery (called
the Antikythera mechanism) was discovered in a shipwreck in 1901 and
is thought to be over 2000 years old.
The first modern orrery was designed
in 1704, with the Sun at the centre of
the universe. This was presented to
Charles Boyle, the 4th Earl of Orrery
in 1704, and the term “orrery” was
coined. You can find further information about the history and development of orreries at https://w.wiki/3qv6
Traditionally, orreries were mechanical, but this one is electronic, showing
the position and motion of the planets on the Micromite’s colour touch
screen.
76
Silicon Chip
It operates in two modes. The first is
similar to a mechanical orrery in that
the position of the planets is advanced
by one day every second. This shows
the motion of the planets relative to
each other, all revolving around the
Sun with the Moon revolving around
the Earth. Let’s call this demonstration mode.
Real-time mode shows a display for
any date and time from January 1st
1900 to any date in the future. Typically, the date and time will be set to
the current date and time, but can be
set to any date, for example, to find the
position of the planets on the day you
were born. The display then continues
to be updated in real-time.
There is also the option to display
the phases of the Moon, the position of
Australia’s electronics magazine
the Sun relative to the tilt of the Earth
and the rise and fall of the local tide.
The Sun is represented by a small
yellow circle in the centre of the display. Around the Sun are eight concentric circles representing the orbits
of the eight planets, and the position
of each planet is represented by either
a letter or an astronomical symbol. A
ring around the Earth represents the
orbit of the Moon, and a dot the position of the Moon.
Optionally, you can change the circles representing the orbits of the planets to ellipses. This makes better use
of the width of the screen.
The option to show or hide the
phases of the Moon is in the top lefthand corner, the position of the Sun
relative to the tilt of the Earth in the
siliconchip.com.au
top right-hand corner, and the height
of the local tide in the bottom righthand corner. It can also show the time
in addition to the date in the bottom
left-hand corner. Note that the tide
and time are only displayed in realtime mode.
The display is updated once per
second in demonstration mode. The
display is updated each minute in
real-time mode if the time and/or
tide are displayed; otherwise, it is
every hour. Mercury moves approximately 4.1° every 24 hours, Venus
by 1.6° and the Moon by 13.4°. The
tide graphic increases or decreases in
height roughly every 9 minutes.
You would be lucky to see the outer
planets move – Neptune moves 1°
every 167 days! All positions are relative to the Earth’s northern hemisphere winter solstice. Between
screen updates, the Micromite clock
speed is reduced to 20MHz to save
power. Unfortunately, the touchscreen
appears to become inoperative below
20MHz.
Circuit description
The circuit of the Orrery is basically
identical to the Touchscreen Super
Clock from July 2016 (siliconchip.
com.au/Article/10004). That design
was essentially a BackPack with a
real-time clock module attached, and
this one uses the same hardware. The
only difference is that the Super Clock
could optionally get its time from a
GPS module, while the Orrery has no
such option.
The Micromite will use its built-in
clock without the real-time module,
but this can drift by a few seconds an
hour. Also, without the real-time clock
module, it will be necessary to set the
date and time each time the Orrery is
powered up.
Of course, the software is different,
and the BASIC source code is available
for download from siliconchip.com.
au/Shop/6/6051 When uploading the
BASIC code, make sure your Micromite LCD BackPack’s touchscreen has
been set up and touch calibrated as per
the BackPack articles.
Using it
When the Micromite is powered
up, it will immediately display the
orrery. If the DS3231 module has been
installed and previously initialised
with the correct date and time, this
will be shown in the bottom left-hand
corner of the screen. Otherwise, the
date and time will be set to the Micromite default of midnight on January
1st, 2000.
Touching the LCD panel will display
the setup screen with several options.
“Set date” will display three additional screens with a numeric keypad
to allow the correct date, time and then
time zone to be entered.
An incorrect entry can be corrected
with the “Delete” key and the date or
time saved with the “Save” key. If fitted, the DS3231 will be updated automatically.
The “Show / Hide moon”, “Show /
Hide time” and “Show / Hide earth”
buttons switch on or off the displays
in the corners of the screen. “Circle
/ Oval” switches between a circular
or elliptical display, while “Text /
Symbols” switches between alphabetic and astronomical symbols for
the planets. Real-time or demonstration mode is selected with the “Real
time / Fast mode” button.
The “LCD xx%” button sets the
brightness of the display, but this will
only have any effect if you have version 2 or later of the Micromite BackPack and have installed the optional
components for software control of the
screen brightness. Otherwise, you can
set the screen brightness via the trimpot on the Micromite PCB.
The set tide button shows an additional screen that allows the time of the
local high tide to be set and gives the
option to show or hide the tide display.
Note that over the long term, high
tides occur every 12 hours and 25
minutes, but individual high and low
tides can vary considerably, sometimes by up to an hour. As a result,
the tide display should only be used
as a rough guide.
Local tide tables for your area
should be readily available on the
internet, and it is probably best to look
at the pattern of high tides for your area
and choose one that falls close to the
average of 12 hours 25 minutes.
The tide display is based on the
local time that has been entered and
is unaffected by the time zone setting,
which only affects the position of the
planets and Moon.
The time of the local high tide
will need to be adjusted if your area
switches between winter and summer
time/daylight savings time.
Kenneth Horton,
Woolston, UK. ($120)
The Orrery screen can have the planet displayed by a letter or an astronomical symbol; the ring around the earth (‘E’)
defines the orbit and location of the Moon. The tide display at lower right is based on the entered local time and is
separate from the time zone setting which is used for the positions of planets and the Moon.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 77
Non-contact cloud-based temperature sensor with speech
To help track the health of the
employees in our department, I have
created this non-contact temperature
sensor at the entry point. All you need
to do is place your forehead close to
it (within 2-5cm), and it measures
your body temperature and plays back
audio to indicate whether it is normal
or high. It also uploads the data to a
cloud server (www.thingspeak.com)
for later analysis.
It uses an HC-SR04 ultrasonic sensor
to measure the distance to the person.
Once that distance is close enough, it
measures the temperature, plays back
an audio file depending on the reading,
then uploads the data to the internet. If
it detects that someone is nearby, but
not close enough (between 5cm and
78
Silicon Chip
15cm), it plays back an audio file asking them to approach closer.
The ESP32 has two digital-to-analog
(DAC) outputs at pins 9 & 10 (IO25/26).
Audio playback in this case is from pin
9. One of two 8kHz PCM (pulse-code
modulated) audio files is played back
depending on whether the temperature measurement is below or above
37°C. A special Arduino library is used
for this capability (XT_DAC_Audio
from xtronical.com).
A small 5V audio amplifier using
the PAM8403 IC is used to deliver this
sound to a 3W 8W loudspeaker.
The ESP32’s WiFi capability is used
to upload the temperature data to the
cloud server at www.thingspeak.com
The Arduino sketch to load onto
Australia’s electronics magazine
the ESP32 is available for download
from siliconchip.com.au/Shop/6/6052
You will need to open a free account
at www.thingspeak.com and modify
the API key in the software to match
the one you are supplied with before
it will upload data.
It supports multiple WiFi networks
with separate SSIDs and passwords,
so that whichever one is found will
be used to transfer data to the cloud.
You will need to modify the SSID and
Password section of the sketch to contain your network details.
The circuit uses two ESP32 modules; one is dedicated to handling
the audio playback while the other
monitors the temperature and distance sensors and drives the display.
siliconchip.com.au
The voice-handling module is programmed to play back one of the
two sound files when pin 28 or 29 is
brought high, and these pins have pulldown resistors to prevent audio playback at power-up or when the other
micro is reset.
The main ESP32 connects to the
ILI9163 colour TFT display via an
SPI serial bus, the HC-SR04 ultrasonic
ranger via a two-pin digital interface
and the MLX90614 IR temperature
sensor via an I2C serial bus.
As well as playing back the appropriate sound file, the unit also lights
the red or green LED (red = high temperature, green = normal temperature),
and it sounds the connected piezo
buzzer if the temperature is high.
Both the ESP32s may be powered
from one 5V DC power supply.
The audio data I have created is in
the files “fever.h” and “ok.h”, while
the file that is played when someone
is not close enough for measurement
is in “wel.h” (short for “welcome”). To
change this, first record your desired
audio to 8kHz, 16-bit WAV files.
You then need to change these files
to HEX format. There are many online
sound converter sites such as www.
fromtexttospeech.com that can do this.
You then need to convert the HEX
data to C code by using the software
HxD from www.mh-nexus.de which
produces a simple text file that you
can use to replace “fever.h”, “ok.h”
or “wel.h”.
You can see the data recorded on
my cloud server at www.thingspeak.
com/channels/1371171
Besides showing the temperature
readout on the screen, it also shows
a letter code in the lower-left corner. C = Connected to WiFi, U = Data
Uploaded, D = Distance measurement.
Any form of ESP32, ESP32S or
ESP32 S2 module will work for this
project.
Bera Somnath,
Vindhyanagar, India. ($100)
Editor’s note: while normal body temperature is generally considered to be
36.5-37°C, it is possible to measure
above 37°C without being ill. Some
people are simply hotter than others,
and exertion and other factors can
affect your core temperature to a certain extent.
That time of year is nearly here...
CHRISTMAS
Spice up your festive season
with eight LED decorations!
Tiny LED Xmas Tree
54 x 41mm PCB
SC5181 – $2.50
Tiny LED Cap
55 x 57mm PCB
SC5687 – $3.00
Tiny LED Stocking
41 x 83mm PCB
SC5688 – $3.00
Tiny LED Reindeer
91 x 98mm PCB
SC5689 – $3.00
Tiny LED Bauble
52.5 x 45.5mm
SC5690 – $3.00
Tiny LED Sleigh
80 x 92mm PCB
SC5691 – $3.00
Tiny LED Star
57 x 54mm PCB
SC5692 – $3.00
Tiny LED Cane
84 x 60mm PCB
SC5693 – $3.00
We also sell a kit containing all
required components for just
$14 per board ➟ SC5579
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 79
Switching cells between parallel and series
Many Li-ion/LiPo charging modules
are designed to handle either a single cell or multiple cells in parallel.
That’s because they often run off 5V
(eg, from a USB port or charger), and
that’s ideal for linear charging of a single cell which ranges from about 3.3V
when flat to 4.2V when fully charged.
In many cases, you need two or
three cells in series to get a high
enough voltage to power a device.
While it’s possible to generate higher
voltages for charging multiple cells in
series from 5V, that requires a more
complex switch-mode boost converter, and they can generate EMI.
When charging cells in series, you
also need to consider how to keep
their voltages balanced (equal).
This circuit shows a much simpler solution. A single DPDT or 4PDT
switch can be used to switch two or
three cells between series and parallel connections, for powering a circuit and charging, respectively. When
connected in parallel for charging, the
cells are automatically balanced.
To avoid the need to manually
switch between charging mode and
usage mode, a DPDT or 4PDT relay
can be substituted for the switch, with
the coil powered from the charging
socket. A diode or similar can be used
to ensure the coil cannot be energised
by voltage back-fed from the battery.
This way, the cells are automatically
switched between the two modes. Use
the relay’s NC contacts for the parallel connections (marked P) and NO
contacts for the series connections
(marked S).
Benabadji Mohammed Salim,
Oran, Algeria ($80)
Editor’s note: while this should work
in theory, we do not recommend this
approach. That’s because any voltage
imbalance which builds up in the cells
as they discharge (due to differing cell
capacities etc) will cause very high
currents to flow as soon as the cells
are switched into the parallel configuration.
These currents could easily destroy
or weld the switch/relay contacts. If
you decide to use this configuration,
we strongly recommend inserting
PTC thermistors (or similar currentlimiting devices) into the connections
between cells in the parallel configuration, switched out when the cells
are connected in series. These can be
connected inline where the red asterisks are shown.
While adding such PTC thermistors will affect the rate at which the
different cells charge, they should not
affect the end-of-charge detection very
much, so all cells should still charge
fully (given enough time). The PTC
thermistors should be chosen to have
a ‘hold’ current rating that’s somewhat
above the maximum charge current
and a ‘trip’ current below the switch/
relay current rating for DC.
Connecting two pushbuttons to an input-only pin
Some PICs have a pin that can only
be used as an input, eg, GP3/RA3 on
the PIC10F200. In many cases, this is
because that pin has other functions
like MCLR. Sometimes you need to
connect more devices to a micro than
it has pins; many common techniques
for making a pin dual-purpose require
it to be switchable between being a
digital input and output, which is not
the case here.
Other tricks use an internal ADC
(analog-to-digital) converter with several external resistors connected as a
divider to measure a different voltage
generated by each pushbutton being
pressed. For more on these techniques,
see Microchip application note AN234
and Tips ‘n Tricks DS40040C.
This simple circuit shows how the
input-only GP3/RA3 can be used to
80
Silicon Chip
sense two different pushbuttons being
pressed, despite not being able to act as
an output or an analog input. This relies
on the pin having a selectable internal
pull-up current, as is the case in both
this chip and most of Microchip’s midrange family (the new XLP generation).
According to their datasheets, the
internal pull-up resistor has a typical
value of about 23kW when Vdd = 5V.
As GP3 is a TTL type input, we must
choose a value for the external resistor so that when the internal pull-up
is enabled, we have more than 2.4V as
the idle voltage at GP3, giving an idle
high-level state.
This allows us to sense when S1 is
pressed, as the pin will idle high but
will go low when S1 is pressed. To
sense a press of S2, the internal pull-up
is periodically disabled. When we
Australia’s electronics magazine
disable the pull-up, the input will be
pulled low by the 27-47kW resistor if
S2 is not pressed or will be held high
if it is pressed.
The 1kW resistor avoids a short circuit between Vdd and Vss if both buttons are pressed simultaneously.
Amine Houari,
Oran, Algeria. ($70)
siliconchip.com.au
Festive
Build It Yourself Electronics Centres®
DEALS
Bluetooth Boom
Box & Wireless PA
Need instant sound for
your next big get together?
y tech loving family.
an
r
fo
s
ea
id
ft
gi
e
lu
Great va
31st.
Sale ends December
With
outdoor
sensors &
smartphone
app!
Get live, local
weather at home.
Fire the weather man!
This fantastic home weather station
displays all your local weather
data - great for boaties, gardeners &
farmers. Bright & clear base station
shows indoor/outdoor temperature,
humidity, air pressure, rainfall, wind
speed and direction. You can even
connect it to your home wi-fi to
monitor readings & data with your
smartphone. 100m sensor range.
With bea
triggeredt
LED lights
!
Not only is this a great sounding
boom box for your party music,
it also includes a wireless
microphone for speeches and
karaoke! Offers up to 8 hours
use from a single charge. You
can even pair it with a second
speaker using True Wireless
Stereo (TWS) to really get the
party pumping! You can even
record your embarrasing 21st
birthday speech to USB memory
sticks. Size: 560H x 250D
x 260Wmm.
219
$
C 5160
279
$
X 7063
SAVE $10
29
$
Say
to
goodbyein!
eye stra
SAVE $10
65
$
X 4204 3 Dioptre
SAVE $10
70
$
X 4205 5 Dioptre
“The most useful present i’ve ever received“
- Mark Edmonds Augusta, WA.
Inspect-A-Gadget LED
magnifier for micro tasks
Why pay $300 for a MaggyLamp?
The inspect-a-gadget illuminated desk magnifier
is an absolute bargain $65, we believe ours is
every bit as useful. An incredible visual aid for
detailed inspection and work on fine items with
full clarity through the lens. Tackle complex
miniature tasks with confidence! X 4204 also
fitted with 12 dioptre insert.
X 3070
35
Acrobatic Mini Drone
Nifty little copter for flying up to 30m - it
even does acrobatic flips. Easy to charge
at home or in the car with USB. ≈5 mins
flying per charge. Requires 4xAAA batteries.
Drone size: 75 x65 x 25mm. Ages 6+
Amazing
Bluetooth
Sound For
Less!
The perfect every day
commuter earphones
with top notch wireless
sound, compact folding
design and up to 18
hours of listening
between recharges ideal for longer flights.
Bluetooth 5.0.
The must
have summer
pool toy
SAVE $10
$
Create a pool panic with the RC shark.
Controller doubles
as a storage case.
X 3098
With life like swimming motion and easy controls it’s a fun summer toy.
Also great for the bath tub! USB rechargeable. 34cm long. Requires
only 2xAAA batteries for the controller. Ages 6+
e
With tyre smok
al
re
r
fo
r
to
genera
!
drifting effect
SAVE $10
39.95
$
C 9034A
SAVE 19%
64
$
Drift up a storm with the RC Drifter!
X 3099
This amazing 360° spinning RC stunt car provides hours of drifting fun
on carpet and hard surfaces. Control by hand genstures or traditional
remote control. USB rechargeable. Ages 4+
Order online <at> altronics.com.au | Sale pricing ends December 31st.
Tech gifts for less.
Attach your
camera anywhere!
Got a TikTok’er
ok!
Great for vlogging & TikT
in your house?
Let them record videos
anywhere with these handy
flexible tripods for phones,
GoPro cameras and small
digital cameras. Easily
stands on uneven surfaces
and can be secured to a pole
or railing.
Reading
Light
USB C PD
80W mains
output
C 9021A
4 USB
charging
ports
SAVE $30
109
$
Dual
LED
Torch
SAVE $60
209
$
D 2213* 28cm
SAVE 24%
M 8197
30
$
D 2212* 16cm
SAVE 28%
Includes
wireless remote.
25
$
Super Quiet Noise Cancelling
Bluetooth® Headphones
SAVE 50%
24.95
$
FANTASTIC
VALUE AT $109!
Why pay
$300 or more?
D 2327*
Charge two phones at once with wireless charging. Suits
iPhone and most Android. For fast charging you’ll also
need a QC3.0 USB wall charger, such as M 8863 $20.
Includes USB cable.
25
A 1112*
2 Channel Bluetooth USB Adaptor
Provides wireless audio to TWO pairs of headphones
at once! Ideal for two player gaming on Switch, PS4 or
watching media on PC & Mac.
Take high quality
audio notes with ease!
X 0705
79
$
*Devices shown for
illustration purposes.
The outdoor entertainer! Pump up the tunes around the BBQ
or pool this summer with this nifty little speaker offering 3-4
hours listening time with Bluetooth 5.0 quality and range.
Pairs to a second unit using True Wireless Stereo for even
more sound! Water resistant design (IP65 rated).
Brand name
performance
for less!
Great
for uni
students!
D 0515*
USB & wireless charging
in the one device. Stay
charged up anywhere
you go. 10,000mAh
capacity. Includes
charging cable.
Dynalink®
F2 Pro Gaming
Headset
Multi-platform ready! Suits PC,
Playstation, Xbox and Switch
with included TRRS adaptor.
Offers excellent comfort for
long gaming sessions with RGB
lighting effects (when USB is
plugged in). 2m cable.
Record CD quality audio with excellent
audio pick up for taking audio notes
during lectures & recording interviews.
8GB on board memory with Micro SD
slot. USB rechargeable.
SAVE $20
99
$
39.95
$
Portable Summer Tunes
Dynalink® BT5.0 Can Speaker
Wireless
Charging
Battery Bank
$
HOT PRICE!
D 2038
True wireless earbuds with the
latest in active noise cancelling
circuitry for immersive sound in
noisy environments. Listen for up
to 4 hours, then store them in the
charging case - which even
SAVE $20
has wireless charging!
C 9040A Black
C 9041A White
HALF PRICE!
This air travel friendly portable power generator is fitted with
6Ah battery bank, 80W 240V mains inverter, 18W power
delivery USB C charger & QC3.0 USB charger. Offers you cable
free power for both AC and DC appliances! Recharge by USB or
included power adaptor.
Minimise outside interference with world class noise reduction
technology. Designed & engineered in Silicon Valley, USA.
• Block out distractions while you work • Superb active noise cancelling • Bluetooth wireless • 12hrs of listening time. • USB rechargeable
(includes cable) • Amazing sound. You be the judge - try a pair in store!
Active Noise
Cancelling
Bluetooth® Earbuds
Say goodbye to messy charging cables!
Carry 240V Power Anywhere!
SAVE $20
Bluetooth FM
Audio/Hands
Free Adapter
With
stylish
RGB light!
Transmits bluetooth audio
from your phone (music,
routes phone calls etc) to
your cars FM radio.
Plus it’s also a QC3.0 &
USB C charger.
SAVE 24%
X 0604B
39
$
SAVE 27%
50
$
C 9042
Table Lamp With
Wireless Charger
A stylish glossy white table lamp with adjustable dimming, colour temperature & wireless charging. Great for the desk or bedside
table. Powered by any USB wall charger - 2A
minimum (M 8863 $19).
SAVE 24%
X 4221*
30
$
Order online <at> altronics.com.au | Sale pricing ends December 31st.
A great
bedside or
study lamp
30
$
Build & have fun this Xmas.
SAVE 25%
45
45
$
$
K 1095
Cute Scurrying Hedgehog Kit
3 In 1 All-Terrain Robot Kit
22
SAVE 28%
Build it
4 ways!
Learn coding! Have fun!
K 1150
This cute hedgehog toy kit bristles his spines when
he hears a loud noise (such as a hand clap). He
will even curl up and roll away if you scare him!
Assembles in <2 hours, no special tools required.
Requires 4 x AAA batteries. Ages 8+
Great fun for the kids to build and play with! This
single kit can be built (and re-built) three ways!
Lifting capacity ≈100g. Wired remote control.
Requires 4 x AA batteries. Ages 10+
$
Tobbie is back and he’s had an
upgrade! Powered by the popular
BBC micro:bit board, this version has
unlimited scope for self programming.
Front screen displays text & symbols.
Great for teaching kids coding. Requires
4xAAA batteries & micro:bit board.
Ages 8+
K 1152
Build it
3 ways!
SAVE 25% K 1126
Tobbie II
Hexapod Robot Kit
SAVE 22%
SAVE $9.95
50
Requires Z 6439A
micro:bit ($27.95).
$
SAVE 15%
28
$
K 1135
33
$
SAVE 22%
K 1113
Build it
14 ways!
Full Motion Robotic Arm & Claw Kit
14 Solar Kits In One!
4 in 1 Robotics Kit
Air Powered Buggy Kit
Assemble 4 robot designs which
teach kids about geared movement
in a fun way! Requires 1xAA battery.
No soldering required. Ages 7+
Requires no batteries, electric motor or any
conventional fuel to make it drive. Use the air
pump to fill the bottle - let it go & watch it fly!
Travels up to 50m. Ages 8+
59
$
K 1107
A great introduction to basic robotics. Five motors allow
base rotation, shoulder, elbow & wrist motion, plus claw for
picking up objects (up to 100g). Includes wired controller
(add USB PC control for $35 - K 1108A). Ages 9+
A fun and educational kit designed to
assemble 14 different ways to inspire your
kids to learn about solar power. No soldering
required. Requires no batteries. Ages 8+
SAVE $10
39.95
$
TOP
SELLER!
K 1154
Build one
robot up to
5 ways!
SAVE $10
39
.95
$
K 1148
The Original Tobbie Robot Kit
A six legged robot kit designed to avoid objects
or follow you around the room. Easy to build.
Requires 4 x AAA batteries. Ages 8+
5 In 1 Smart ‘Coding’ Robot Kit
Features a central coding ring which tells the
robot directions and when to perform actions.
Can be built and re-built 5 ways. Teaches kids
about coding with no computers required!
Requires 1xAAA battery. Ages 8+
K 1149
VALUE!
Build it
12 ways!
K 1141
VALUE!
49.95
39.95
$
$
12 In 1 Solar & Hydraulic Kit
A huge parts kit which can be built and rebuilt into
12 different solar powered designs. Hours of fun for
kids aged 8 or over (or younger with adult help).
Hydraulic Cyborg Hand Kit
Build your own full size hydraulic powered
robotic hand. Fits over your own hand like a
glove and simulates joint movements to pick
up objects. No batteries. Left & right handed.
SAVE $10
39
$
SAVE $10
SAVE 18%
18
$
.50
49
$
SAVE 20%
K 1138
Solar Powered Wild Boar Kit
A basic solar DIY toy, it is ideal for a do-ityourself school holiday project with the
bonus of being educational! Ages 6+
K 1139
19
$
.95
Solar Powered Rover Kit
Build this fun 6 wheel all terrain vehicle modelled on famous NASA designs. No soldering
or batteries required! Ages 8+
K 1097
K 1119
Build yourself an Aussie icon!
Robot Frilled Neck Lizard Kit. Build it up and have it
follow you like a pet. Or sneak up and surprise it, making it
spread its frill. 37cm long. Requires 4xAAA. Ages 8+
Tribo 3 in 1 Coding Robot
An easy to build and program robot which
uses keypad entry commands to program
movements and actions. No PC required!
Uses 4xAAA batteries. Ages 8+.
Order online <at> altronics.com.au | Sale pricing ends December 31st.
Festive break essentials.
SAVE $50
130W Remote
Power Folding
Solar Panel
199
$
M 8193
& USB
Keeps devices charged with wireless
Going bush? Have power
wherever you go on
your next 4WD/camping
adventure. Includes 130W
panel, solar regulator,
battery connection cables
and canvas carry case.
3 stage solar charger.
Adjustable stand for
best sun placement.
664x631x75mm (folded).
charging!
Portable Battery Bank Jump Starter
An all round portable charging device - plus vehicle jump starter! Not
just for car battery emergencies, this high capacity battery bank also wirelessly
charges your phone, powers laptops etc. Jumpstarts most 4-6 cyl vehicles.
car battery topped up!
Heading away? Keep the
30
N 0700A
Top up your batteries with solar power.
This compact 5W solar panel is designed for keeping your vehicle batteries
topped up when parked - ideal for when you head off on summer holidays.
Croc clip or car accessory plug connection. Suits permanent outdoor install.
X 3227*
75
Music sensor
can trigger
lights to the
beat!
M 8628B
Keep everything charged
up in the car with this handy
7.2A triple USB charger.
Stylish carbon fibre look finish.
Great gift idea for anyone
2!
planning to travel in 202
Small enough to
take anywhere you
go. 5000mAh
capacity. Single
USB output.
SAVE $30
18
$
D 0505B
Automate your Christmas lights!
15
$
37
$
A 0346
Cut standby power usage by switching
appliances off at the wall. 30m RF
range - line of sight to power point not
requred! Requires 2xAAA batteries.
10A (2400W). Extra outlets,
A 0347 $13.95.
Indoor Pan
& Tilt Wi-Fi
Camera
P 8149
Handy Wi-Fi Sockets
Switch appliances on or off remotely from
anywhere in the world. Set schedules,
monitor and control via your using the Tuya
Android/iOS app. Maximum 10A 2400W.
Works with Google Home and Alexa
Sale Ends December 31st 2021
Phone: 1300 797 007 Fax: 1300 789 777
Mail Orders: mailorder<at>altronics.com.au
» Perth: 174 Roe St
» Joondalup: 2/182 Winton Rd
» Balcatta: 7/58 Erindale Rd
» Cannington: 5/1326 Albany Hwy
» Midland: 1/212 Gt Eastern Hwy
» Myaree: 5A/116 N Lake Rd
HOT
PRICE!
Makes a great baby or
pet monitor, this camera
features intelligent tracking of moving objects
within the frame. 2-way
audio with mic and
speaker. Uses the popular Tuya app. Requires
5V 1A USB power supply.
79.95
$
S 9017A
Western Australia
Build It Yourself Electronics Centres
USB Travel Charger
& Wireless Power Bank
A do-it-all USB power delivery charger (18W),
Qi wireless charger and portable battery bank
(6700mAh) for phones and tablets. Includes
Australian, US, UK and European adaptors, plus
carry case. *Phone for illustration purposes.
SAVE 24%
Remote Control
Power Saver
$
SAVE 27%
2 For
This kit includes 5m of RGB strip lighting, power
supply, controller unit and IR remote control allowing
you to create colourful lighting effects around your
home. Great for home entertaining. Works with Alexa
and Google Assistant. 60 LEDs per metre.
59
A 0319*
SAVE 13%
Wi-Fi RGB Strip Lighting Kit
209
$
N 1130F
Includes canvas carry case.
Victoria
08 9428 2188
08 9428 2166
08 9428 2167
08 9428 2168
08 9428 2169
08 9428 2170
» Springvale: 891 Princes Hwy
» Airport West: 5 Dromana Ave
03 9549 2188
03 9549 2121
New South Wales
» Auburn: 15 Short St
02 8748 5388
Queensland
» Virginia: 1870 Sandgate Rd
07 3441 2810
South Australia
» Prospect: 316 Main Nth Rd
08 8164 3466
Find a local reseller at: altronics.com.au/storelocations/dealers/
Please Note: Resellers have to pay the cost of freight & insurance. Therefore the range of stocked products & prices charged by individual resellers may vary from our catalogue.
© Altronics 2021. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until date shown or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
*All smartphone devices pictured in this catalogue are for illustration purposes only. Not included with product.
B 0092
$
.95
Triple USB
Car Charger
SAVE $30
Super Slim
USB Battery
Bank
19.95
$
SAVE 24%
$
Power your camping
fridge without risk of
draining your battery!
Cable
U
S
B Tester
Our USB Cable Tester, introduced last month, is ideal for going through
piles of cables and sorting them out. It's also a great first step in diagnosing
a faulty USB-connected device. It can perform continuity and short-circuit
checks on practically any USB cable and will report problems such as high
resistance in the power wires; a source of frustrating intermittent faults.
Part 2: by Tim Blythman
I
n the initial article last month, we
described the reasoning and principles of operation behind the USB
Cable Tester. Bristling with all the
standard USB sockets, it will test and
diagnose any cable with either a USB-C
or USB-A (2.0 or 3.2) on one end and
any of USB-C or USB-B (such as 2.0,
3.2, micro or mini) on the other end.
It will report whether the cable
is suitable for power only, USB 2.0
or USB 3.2 operation (and indicate
whether one or two SuperSpeed lanes
are present). With USB 3.2 (which
has replaced USB 3.0 and USB 3.1),
each SuperSpeed lane consists of
four wires, forming differential pairs
in both (upstream and downstream)
directions.
The unit scans every combination
of wires among the upstream facing
siliconchip.com.au
and downstream facing ports. It can
tell you which wires are internally
shorted or open circuit to help with
diagnosis and repair.
The USB Cable Tester also runs
pulses of up to 1A through the cable's
power (VBUS and GND) wires to assess
their ability to carry current under realworld conditions. The resistance and
voltage drop is reported.
This feature will ferret out many
cables that are causing intermittent
problems. When devices like portable
hard drives mysteriously stop working, it's possibly due to their high current needs being hampered by poor
connections.
With this tool, you can weed out
dodgy cables and choose the best ones
for high-current applications. Now
you can know for sure if it's the cable
Australia’s electronics magazine
or the device that's causing problems.
The USB Cable Tester can also run
tests when only one end of a cable is
plugged in, and it does this for three
reasons.
Firstly, it verifies cables that are
OTG (USB on-the-go) compatible,
which short their GND and ID pins.
This state indicates to a device that it
should instead behave as a host. Since
OTG cables are usually adaptors, their
other end is typically a socket, so you
can't plug in it at both ends.
The second reason is to help those
who construct and repair cables. You
can use it to check individual cable
halves, mainly to ensure that there
are no shorts between any conductors.
The third is perhaps the most
important. That is to check that the
very fiddly USB sockets have been
December 2021 85
correctly soldered to the PCB.
It's a kind of self-diagnosis, if
you will.
We will offer a different order
of construction than usual to take
advantage of this self-diagnosis
feature.
PCB layout
The internal photos and the
overlay diagram (Fig.3) show that
the USB sockets all lie along one
edge of the PCB. CON5, CON6
and CON8 are on a narrow neck
without any surrounding components. That makes fitting those
sockets easier.
The other sockets (CON3,
CON4 and CON7) are near the
relays and buck circuitry around
Q3. Since these components are
only needed for the power testing
and not connectivity testing, we
can fit those other components
after confirming the USB sockets have been soldered correctly.
So, no components below
the rows of resistors and above
the sockets should be fitted until
later, except for the two other surface-mounting parts, the 220mW resistor and the inductor L1. These are low
in profile and can be fitted with the
other surface-mounting parts to simplify the workflow.
Enclosure
Prepare the case lid as the first step
because the LCD is needed to perform our initial diagnostic tests, and
we need to align all the parts to fit the
LCD headers accurately.
Refer to the cutting diagram, Fig.4.
The single 4mm hole at upper right is
for access to pushbutton S1; we suggest
reading the Options section below to
determine if you wish to fit it (and thus
whether this hole is needed).
It's essential that the opening for the
LCD is centred horizontally to avoid
the connecting header being skewed.
We used a technique that requires a
sharp hobby knife, pliers (preferably wide-nosed), a hacksaw or jigsaw
and a drill.
You can use the bezel as a template,
keeping in mind that the bezel will
hide most imperfections in the top
panel. Mark the edges of the hole on
both sides; small holes drilled in the
very corners of the cutout area will
help to align the two sides.
Firmly score the rectangular cutout
86
Silicon Chip
Fig.3: the only parts that are somewhat tricky to fit are the USB sockets. Make
sure that IC1, RLY1, RLY2, the diodes and Mosfets are orientated as shown.
Note that there is a single 10kW resistor amongst the rows of 1kW parts. The
USB Cable Tester might still work if you mix this up, but it will drain the battery
much more quickly. The six USB sockets are located along one edge of the PCB.
It is important to fit USB-C socket CON4 before the relays and associated parts
are mounted on the board, so you have decent access to its pins.
Tactile switches with long actuators can be hard to come by,
although you can certainly use such a part if you can find it.
Our assembly uses four wires to stand S1 off the PCB so that
you can access it from outside the case.
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: fortunately,
the laser-cut bezel
hides any small
inaccuracies in the
large rectangular
cutout in the case.
The LCD mounting
holes must be
drilled accurately to
ensure that the LCD
aligns with the PCB
underneath. The hole
marked in green is
used for accessing S1,
and is optional.
As scrolling text can
be hard to read at
some LCD contrast
settings, the revised
firmware (C/D)
halves the scroll
speed and provides
a hidden option 4
under calibration
to adjust it (1 =
original speed, 2 =
default, 4 = extra
slow). Kits sent after
4/11/21 have this
revised firmware.
with the hobby knife against a straight
edge. Take care with this, as a slip with
a sharp knife can really hurt you!
Make a hole in the centre of the
rectangle that's large enough to accept
the saw blade, then use the saw to cut
up to the scored edges. You'll need to
make a number of these cuts around
the edge to divide the rectangle into
manageable pieces.
Then carefully flex the plastic to
snap it along the score lines and break
out the centre area in small sections. If
the score lines are accurate, the result
will have neat, precise edges. Use the
hobby knife to lightly shave small
pieces of plastic from the edges of the
hole to enlarge the hole if necessary
and to tidy up.
Another method is to drill a row
of holes inside the periphery of the
marked area to remove most of the
plastic, then file the edges smooth
until the LCD fits. This is slower but
requires fewer tools.
With the LCD in place, you can use
it (or the bezel) to mark and drill the
location of the four mounting holes.
If your LCD doesn't have a pin
header fitted to its underside, solder it now. When the screen comes
with a header, it's usually supplied
siliconchip.com.au
separately. Try to keep the pins at right
angles to the LCD's PCB to ensure that
they will fit squarely into the header
sockets on the main PCB.
Mount the bezel to the outside of
the lid with the four 15mm-long M3
machine screws, keeping the matte
surface facing out. Secure on the inside
with four nuts. While simplifying
assembly, these nuts also provide the
spacing necessary to clear the top of
the headers on the LCD panel.
Slide the LCD module over the
machine screws and secure it with
the remaining M3 nuts. The top of
the LCD panel should sit just proud
of the bezel on the outside of the lid.
You can see this in our photos at the
end of the article.
Using four self-tapping screws,
secure the main PCB to the other half
of the case. This will allow us to align
the headers to the LCD and solder them
in exactly the right place. There should
be a 20mm gap between the main and
LCD PCBs when the case pieces are
assembled.
Note that the enclosure will only
fit together one way, so check that it
slots together with the LCD1 pads on
the PCB in line with the LCD panel's pins. If the LCD panel's pins are
Australia’s electronics magazine
above the USB sockets when the case
is assembled, remove the PCB and
rotate it by 180°.
If you have 20mm spacers, you
might like to use them (and the three
mounting holes on the PCB) to align
the LCD. Doing it that way is less fiddly.
Before proceeding, check our photos of how the header sockets are fitted
to the main PCB. Note that they only
occupy the six end positions of each
end of the header; the four central positions are not connected (as they are
not used in the LCD's four-bit mode).
Separate the case pieces and slot
the sockets onto the LCD's pins as
described above. Then place the two
case pieces back together. This should
align the socket pins into the pads on
the main PCB. If you are having trouble, try aligning one edge of the case
and pivoting the other end closed.
This will bring the pins into location
one at a time.
With the pins located, screw the case
halves together to secure everything in
place. Then use your soldering iron to
tack one pin to the main PCB at each
end of the two headers (four pins in
total) through the side opening. This
is easiest at the end near the top of
December 2021 87
Using the finished USB
Cable Tester is as easy as plugging
one end of a cable into a Downstream Facing
Port, the other end into an Upstream Facing Port and then
checking the LCD for its assessment.
the PCB. Once you are happy they are
secure and still correctly aligned, disassemble the case.
Now solder the remaining pins without disturbing the alignment and then
refresh any pins that might need it. At
this stage, you should be able to reassemble the two halves with the pins
lining up and seating into the header,
pivoting the case as described earlier.
If you're having trouble with the
alignment, you could instead join the
LCD to the main PCB with ribbon cable,
strands of hookup wire or similar. Keep
in mind to follow the correct pin ordering and use at least 5cm of cable for
each connection to allow for flex when
the case halves are separated.
Remove the main PCB from the case
to continue the construction. To simplify testing, we recommend detaching the LCD from the lid to allow the
bare PCB to be attached to the LCD
and powered up later while allowing
access to the test points and jumpers
on the PCB.
Soldering the USB sockets
Some of these are surface-mounted,
so the usual collection of SMD tools is
required. With CON4 and CON6 being
some of the finest pitch parts we have
worked on, a magnifier is a necessity,
as is a good source of bright light. A
mobile phone camera set to a high digital zoom level is an excellent alternative to a magnifier.
88
Silicon Chip
You should also have a fine-tipped
adjustable soldering iron, flux (preferably paste) and tweezers. Fortunately,
most of the USB sockets (except for
CON8) have locating pins, making
exact positioning easy.
Your flux should recommend a solvent to use for cleanup. Some desoldering braid (solder wicking braid) is
a cheap and handy thing to have on
hand for fixing any bridges or other situations where there is too much solder.
Remember that flux can generate
smoke. Use a fume extraction fan
or work outside if necessary. Working outside is another way of getting
decent illumination.
Start with the mini-USB socket,
CON5. Apply flux to the pads, rest the
part in place (locking its plastic pins
into the PCB holes) and apply a bit
more flux to the top of the pins. Ensure
that it is flat against the PCB. Also try
to keep the part square and parallel to
the PCB so it will align correctly with
the front panel.
Clean the iron's tip and apply some
fresh solder to it. Then apply it to the
point where the pins meet the pads. If
you can't get in close, try applying the
iron to the extended pads and allow
them to draw solder off the iron tip.
If you get a good fillet at the point
where the pin meets the pad, then all
is well. Do the remaining pins, then
turn up the iron slightly to secure the
mechanical pads. Clean the tip and
Australia’s electronics magazine
add fresh solder as needed.
Pay attention to the mechanical
pads, as these sockets will see a rough
life and be subjected to repeated insertions and removals. There is also a
through-hole pad accessible from the
reverse of the PCB to help secure the
shell of this part.
Flip the PCB over and apply the iron
to the pad. Gently feed in solder until
the hole fills up. There should already
be flux present if you have used it generously; if not, add a little more.
Now use the same technique for
CON8, the micro-USB socket. It has no
locating pins, so you will have to take
extra care with its alignment. Its front
should be parallel with CON5 and its
pins centred in their pads. Work one
pin at a time to avoid bridges. If you
get a bridge, remove it with extra flux
and solder braid.
Like CON5, turn up the iron to solder the larger mechanical pads. There
are also extra pads underneath the
PCB to help secure CON8; solder these
similarly.
CON4 and CON6 are the trickiest
part of this build; the other two remaining USB sockets (CON3 and CON7)
are through-hole only parts. The most
significant trouble we had with pins
on these parts bridging was when solder crept up to where they sit closer
together, near their tops.
If you keep your iron down near
the PCB and just on the PCB pads
siliconchip.com.au
before you get back to soldering.
Use your magnifier to examine the
cleaned PCB. Any faults you can pick
up now will be easier to see and repair
before more components are fitted and
may be more apparent now that the
flux has been cleaned up.
If you're unsure about your soldering, use a multimeter to check for
continuity between the bottom ends
of where the 26 1kW resistors will be
fitted in the middle of the PCB, since
these all go back to the USB sockets.
If you find any short circuits, you
can use the circuit diagram and overlay to identify the affected connector
and pins.
Through-hole parts
A close-up view of the soldered pins on some of the USB sockets. This is what
you want the solder joints to look like; glossy, with clear fillets between the
PCB pads and socket pins, and no bridges between them. Elongated pads are
provided for many of the pins which make soldering them significantly easier.
only, you should avoid that problem.
Apply flux paste before placing the
socket, then add more before soldering the pins.
Set up your magnifier to give you a
good view, clean the iron tip and apply
fresh solder. You'll see that two of the
12 pins have shorter PCB pads; these
are not connected in circuit, so they
do not have to be soldered.
Solder the surface-mount pins, adding flux, cleaning the iron tip and adding solder to it as needed. Inspect your
work closely, as it's only possible to
easily remove the part and start afresh
if the other through-hole pins haven't
been soldered.
If you think there might be bridges,
use more flux and solder wicking
braid to remove them. Take care not
to allow solder onto the upper parts
of the leads.
Flux can make inspecting solder
joins difficult. You can avoid the hassle of cleaning the entire board of flux
for inspection by gently wiping away
the flux with a cotton bud dipped in
an appropriate flux solvent.
When you're happy with the top
of the PCB, flip it over and solder the
through-hole pins. These are closely
spaced too, but surface tension should
keep the solder where it needs to be,
and you can also use solder braid to
remove bridges here.
Turn up the iron and solder the four
mechanical mounting pins. For these,
siliconchip.com.au
more solder is definitely better than
less. Add some solder to the two central pads under the connector to help
with mechanical strength.
It might look like two pairs of the
through-hole pins on each of CON4
and CON6 are bridged; the two outermost pairs in the row of eight. This is
fine as they are all connected to their
respective socket's GND pin. You can
check this against the circuit diagram
and overlay.
We suggest leaving CON3 and CON7
until you can complete the self-tests,
which will involve getting most of the
USB Cable Tester functional.
You can fit inductor L1 and the
220mW resistor now. Neither is polarised, so apply flux, rest the part in
place and tack one lead with the iron.
You may need more heat on L1 due to
its size. Solder the second lead on each
part, then go back and refresh the first
lead if necessary.
Now is a good time to clean up any
flux that may be present on the PCB,
given that all the surface-mounting
parts have been fitted and there will
be little need for more flux paste to be
used. This will allow closer inspection
of your soldering.
Your flux should recommend a
cleaning agent, but isopropanol or
methylated spirits are good alternatives. Ensure that the board is allowed
to dry and that any flammable solvents have a chance to evaporate
Australia’s electronics magazine
Continue by fitting the resistors,
referring to the overlay diagram (Fig.3)
as a guide. Fit the four 10kW parts
first, then the 28 1kW resistors, then
the rest. Check the resistances with a
multimeter if you are not confident of
the part markings. The 100W, 1kW and
10kW resistors only differ in one colour
band. Once identified, solder them in
and trim the leads close.
To get the LCD operating so we
can run the tests, we need to fit all
the parts above and including IC1,
except S1 and S2. If you don't have
a pre-programmed microcontroller,
you should install CON2 to permit
programming in-circuit.
Now fit D2, the 100nF capacitor near
IC1, 10kW trimpot VR1, Q1 and CON2
if needed (we recommend a vertical
header for CON2).
Be sure to align Q1 and VR1 to the
silkscreen pattern. Also solder the battery holder to CON1, running red to +
and black to −.
Check that D2 is a 1N5819 and that
its cathode stripe faces as shown on
the silkscreen. You don't need a header
at CON1; you can solder the wires to
the pads. The holes near CON1 are for
strain relief, so thread the battery leads
from below the PCB into the tops of
the holes and then solder from below
(see photos).
While there is room to fit a socket
for IC1, we don't recommend you use
one. For a start, the large number of
pins will make fitting and removing
IC1 tricky. We only used one to allow
us to test different microcontrollers.
Gently bend IC1's pins to slot into
the PCB, making sure that the pin 1
marker goes to the left as shown. Tack
down two pins on opposite corners
December 2021 89
Screen 1: on reset, the calibration prompt is displayed. This
splash screen is shown for seven seconds. Calibration mode
is entered if the USB Cable Tester receives an ESC character
via the CON9 serial header during that time.
and check that the part is flat and orientated correctly. Adjust if needed and
then solder the remaining pins of IC1.
If you don't have a pre-programmed
chip, program it now, as described
below. Otherwise, skip ahead to the
Testing section.
Programming
Install cells in the battery holder
to power the circuit (unless you have
a programmer that can supply up to
25mA at 4.5-5V). You can use a PICkit
3, PICkit 4 or Snap programmer.
We use the MPLAB X IPE for programming; it can be downloaded
(along with the MPLAB X IDE) from
www.microchip.com under the "Tools
and Software" tab.
Select the PIC16F18877, click
"Apply", select your programming tool
and click "Connect". Open the HEX file
"0410821C.HEX" using the "Browse"
button and then press "Program".
If you see a "Program and Verify
successful" message, all is well. Otherwise, check the wiring and soldering around the five tracks that go to
CON2 from IC1.
Two of the programming pins (PGD
and PGC) are also used for probing the
USB sockets at CON3 and CON4, so
make sure that they are not shorting
to anything else.
If you have a PIC16F18875, use the
"0410821D.HEX" file instead. Our original prototype used a PIC16F18875,
which is why the PCB is marked with
this part number.
We decided to standardise on the
PIC16F18877 as we think it will be
more useful in the future and doesn't
cost much more (it has more room
for expansion). Though they are from
the same family, some of their special
function registers are in different locations, so the HEX files are not interchangeable.
When finished, detach the programmer and power down the circuit (eg,
by removing the cells).
90
Silicon Chip
Screen 2: the Calibration screen has four options which
are accessed by sending a 1, 2, 3 or 4 character. Sending
Ctrl-C at any time will exit calibration mode. The measured
battery voltage is displayed at top right to assist calibration.
Testing
Plug the LCD into its headers, apply
power and adjust VR1, the LCD contrast control, until the display is legible. You should see a splash screen
with a countdown timer, followed by
the main USB Cable Tester screen.
You can check the contrast voltage
at VR1's wiper. Our unit reads around
1V with a fresh battery.
If you see a "Ready for cable." message after seven seconds, construction
is correct so far, and your USB socket
soldering has no detectable faults. The
Battery value should be between 4.2V
and 4.8V. You can compare this with
a multimeter voltage reading between
TP1 and TP2; if the reading here is
roughly correct but the displayed
value is not, the circuit has a problem.
If all is in order, you can progress
to the remainder of the construction
below.
Problem?
If there is no LCD backlight, there's
likely a problem around transistor
Q1. If you can light the backlight by
grounding the LED cathode (pin 16) of
the LCD, then it's definitely the PCB
components and not the LCD.
If you get a message on the LCD listing the UFP or DFP, these messages
will point to USB socket pins that
might be shorted. Refer to the circuit
diagram and overlay to find those pins.
Disconnect the power supply, make
repairs and test again until you get the
"Ready for cable." message.
Remaining components
Fit the three remaining capacitors.
The two 1000μF and one 10μF electrolytic capacitors all have their positive (longer) leads facing to the right,
according to the PCB silkscreen.
Slot the two remaining USB sockets (CON3 and CON7) into place.
Tack a couple of leads and ensure
that the parts are flat against the PCB
and squarely aligned to the PCB. This
Australia’s electronics magazine
will help align the sockets to the front
panel.
When the sockets look correct, solder the remaining pins and be generous with the mechanical tabs to ensure
they have the necessary strength.
There are two more diodes. Fit the
single 1N4148 near CON4; it will sit
between the two relays and is easier
to fit before them. Check that its cathode stripe aligns with the silkscreen
markings. The remaining diode is D3,
a 1N5819 near L1.
Then fit the two relays, RLY1 and
RLY2. They should have one end
marked with a stripe that will match
the line on the PCB at the end nearest
to IC1. As for any multi-lead part, solder a couple of pins and check that the
device is correctly positioned before
soldering the remaining pins.
Then fit the other 2N7000 Mosfet
(Q2) near RLY2 and Q3, the larger
TO-220 P-channel Mosfet, near L1. Its
marked face should be towards L1 with
the tab closest to the cutout in the PCB.
Ensure Q3's leads are pushed down
against the board so that it doesn't foul
the enclosure lid.
Options
The remaining parts are optional
and only really needed for calibration
(which isn't required). However, as we
noted in the first article, you can also
use S1 to wake up the USB Cable Tester without plugging in a cable. This
could be handy if you are often testing
just one end of a cable.
The UART header, CON9, is only
needed to enter calibration mode via a
USB-serial module. S2 can be used to
reset the microcontroller and quickly
jump in and out of calibration mode.
JP1 and JP2 are used to calibrate out
the resistance of the internal wiring
and traces. Our HEX file is calibrated
with values suitable for the parts we
are supplying, so there is little need
to do this if you are building it from
our kit.
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 3: each calibration value is entered in decimal. The
value can be accepted by pressing Enter (CR, ASCII code
13) or cancelled by pressing ESC. You can clear the last
keypress with delete or backspace.
The other two calibrations are for
the microcontroller's internal 1.024V
reference voltage and current sense
shunt resistance. The internal reference is specified to be accurate within
±4%, so the USB Cable Tester will be
perfectly functional without calibration, but it will be slightly more accurate if this is done.
The current sense resistor should
be within 1% and won't need adjustment. The measured voltage is around
100mV with 1mV resolution, so the
shunt resistance only needs to be
adjusted if you can't use the specified
shunt value.
Values from 100mW to 500mW
should work, although we have only
tested the specified 220mW value.
Lower values will give less accuracy, while higher values reduce the
headroom to measure voltage drop
in cables.
Since the optional parts are supplied in our kit, you might as well fit
them all if you already have them. Fit
CON9 with the pins facing up; this
will allow a pair of jumper wires or
similar to be connected between the
USB-serial converter and the PCB.
Fit the JP1 and JP2 headers but leave
the jumper shunts off for now, or plug
them onto just one pin of the header.
S2 fits flat against the PCB as it is
only used for setup and calibration.
It shouldn't be accessible during normal use. Snap it into the pads and
ensure it is flat against the PCB before
soldering.
If you want to make S1 available
for use after calibration, you need to
drill the extra hole shown in Fig.4
and mount S1 above the PCB, near
the top panel.
To align everything, attach the main
PCB to the enclosure using one screw
in each corner. Use lengths of tinned
copper wire to attach S1 to the PCB.
Align S1 to the inside top of the front
panel with some tape or Blu-Tack,
then, after placing the lid on top, tack
solder one or of the wires in place.
This just needs to be enough to
locate S1. Remove the tape and the lid.
With the better access this provides,
add more wires to secure the switch
on all four corners.
If you don't need external access
for S1, it can be simply soldered flat
against the PCB like S2.
This completes the soldering for
the USB Cable Tester. Double-check
your work, then plug the LCD into
its header.
Calibration
If you wish to perform calibration,
connect a USB-serial converter to
CON9 using female-female jumper
wires. If you are using a CP2102 type
(like us), the pin marked TXD on the
converter connects to R on the PCB.
GND on the converter connects to "−"
on the PCB.
Only one data line needs to be connected as the USB Cable Tester displays its prompts and responses on
the LCD instead of the serial terminal.
Screen 5: while the value is being saved to EEPROM, it is
also displayed as a final check before returning to the main
Calibration screen.
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 4: there is a final confirmation prompt before an
entered value is committed to EEPROM. To answer the
prompt, enter either upper or lower case "Y" or "N".
Open a serial terminal program
(eg, TeraTerm) and connect to the
USB-serial converter at 9600 baud, 8
bits, no parity, one stop bit (8N1). It
won't matter if your USB-serial converter has 3.3V or 5V signals. The 1kW
resistor will limit the current flow,
and IC1 will recognise logic levels in
this range.
Now power up the USB Cable Tester PCB. When the prompt shown in
Screen 1 is visible, press the ESC key
on the serial terminal. If communication is working correctly, you should
see Screen 2.
If not, check your wiring and reset
the micro with S2 to get the prompt
to press ESC again.
At Screen 2, you can press 1, 2, 3
or 4 on the terminal to change the
displayed value, as seen in Screen 3,
after which you are prompted to confirm the change (Screen 4) with "Y"
or "N". If you press "Y", you will see
something like Screen 5.
To calibrate the VREF value, measure the supply voltage between TP1
and TP2 and compare this with the displayed voltage shown at top right. The
internal voltage reference is in inverse
proportion to the displayed voltage.
So if the displayed voltage is 1% too
high (for example), increase the VREF
value by 1% of its current value. With
the internal reference specified being
accurate to within 4%, you should
not need to change this up or down
by more than 40 points.
Another way to calculate this is that
Screen 6: with JP1 and JP2 fitted, only the Tester's internal
resistance is reported. The value at the bottom of the screen
is the contact resistance value. A similar screen is seen
when a power-only cable is plugged in for testing.
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 91
Screen 7: once calibration is complete, the main idle screen
is shown unless a cable is plugged into the ports. The
battery condition is reported and the sleep timer counts
down 10 seconds before entering low-power sleep mode.
an error of 0.01 in the displayed voltage (ie 10mV) is equivalent to about
2.1 VREF steps. So if the displayed
value is 4.68V instead of 4.65V, add 6
points to the VREF value.
The nominal shunt value should be
accurate enough. You can measure the
shunt resistance any time the relays
are inactive (all the time in calibration
mode) and there are no cables plugged
in. Measure between TP1 and TP3.
To calibrate the relay contact resistance, use option 3 to set this to 0mW.
Then exit calibration mode by pressing Ctrl-C on the terminal or resetting
the microcontroller.
Attach jumper shunts to JP1 and JP2.
This will simulate a power-only cable
being connected, and you should get a
display like Screen 6. Note down the
resistance value shown, then remove
the shunts.
Reset the micro again and go back
to calibration mode with ESC on the
terminal. Save the noted value as the
contact resistance and exit calibration.
If you reattach JP1 and JP2, you should
see a value very close to zero.
At this stage, you can try out the
USB Cable Tester on any USB cables
you have lying around. See the Usage
section for further information.
Screen 8: a typical test result on a USB-C to USB-C cable
shows what is expected for a fully USB 3.2 compatible cable
with two SuperSpeed lanes, meaning that it has the USB 2.0
D+/D− pair as well as the SuperSpeed wires.
Final assembly
Power down the unit by removing the cells, detach the LCD from
its header and reattach it to the lid as
described earlier.
Put the front panel PCB over the
USB sockets on the main PCB and
slot the pair of PCBs into place in the
base of the enclosure. Secure the main
PCB to the enclosure using the eight
self-tapping screws.
There are solder pads on the inside
of the front panel PCB, so the panel
can be affixed to the main PCB by soldering these pads to the USB sockets.
The battery holder may have screw
holes, but to avoid marring the underside of the enclosure, we recommend
gluing it with neutral-cure silicone or
construction adhesive. If you do use
screws, fit self-adhesive rubber feet to
the underside of the box to prevent the
screws from scratching any surfaces.
Slot the rear panel supplied with
the case in place, then fit the cells.
Carefully position the enclosure lid,
feeling that the LCD header locks in
place. The LCD backlight may illuminate if the unit has not gone to sleep,
but there won't be a meaningful display since the LCD controller will not
have been properly initialised.
Allow the unit to go to sleep (the
LCD backlight will go off), then plug
in a cable (or press S1) to wake it up;
this should reinitialise the LCD, and
you should see one of the cable reporting screens (or the idle screen). If this
is the case, all is well, and you can
secure the two halves of the case with
its two included screws.
Usage
Screens 7-11 show the USB Cable
Tester in use. Screen 7 is the idle
screen which shows the battery condition and time until the unit enters
low-power sleep mode. It is present
when the unit is awake, but no cable
is detected.
Once a cable is inserted, you should
see the full diagnostic display, as seen
in Screen 8. The first line shows a
broad pass/fail assessment of the cable.
The second line identifies the USB
rating and the number of short circuits
(+) and open wires (-) that have been
detected. For an OK result, these are
both zero. The third line shows more
detailed information depending on the
test results, listing the wires involved
in any short or open circuits detected.
The text may scroll if it doesn't fit on
one line.
The header on the LCD screen aligns with two 6-pin sockets on the main PCB.
92
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 9: the Cable Tester will elicit a variety of information
about a faulty cable, including what it thinks it ought to be
and what problems it might have. Here, an open GND wire
means that the cable will not function, even for charging.
As shown in Screen 11, the results of
the UFP and DFP tests are summarised
so that single-ended tests may be carried out. This is done by unplugging
one end of the cable at a time, leaving
just the UFP or DFP connected.
It's common that the DFP and UFP
tests will detect that GND is shorted
to the shield. This is the case for some
USB-C cables and doesn't seem to
cause any problems.
The final line summarises the results
of the current pulse test. Values around
200mW can be expected for cables in
good condition. Up to around 500mW,
they could work fine, especially for
light loads; higher values indicate a
cable that may cause problems.
You can test cable combinations,
such as when a cable is supplemented
by a USB extension cable. However, as
we noted, high-speed signal integrity
is not tested by the USB Cable Tester.
If you want to check a USB extension cable, first test a cable with a
plug that will fit into it on one end
(ie, A-type or C-type) and a B-type or
C-type on the other; ideally, a USB 3.2
SuperSpeed type, although you can
still do the test if you don't have one.
Verify that cable is good and note
its type and resistance. Then plug that
cable into the extension cable and test
the combination. Subtract the resistance reading noted earlier from the
new reading to measure the extension
cable's own resistance
Screen 9 shows what might be seen
if the cable has a fault; the first line
indicates this. The second line lists
the nearest 'working' cable type to
what has been detected and also the
number of faults present; in this case,
'1-' means that this is most likely a
USB 2.0 cable but with one conductor open circuit.
The third line indicates that the
open wire is the GND conductor, so it
is unlikely to work at all. The "High
resistance" message is only shown
when the cable is incapable of carrying
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 10: with USB-C cables being reversible, it's necessary
to test them with both insertion orientations. If this screen
is seen, the current orientation does not connect the D+/D−
pair and you should try another orientation.
the lowest 100mA test current.
The display in Screen 10 needs
some explanation. USB-C leads
only have one D+/D− pair (the wires
required for a legacy USB 2.0 connection) but can be plugged in one of two
ways, and some cable orientations do
not detect this pair.
In this case, the USB 3.2x2-2.0 indication is shown. That means that two
of the SuperSpeed lanes needed for a
USB 3.2 connection are detected, but
the USB 2.0 wires are not. For these
cables, you must try each USB-C plug
both ways around (rotated 180°).
If only one end is USB-C, run the test
one way and flip it to try the other. If
you have USB-C at both ends, flip one
end, flip the other, then flip the first
end back; this will test all four plug
orientation combinations.
You should get a USB 3.2x1 or
USB3.2x2 result for only one of these
tests, with the USB 3.2x1-2.0 or USB
3.2x2-2.0 indication for the remainder.
That is, unless your cable has an extra
D+/D− pair, which is non-standard,
but it could still work on some devices.
If all the combinations show USB
3.2x1-2.0 or USB 3.2x2-2.0, there is
a problem with the D+/D− pair either
being missing or open-circuit. The x1
designation means one SuperSpeed
lane is present, while x2 means two
lanes, which is only possible with a
USB-C to USB-C cable.
Screen 11 shows a typical UFP-only
test result. If short circuits are detected
in both the UFP and DFP simultaneously, but no continuity is detected
between the two ends, then the UFP
and DFP screens will alternate. This
either means that your cable has failed
very badly or (more likely) you have
two different cables plugged in.
For Screen 11, one end of an OTG
cable has been plugged in. The fourth
line shows a specific message for this
case – it has detected that the GND and
ID wires are connected. Only short circuits are shown on this screen, as usually, there should be no connections
between pins.
If four or more pins are listed, they
might not all be shorted together, but
they will all be shorted to at least one
other pin. Up to 11 wires can be displayed, so there might be more than
those shown if the screen is full.
Also remember that you must
always connect a cable between one
of the UFPs and one of the DFPs. For
example, a normal USB-A to USB-C
cable can be plugged into the two
DFP sockets, but this will not give
a meaningful result; the USB-C end
should instead be plugged into the
UFP socket.
Conclusion
With this comprehensive and easyto-use piece of test gear, you can now
sort through all your old USB cables
and see whether they are worth keeping. With a 30μA sleep current, the
USB Cable Tester will happily sit for
years on the shelf, always ready.
For a final flourish to your USB
Cable Tester, you can carefully apply
some white acrylic (or similar waterbased paint) to the etched text on
the front of the LCD bezel. Wipe the
excess away with a damp cloth and
SC
allow to dry.
Screen 11: a
typical use for the
single-ended cable
tests is checking
if OTG cables
correctly ground
the ID pin. Here
we see that is that
case, with a specific message provided on the bottom line.
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 93
Vintage Television
Restoring
Restoring aa Sony
Sony 5-303E
5-303E
Micro-TV
Micro-TV
The Sony 5-303 Micro-TV was revolutionary
in 1962. It set the stage for what Japanese
electronic engineers do very well;
miniaturise things. It was not Sony’s first
miniature TV, though. In the USA, the small
Philco Safari TV beat Sony’s first small
transistor TV, the TV8-301, to market in
1959.
Fig.1: these specifications may not seem anything special today, but in the early
1960s, they were a big deal.
94
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
By Dr Hugo Holden
The Sony Micro-TV sported a new
generation of silicon power transistors
that had temperature specifications
and stability unheard of compared to
the germanium transistors that preceded them. Sony developed these
transistors especially for use in their
own TV sets. The one that was proclaimed to be the mover and shaker
was the 2SC140 (see Fig.1).
Clearly, Sony was very proud of this
transistor and they wanted to show off
its spectacular features. The 2SC140
was used in the vertical output stage
and the horizontal oscillator and horizontal driver.
Oddly, there was a 2SD65 NPN
Germanium transistor buffer stage
between them, the importance of
which will become clear later.
Other silicon transistors used were
the 2SC15 as the video output device
and a 2SC41 as the horizontal output transistor. Generally, the rest of
the transistors in the set are germanium PNP types, including those in
the tuner, IF stages and the push-pull
transformer-coupled audio amplifier.
2SC73 NPN germanium types are also
used.
Other interesting features of this set
include a somewhat retro unregulated
12V DC power supply based on a selenium bridge rectifier (see Fig.2).
The EHT rectifiers were 1DK1 small
tube diodes, a commercial type, wired
as a voltage multiplier to produce 8kV
for the screen. As this EHT voltage is
very high for the screen size (just under
14cm diagonal), the set can produce
amazing high-contrast images even
in bright light; screen brightness is
quoted as 500 lux by Sony.
The CRT (Fig.3) is a 5-inch (13cm)
70° deflection type specially designed
by Sony. Its specifications are shown
in Fig.4. Not mentioned there is the
resolution, which is 300 columns x
400 lines, at 28 columns/cm and 45
lines/cm.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: selenium rectifier stacks are
famous for producing lots of toxic
fumes when they fail. That’s why
many people prefer to replace them
with modern rectifiers. Still, you
have to be careful because modern
rectifiers can lead to much higher
surge currents and have lower
forward voltages.
►
Fig.3: the 5-inch 140CB4 CRT was
designed for this application. It
provides excellent contrast.
Fig.4: specifications for the cathode
ray tube used in the Sony 5-303E
Micro-TV.
Block diagram
It was customary at the time to
include a block diagram in the manual (Fig.5). It shows the arrangement
of the diodes and transistors. The label
at the rear of the TV also says how
many diodes and transistors the TV
contains. Since these were expensive
items, there was perceived value in the
number of semiconductors inside: 25
transistors and 20 diodes (five of the
transistors were silicon types).
The Micro-TV was amazingly sensitive; Sony quoted a maximum sensitivity of 10µV at the input for 10V at
the picture tube cathode. The set also
had a gated AGC system, which was
advanced for the time.
The power consumption was quoted
at 13W on AC operation and 9.6W from
DC (12V). The set weighs in at 3.5kg
(8lbs). I read on a website that this
sets “runs hot”, which is nonsense. At
13W, given the size of the set, it barely
warms up, and there is plenty of convection cooling.
Sony’s goals for this TV were:
1. Be small in size & low weight.
2. Have the lowest power consumption of any mass-produced TV.
3. Operate perfectly as a completely
portable TV set under all conditions.
4. Provide easy servicing.
That last objective has now all but
completely disappeared from the electronics industry. Many items now
are designed for rapid and expedient
assembly at a factory.
Disassembly and repair is another
matter, if it can even be done without
special tools etc. Items are “life cycled”
and the expectation that a customer
would have any items repaired has
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.5: helpfully, Sony provided this block diagram in the TV’s user manual,
showing the role of each transistor and diode.
Fig.6: this diagram shows the minimum and maximum signal levels which can
be expected throughout each stage of the TV during reception.
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 95
faded away, into a new age model of
replacement goods.
Sony claimed that the AGC system
(with its pulse or gated design and
the automatic noise suppression they
dubbed ANS) would maintain synchronisation in a moving car where
the signal strength varies suddenly and
almost continuously, even in the presence of intense ignition noise.
Sony also published a very unusual
and helpful signal level summary that
is seldom seen in other manufacturers’
TV service manuals, shown in Fig.6.
As indicated, the maximum signal
gain is an astonishing 120dB. In practice, I have found that for a stable visible picture and sync, it requires about
100µV input at the set’s 75W input
connector. By about 150-200µV, it is
driven just out of the snow and a superclean video image results.
Two PCBs
Cleverly, to help servicing, Sony
broke the set into two PCBs, one near
the top of the chassis and one below.
They have similar geometry, with a
cut-out near the front for the CRT bulb
and a connector at the rear.
The upper board is shown in
Figs.7(a) & (b). It contains the AFC
(automatic frequency control for the
Figs.7(a) & (b): the upper PCB has the
components for automatic frequency
control/horizontal hold, the horizontal
and vertical scan oscillators and the
horizontal and vertical scan power
output stages.
96
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
horizontal hold system), the horizontal and vertical scan oscillators and
the horizontal and vertical scan power
output stages.
On account of this, Sony created aluminium flanges that extended from the
PCB area to the front metal escutcheon
of the set, to move heat away from the
power output devices.
Fig.7(b) is the overlay diagram from
the manual, with the tracks shown as
if you are looking through the component side of the PCB.
When working on the underside of
the board, it can be useful to scan these
into a computer and flip them over, so
the tracks seen on the diagram match
the tracks that you see on the PCB
surface. That is especially true for the
upper PCB, as it is mounted with the
tracks facing upwards and the components out of view.
The signal board is equally as
impressive for the time, and is shown
in Figs.8(a) & (b).
Restoration
Back in the late 1970s or early 1980s
when I bought this TV, it was defective.
Even by then, nearly all the small electrolytic capacitors had failed, except
for the Alox types (described below).
The large main power supply capacitors were OK (and interestingly, they
still are).
I recapped the set and did a full RF
alignment with a sweep generator and
scope. I found some of my original
notes from that time, where I kept a
record of the video IF response curve
and how the particular IF adjustments
affected it (Fig.9). I also kept notes on
the sound IF alignment.
The sound response and adjustments are ideal when the set is tuned
such that the high-frequency detail in
the video image is optimal.
I adjusted the IF bandwidth of the
set at 3.75MHz (as per Sony specs). I
found that the 3.8MHz bars from my
pattern generator were easily resolved.
The 4.8MHz bars are not visible, as
expected (see Fig.10).
This is the sort of performance you
can expect to get with the video IF correctly set up with a sweep generator
and oscilloscope.
Latter-day TV restorers often try to
set up the video IF by other methods,
but I’m afraid there are no shortcuts
here, and for excellent results there
is no escaping the need for the sweep
generator and scope.
siliconchip.com.au
Figs.8(a) & (b): the signal board carries the remaining TV circuitry not on the
upper “deflection” board.
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 97
3.8MHz Bars
Fig.10: as you would expect from a set
with an IF of 3.75MHz, the 3.8MHz
bars in this test pattern are distinct
while the 4.8MHz bars simply appear
as a solid grey block.
Fig.9: a redrawn version of my handwritten notes on the shape of the
video IF curve and location of the
adjustments on this set. I made these
some time in the late 70s or early 80s.
Note that while my TV has a VHF
tuner, the Sony Micro-TV was also
released with a UHF tuner. These were
popular in North America.
Fixing it up
Fortunately, the set I acquired had
few mechanical problems. One known
weak point with these sets is the
antenna clip.
The plastic hardens and cracks with
time, as shown in Fig.11. Mine was
a victim of this, so I simply handcrafted a new one from a block of
Nylon (Fig.12).
This little TV sat in its box for about
40 years after I initially recapped it. I
only occasionally used it. Recently, I
pulled it out again. Despite just being
in storage, it had developed some
faults. One fault in particular was
intermittent and very difficult to solve;
it took a few days and a lot of patience
to get to the bottom of it.
1. The vertical deflection linearity
was poor at the bottom of the scanning raster. This was not correctable
with the height and linearity controls.
This is often a symptom of high-ESR
electrolytic capacitors in the vertical
output stage area, but that was not
the case.
2. The horizontal hold was intermittent, with a combination of small
left and right jittery movements of the
horizontal position of the image, intermittently disappearing for some hours,
then returning.
There was also the occasional total
loss of horizontal hold at times, with
a sudden loss of raster width. The
H-oscillator would abruptly run a
much higher frequency than it should,
around 20kHz.
Improving vertical linearity
For #1, I checked the power supply, the resistors and the electrolytic
capacitors in the vertical stages; none
were out of spec or defective, including the vertical yoke coil’s coupling
capacitor.
Fig.13 shows the vertical linearity
problem. The horizontal linearity is
also not ideal; this is discussed later,
as it is intrinsic to the design and not
easy to fix.
As can be seen, the raster lines are
compressed toward the bottom. In this
set, there is plenty of height control
and the raster will easily double in
height, so there is plenty of dynamic
range in the output stage.
However, the vertical linearity control only has a significant effect at the
top of the raster. One might think that
to acquire a linear vertical scan, the
Fig.11 (above): pretty much all Sony 5-303E sets will
suffer from a broken plastic antenna clip by now, as
the plastic becomes brittle over time.
Fig.12 (right): I hand-crafted this replacement
antenna clip (circled in red) from a small block of
Nylon. It isn’t pretty, but it works. I could paint it
grey in future for a more factory appearance.
98
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
current in the vertical output transistor should be a linear ramp, during
scan time at least.
On testing with the scope, with the
raster shown, the transistor’s current
appeared as a near-perfect linear ramp,
but this is not normal. However, to get
a linear scan given the properties of the
vertical yoke coils, the yoke coupling
capacitor and the collector load choke
need to be compensated for.
So the current and transistor base
drive voltage that is required for a linear raster scan needs to flare upwards
toward the end of the scan. This is
shown with the required waveform
(red star in Fig.15) in Sony’s manual.
Sony achieved the upward curve
by placing positive feedback around
the vertical output stage with C707, a
10µF electrolytic capacitor, and R714,
a 620W resistor. This feedback is not
enough to cause the amplifier to oscillate, but resulted in the upward rise of
current in an exponential-like manner towards the end of scan time. The
positive feedback also helped with a
fast flyback.
Yet in my set, with original-value
resistors and capacitors and tested
transistors, the output stage current
was more of a linear ramp, and so the
raster was compressed at the bottom.
Also, the sawtooth voltage developed across 100µF capacitor C702,
by the 330W charging resistor R704,
was closer to 4V peak-to-peak, rather
than the 2Vpp specified in the service
manual.
One aggravating factor here is the
20ms interval with a 50Hz vertical
scan frequency versus the 16.7ms
interval for the 60Hz scan frequency
used in the USA. The voltages here
also agreed with calculations.
This means that, in the 50Hz system at least, the height control needs
to be set at near minimum (larger
resistance).
This reduces the value of the positive feedback signal that is mixed in
with the sawtooth voltage (as it has
to pass via the height control) to the
vertical amplifier’s input at transistor
X17’s base. This aggravates the compression of scan lines toward the end
of the scan, at the bottom of the raster.
I corrected the poor scan linearity
by increasing the value of R704 from
330W to 750W. That reduced the amplitude of the sawtooth voltage across
R704 to 2.4V peak-to-peak, close to
the manual’s suggestion of 2Vpp (with
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.13: after taking my set out of
storage, I noticed that it had very poor
vertical linearity, as is apparent from
the ‘squashed’ blocks at the bottom.
Fig.14: et voila, with a few minor
component modifications, the set
demonstrated far superior vertical
linearity.
Fig.15: the vertical deflection section of the circuit, with expected waveforms. Note
how the waveform at the bottom of C702 is a linear ramp, while the base of X18,
the vertical power transistor, has a modified ramp with an accelerated rise rate
towards the end of the ramp. This compensates for the properties of the vertical
yoke coil, to provide better vertical linearity. My set was missing that spike.
this change, the most negative part of
the sawtooth waveform sits at 6.6V).
This meant that the height control
could be adjusted for a lower resistance (more height). This improved the
positive feedback. To further improve
the situation, I changed C707 from
10µF to 15µF, increasing the positive
feedback.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Another helpful change was to parallel a 3W resistor with the existing 3W
resistor in the emitter of the vertical
output transistor. Normally, the voltage across this resistor is 0.33V, giving
an emitter current of 110mA. With the
extra resistor added, the voltage drops
to 0.22V across 1.5W, and the new
emitter current is 146mA.
December 2021 99
Fig.16: to track down the faults in
the horizontal sync circuitry, I had
to disconnect one leg of the 3kW
resistor from its pad with solder
wick. That disabled the AFC,
allowing me to figure out whether
the fault was in the horizontal
oscillator or the AFC circuitry (it
turned out to be the latter).
This increase of about 36mA takes
the transistor’s power dissipation from
about 1.32W to 1.75W. Sony advises
that the 2SC140 is capable of 1.75W
without a heatsink, and in this case,
it has a heatsink and only runs warm
to the touch.
Probably, there are some aging
effects on this transistor over time. I
do not want to replace it because of its
historical significance. The result after
these vertical linearity corrections is
shown in Fig.14. I think you will agree
that it’s a big improvement.
Horizontal instability
Once the vertical scan linearity problem was solved, I moved onto to the
horizontal image instability and hold
problems. Solving this was trickier
than usual, as there were actually three
problems. The section of the circuit
shown in Fig.16 helps to explain it.
Firstly, on the simple side of things,
the HOR. HOLD preset was defective
and at a certain point of its rotation, the
resistance value suddenly jumped (not
corrected by cleaning). If it was set near
that position, the resistance value was
erratic. So I replaced it with a modern 10kW preset pot on a small piece
of plated through-hole spot board, as
shown in Fig.17.
Notice that the resistors are radial
types, to stand up off the PCB; most
are 5% tolerance parts. All but one of
these resistors in my set were in excellent condition.
The cause of the sudden massive
change in horizontal frequency was
very interesting. NPN germanium
buffer transistor X22, a 2SD65, was
intermittent. It would suddenly lose
its ability to buffer, and the sudden
loading on the horizontal oscillator
forced the scan frequency up very
high, to around 20kHz, well outside
the capture range of the AFC.
I concluded that one of two things
was happening to this transistor: either
the collector connection inside the
transistor was intermittently going
open-circuit, or the base-to-emitter
terminals inside the transistor were
being intermittently shorted out by
something like a tin whisker. Both
mechanisms result in the same failure to buffer.
Of the two, I’m very suspicious
that it is tin whisker disease, because
I could not detect any voltage drop at
all across the base-emitter junction at
the time of the failure, and one would
have expected about 300mV.
A suitable NPN Germanium transistor replacement for the 2SD65 is an
AC127. In this case though, since it is
a switching circuit and not an analog
circuit with specific bias requirements,
Fig.17: one of the preset pots had gone bad, and since I
couldn’t easily source a replacement, I rigged up a modern
trimpot of the same value to fit in the same location.
100
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Alox Capacitors
These capacitors are very interesting.
They are potted in a brown resin, somewhat reminiscent of a modern-day tantalum capacitor, but they have a wax
coating over the resin too. They have
a logo I cannot recognise; it has some
similar features to the Siemens logo,
but it is not exactly the same. I copied
it as best possible below.
On testing the leakage properties
of these Alox capacitors, they are very
similar to a Tantalum capacitor.
It is interesting that Sony used
these in their sets, since they had the
advanced technology to make silicon
transistors and might have made their
own capacitors if they had wanted.
The fact these capacitors are all
working nearly 60 years later says a
lot. Presumably, they are some sort of
solid aluminium electrolytic (modern
and the transistors around it are silicon types, I simply replaced it with a
high-quality gold-plated leg vintage
BC107A (Fig.18).
Usually, I would replace a germanium transistor with an equivalent
germanium type, to avoid any other
changes in the biasing. But in this case,
it didn’t matter.
The third fault was where the fun
really began; it took about three days
to locate because it was intermittent.
After fixing the first two problems, I
was initially convinced all was well.
Then, much to my horror, another fault
occurred. The horizontal position of
the locked image had a random jitter;
a few millimetres this way and that.
Then the problem would disappear for
some hours and return.
One problem is with the horizontal
AFC in lock, any changes inside the
control loop from an intermittent component will be partially cancelled due
to the loop behaviour.
So several thoughts crossed my
mind: could the incoming sync pulses
be changing their shape randomly?
Could the phase splitter transistor
driving the AFC diodes be noisy?
Could an AFC diode be noisy? Or
could the old Alox capacitors be defective? Or maybe the horizontal oscillator transistor was defective and noisy,
and having erratic small frequency offsets to cause the effect?
I decided the better move was to
siliconchip.com.au
versions are available). The one
marked 5µF read as 6µF on my meter.
Even though these capacitors
tested perfectly, I replaced the 1µF
and 2µF ones with non-electrolytic
Wima MKP 50V types (the pink-red
colour ones seen in the photo of the
deflection board) and the 5µF with a
6.8µF 50V tantalum.
This will hopefully avoid any future
problems; but who knows, these vintage Alox capacitors may well still be
better than modern types. 57 years is
a pretty good test window.
break the loop (red star in Fig.16). I
fed in a clean DC control voltage to the
horizontal oscillator via R801 (3kW)
and watched the test pattern float by
horizontally. The oscillator appeared
very stable, certainly with no jitter,
so at least that part of the circuit was
ruled out.
Looking at the AFC voltage on the
scope with the broken loop, the fault
was present. The DC level of the AFC
voltage was randomly jumping up and
down about 50-100mV at times.
I also tried feeding clean sync
pulses from the generator directly
into the phase splitter X15, but the
fault remained. At that point, I disconnected the two coupling capacitors
on the legs of the phase splitter output
(green stars on the diagram) using solder wick and a temperature-controlled
soldering iron (these old phenolic
PCBs are very heat-sensitive).
The fault remained, so that ruled
out the phase splitter transistor, its
resistors and the two disconnected
capacitors. At this point, I thought the
most likely explanation was that one
of the IT22 germanium AFC diodes
was defective and probably noisy. I
replaced them one at a time with OA47
diodes. The fault and the jitter on the
AFC output remained.
At this point, I double-checked
all of the capacitors. I had previously replaced Alox capacitors C611
and C607 with high-quality Wima
Fig.18: despite being a silicon
transistor, the BC107A (left) was a
perfectly fine replacement for the
internally faulty germanium 2SD65
(right) in my set. That’s only because
of the way it was used in the circuit
though; it isn’t operated in a linear
manner. If it were, a germanium
replacement with similar properties
would have been required.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Fig.19: this innocent-looking 100W
5% resistor was the source of all my
frustrations! It measured OK by itself,
but when current passed through it,
its resistance varied wildly.
December 2021 101
102
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
The complete circuit of the Sony 5-303E Micro-TV. It’s
astoundingly elegant, using just 25 transistors and 25 diodes for
all functions.
non-electrolytic types. I eliminated
all the other capacitors by desoldering one leg and by substitution. The
intermittent fault still remained.
At this point, I was running out of
ideas, so I started checking the resistors. I was worried that if I heated
them, the fault might vanish. Looking
at the circuit, I could see no reason
why I couldn’t eliminate each one in
a test by shorting it out, avoiding the
need to desolder any. The resistors to
test for noise were R610, R611, R612,
R614 and R615. All of these resistors
had correct values on the meter.
When I shorted out 100W resistor
R612 (Fig.19), the voltage jitter vanished. The intermittent fault causing
the small, yet apparent horizontal
picture shift was due to this resistor.
Inspection of the resistor showed it to
look physically normal, but on testing
and passing a current, its resistance
value was erratic.
it doesn’t have a width control inductor either. That explains why the Sony
Micro TV has those horizontal linearity errors.
If a technician sees these errors and
wants to fix them, without realising
that they are inherent to the design,
they could spend months trying to
improve it. It is quite different with
the vertical scan linearity, which can
be adjusted simply by changing the
drive wave shape to the vertical scan
amplifier.
To correct these horizontal scan
linearity errors would require more
horizontal scan width, meaning an
increased HT with the same line output transformer and yoke, and the
addition of a width control inductor,
an S-correction capacitor and magnetic saturable reactor. So it is not a
practical proposition. In this case, I
thought it better to accept those errors
as a feature of the simpler design.
Horizontal linearity
Raster scanning
Also noted from the screen photos, the horizontal linearity is a little
stretched on the left compared to the
right. In more modern video monitors
and TVs, two things are done to correct horizontal linearity errors. One
is to have an S-correction capacitor
in series with the horizontal yoke
coils; the other is to have an adjustable magnetically saturable reactor
coil in series too.
This set has neither an S-correction
capacitor or a magnetic linearity coil;
I think it was a pretty astonishing
feat that Sony came up with an effective vertical oscillator and scan circuit
that used only three transistors in total.
Because of this, it is not surprising that the adjustments and mix of
currents at the input to the two-stage
vertical scan amplifier (transistor X17
and output stage X18) are critical for
a linear scan.
A more modern TV would contain
at least two or three or more transistors. So I cannot but admire the genius,
Fig.20: Sony’s follow-up was the 5-307 TV, and as you can see here, there are
many similarities with the 5-303 (compare this to Fig.15). But they also made
some well-advised changes, including some which addressed the very same
vertical linearity problems that I encountered in my set.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
simplicity and economy of what Sony
did with the vertical oscillator and scan
amplifier. Later though, they changed
the design.
Sony’s next model, the TV 5-307U,
sported a UHF tuner. It seems that
Sony might not have been entirely
happy with the design of the vertical
scan oscillator and amplifier in the
TV 5-303.
Sony modified the positive feedback loop design in the 5-307 (Fig.20),
as I had to in my 5-303, but in a different way, eliminating C707. They
also used a silicon oscillator transistor, lowered the value of sawtooth
capacitor C702 from 100µF to 20µF,
and used a higher value charging resistor, 2.7kW vs 330W.
On top of this, they modified the
collector-to-base bias resistor R706 on
input transistor X17. It is now split into
two resistors with a 10µF capacitor to
bypass the AC component of the negative feedback. This has the effect of
increasing the AC signal gain of input
(drive) transistor X17. There are also
some other value and transistor type
changes.
Final points
If this set is run from a 12V external battery, it is vital that a resistor of
at least 1-1.5W is placed in series with
the battery. This is also shown on some
of Sony’s diagrams, but not all. The
reason is that a lead-acid battery can
have a very low internal resistance,
especially a car battery.
Fig.21: I added these three
components to protect the CRT from
damage at switch-off due to a bright
spot appearing in the centre of the
screen. It’s caused by the immediate
shutdown of the horizontal and
vertical deflection, while the electron
beam continues for some time. These
components shut down that beam at
switch-off.
December 2021 103
Just how small is this set?
This advertisement from Life Magazine, March 1963, shows this amazing little
TV set. While I didn’t realise it at the time, it was very clever marketing to show
the Micro-TV next to two very young children (possibly around four years old).
It gives you an immediate idea of the size of the set, while also showing a reallife application a parent might benefit from: the entertainment of young children.
Sometimes, advertising agencies actually do a great job. In more recent times,
the field of advertising has been cynically renamed “perception management”.
The text at the bottom of the advert reads:
“People once said Micro TV might happen in the Seventies. Sony research
and engineering made it happen a year ago. This revolutionary set weighs
just 8 lbs, and is about the size of a telephone, yet it outperforms standard
receivers in both sensitivity and durability. And it plays anywhere... on its own
rechargeable battery, 12V auto-boat battery, or AC.”
“You can put the Micro TV beside your bed, on your desk, in your boat, car,
den, patio or picnic basket. High fidelity sound is always assured. Epitaxial
transistors – the powerful, sensitive type used in advanced electronic equipment – give it a matchlessly sharp, clear picture. See it at a Sony dealer. Be
among the many enjoying the Set of the Seventies today.”
104
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
When the heater in the CRT is cold
and has a very low initial resistance,
the surge current can be extreme
enough to bright-flash part of it and
even fuse it.
With the resistor, in conjunction
with the high-value filter electrolytics
in the set, the CRT heater gets a softer
start, and the voltage applied to it rises
more slowly.
Also, on my set (and this problem
affects many TVs of the era), at turn off,
when the CRT’s scan stages initially
stop the deflection, the CRT heater
is still warm and the CRT’s electrode
voltages can stay up for a while. The
intense energy applied to the phosphor near the centre of the screen can
damage it over time, so it loses its sensitivity in that area.
Many TV and VDU manufacturers
added “turn-off spot killers” to prevent this problem. The other thing
that helps is to remember to turn the
brightness to zero before powering
the TV off.
I added a small turn-off spot killer
circuit to my set, as shown in Fig.21.
It charges a capacitor from the power
supply via a diode. This is so that, in
case the TV gets turned off and on rapidly (or has a bad power supply connection), the capacitor charges very
quickly initially.
Then when the power is switched
off, the TV’s 12V supply collapses fairly
quickly to zero. This takes the diode
side of the capacitor to about -12V; then
after a while, the capacitor discharges
via the 33kW and 3.3MW resistors. This
creates a long-duration negative voltage pulse at the CRT grid at turn-off,
helping to extinguish the beam current.
These three components are simply
mounted on the lower PCB connector
pins where the existing 3.3MW resistor
and 0.05µF capacitor reside. There is
plenty of room there.
Another simple method that works
is to increase the charge storage on the
video amplifier circuit’s power rail (in
the case where the video amp drives
the cathode and is directly coupled).
This can be done by powering it via
a series diode and adding an electrolytic filter capacitor on the supply rail.
This way, at turn-off, the cathode
voltage stays high for a while, also
helping to extinguish the beam. In the
case where it is AC-coupled, the same
idea works with some added charge
storage on the brightness control circuit in the cathode.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Subscribe to
OCTOBER 2021
ISSN 1030-2662
10
The VERY BEST
DIY Projects!
Two- or Three-Wa
Active Crossover y
9 771030 266001
$1150* NZ $1290
INC GST
INC GST
SMD Test
Tweezers
The Tele-Com
Phone Intercom
Gravitational Waves
how they are detected
Australia’s top electronics magazine
Cover1021.indd 1
Silicon Chip is one of the best DIY electronics magazines in the
world. Each month is filled with a variety of projects that you can
build yourself, along with features on a wide range of topics from
in-depth electronics articles to general tech overviews.
Published in
Silicon Chip
07-Sep-21 12:34:21 PM
If you have an active subscription you receive 10% OFF
orders from our Online Shop (siliconchip.com.au/Shop/)*
Rest of
World
New
Zealand
Australia
* does not include the cost of postage
Length
Print
Combined
Online
6 months
$65
$75
$50
1 year
$120
$140
$95
2 years
$230
$265
$185
6 months
$80
$90
1 year
$145
$165
2 years
$275
$310
6 months
$100
$110
1 year
$195
$215
2 years
$380
$415
All prices are
in Australian
dollars (AUD).
Combined
subscriptions
include both
the printed
magazine and
online access.
Try our Online Subscription – now with PDF downloads!
NASA’s 2020 Mission
to Mars; July 2021
High-Current
Four Battery Balancer;
March 2021
SMD Test Tweezers;
October 2021
An online issue is perfect for those who don’t want too much clutter around the house
and is the same price worldwide. Issues can be viewed online, or downloaded as a PDF.
To start your subscription go to
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Subscribe
SILICON
CHIP
.com.au/shop
ONLINESHOP
HOW TO ORDER
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5:00 AET, Mon-Fri)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
PO Box 139, COLLAROY, NSW 2097
(02) 9939 3295, +612 for international
You can also pay by cheque/money order (Orders by mail only) or bank transfer. Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip.
12/21
YES! You can also order or renew your Silicon Chip subscription via any of these methods as well!
The best benefit, apart from the magazine? Subscribers get a 10% discount on all orders for parts.
PRE-PROGRAMMED MICROS
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/9
$10 MICROS
24LC32A-I/SN
ATmega328P
ATmega328P-AUR
ATtiny85V-10PU
ATtiny816
PIC10F202-E/OT
PIC12F1572-I/SN
PIC12F617-I/P
PIC12F617-I/SN
PIC12F675-I/P
PIC12F675-I/SN
PIC16F1455-I/P
PIC16F1455-I/SL
PIC16F1459-I/P
PIC16F1705-I/P
PIC16F88-E/P
PIC16F88-I/P
$15 MICROS
Digital FX Unit (Apr21)
RF Signal Generator (Jun19), Si473x FM/AM/SW Digital Radio (Jul21)
RGB Stackable LED Christmas Star (Nov20)
Shirt Pocket Audio Oscillator (Sep20)
ATtiny816 Development/Breakout Board (Jan19)
Ultrabrite LED Driver (with free TC6502P095VCT IC, Sep19)
LED Christmas Ornaments (Nov20; specify variant)
Nano TV Pong (Aug21), SMD Test Tweezers (Oct21)
Car Radio Dimmer (Aug19), MiniHeart Heartbeat Simulator (Jan21)
Refined Full-Wave Universal Motor Speed Controller (Apr21)
Model Railway Level Crossing (two required – $15/pair) (Jul21)
Model Railway Carriage Lights (Nov21)
Motor Speed Controller (Mar18), Heater Controller (Apr18)
Useless Box IC3 (Dec18)
Tiny LED Xmas Tree (Nov19)
Digital Interface Module (Nov18), GPS Finesaver (Jun19)
Digital Lighting Controller LED Slave (Dec20)
Ol’ Timer II (Jul20), Battery Multi Logger (Feb21)
5-Way LCD Panel Meter (Nov19), IR Remote Control Assistant (Jul20)
Ultrasonic Cleaner (Sep20), Electronic Wind Chime (Feb21)
20A DC Motor Speed Controller (Jul21)
Flexible Digital Lighting Controller Slave (Oct20)
Digital Lighting Controller Translator (Dec21)
Automotive Sensor Modifier (Dec16)
UHF Repeater (May19), Six Input Audio Selector (Sep19)
Universal Battery Charge Controller (Dec19)
ATSAML10E16A-AUT
High-Current Battery Balancer (Mar21)
PIC16F1459-I/SO
Four-Channel DC Fan & Pump Controller (Dec18)
PIC16F18877-I/P
USB Cable Tester (Nov21)
PIC32MM0256GPM028-I/SS Super Digital Sound Effects (Aug18)
PIC32MX170F256D-501P/T 44-pin Micromite Mk2 (Aug14), 4DoF Simulation Seat (Sep19)
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SP Micromite LCD BackPack V1-V3 (Feb16 / May17 / Aug19)
GPS-Synched Frequency Reference (Nov18), Air Quality Monitor (Feb20)
RCL Box (Jun20), Digital Lighting Controller Micromite Master (Nov20)
Advanced GPS Computer (Jun21)
Touchscreen Digital Preamp [2.8in/3.5in version] (Sep21)
PIC32MX170F256B-I/SO
Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), Battery Manager BackPack (Aug21)
PIC32MX270F256B-50I/SP ASCII Video Terminal (Jul14), USB M&K Adaptor (Feb19)
PIC32MX795F512H-80I/PT Maximite (Mar11), miniMaximite (Nov11), Colour Maximite
(Sep12), Touchscreen Audio Recorder (Jun14)
$20 MICROS
dsPIC33FJ64MC802-E/SP
dsPIC33FJ128GP306-I/PT
dsPIC33FJ128GP802-I/SP
PIC32MX470F512H-I/PT
PIC32MX470F512H-120/PT
PIC32MX470F512L-120/PT
1.5kW Induction Motor Speed Controller (Aug13)
CLASSiC DAC (Feb13)
Ultra-LD Preamp (Nov11), LED Musicolour (Oct12)
Stereo Echo/Reverb (Feb 14), Digital Effects Unit (Oct14)
Micromite Explore 64 (Aug 16), Micromite Plus (Nov16)
Micromite Explore 100 (Sep16)
PIC32MX695F512L-80I/PF
PIC32MZ2048EFH064-I/PT
Colour MaxiMite (Sep12)
DSP Crossover/Equaliser (May19), Low-Distortion DDS (Feb20)
DIY Reflow Oven Controller (Apr20)
$30 MICROS
KITS, SPECIALISED COMPONENTS ETC
SMD TRAINER KIT (CAT SC5260)
(DEC 21)
Complete kit includes the PCB and all on-board components,
except for a TQFP-64 footprint device
HUMMINGBIRD AMPLIFIER (CAT SC6021)
$20.00
(DEC 21)
Hard-to-get parts includes: two 0.22W 5W resistors; plus one each of an
MJE15034G, MJE15035G, KSC3503DS & 220pF 250V C0G ceramic capacitor
USB CABLE TESTER KIT (CAT SC5966)
$110.00
(NOV 21)
Includes PCB, IC1 (programmed), IC2, D1, L1, SMD capacitors and resistors.
Does not include reed switch, magnet, LEDs or through-hole parts
SMD TEST TWEEZERS KIT (CAT SC5934)
$35.00
(AUG 21)
$17.50
PCB and all onboard parts only (does not include controllers)
MODEL RAILWAY LEVEL CROSSING
(JUL 21)
$15.00
$5.00
- Pair of programmed PIC12F617-I/Ps
- ISD1820P-based audio recording and playback module
AM/FM/SW RADIO
(JAN 21)
$2.50
$3.00
$7.50
- PCB-mount right-angle SMA socket (SC4918)
- Pulse-type rotary encoder with integral pushbutton (SC5601)
- 16x2 LCD module (does not use I2C module) (SC4198)
LED CHRISTMAS ORNAMENTS (CAT SC5579)
(NOV 20)
Complete kit including micro but no coin cell (specify PCB shape & colour)
RGB STACKABLE LED CHRISTMAS STAR (CAT SC5525)
$14.00
(NOV 20)
$38.50
Complete kit including PCB, micro, diffused RGB LEDs and other parts
MICROMITE LCD BACKPACK V3 KIT (CAT SC5082)
$25.00
(OCT 21)
PCBs, micro, other onboard parts and heatshrink (no cell or brass tips)
NANO TV PONG SHORT FORM KIT (CAT SC5885)
$15.00
(NOV 21)
Short form kit with everything except case and AA cells
MODEL RAILWAY CARRIAGE LIGHTS KIT (CAT SC6027)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
(AUG 19)
Includes PCB, programmed micros, 3.5in touchscreen LCD, UB3 lid, mounting hardware,
Mosfets for PWM backlight control and all other mandatory on-board parts
$75.00
Separate/Optional Components:
- 3.5-inch TFT LCD touchscreen (Cat SC5062)
$35.00
- DHT22 temp/humidity sensor (Cat SC4150)
- BMP180 (Cat SC4343) OR BMP280 (Cat SC4595) temp/pressure sensor
- BME280 temperature/pressure/humidity sensor (Cat SC4608)
- DS3231 real-time clock SOIC-16 IC (Cat SC5103)
- 23LC1024 1MB RAM (SOIC-8) (Cat SC5104)
- AT25SF041 512KB flash (SOIC-8) (Cat SC5105)
- 10µF 16V X7R through-hole capacitor (Cat SC5106)
$7.50
$5.00
$10.00
$4.00
$5.00
$1.50
$2.00
VARIOUS MODULES & PARTS
- 64x32 pixel white 0.49in OLED (SMD Test Tweezers, Oct21)
$10.00
- pair of AD8403ARZ10 (Touchscreen Digital Preamp, Sep21)
$35.00
- Si4732 radio IC (Si473x FM/AM/SW Radio, Jul21)
$15.00
- EA2-5NU relay (PIC Programming Helper, Jun21)
$3.00
- VK2828U7G5LF GPS module (Advanced GPS Computer, Jun21)
$25.00
- MCP4251-502E/P (Advanced GPS Computer, Jun21)
$3.00
- pair of Signetics NE555Ns (Arcade Pong, Jun21)
$12.50
- 2.8-inch touchscreen LCD module (Lab Supply, May21)
$25.00
- Spin FV-1 digital effects IC (Digital FX Unit, Apr21)
$40.00
- 15mW 3W SMD resistor (Battery Multi Logger / Arduino PSU, Feb21)
$2.50
- DS3231(M) real-time clock SMD IC (Battery Multi Logger, Feb21)
$3.00
- Pair of CSD18534 transistors (Electronic Wind Chimes, Feb21)
$6.00
- IPP80P03P4L04 (Dual Battery Lifesaver / Vintage Radio Supply, Dec20)
$5.00
- 16x2 LCD module (Digital RF Power Meter, Aug20)
$7.50
- WS2812 8x8 RGB LED matrix module (Ol’ Timer II, Jul20)
$15.00
- MAX038 function generator IC (H-Field Transanalyser, May20)
$25.00
- MC1496P double-balanced mixer IC (H-Field Transanalyser, May20)
$2.50
- AD8495 thermocouple interface (DIY Reflow Oven Controller, Apr20)
$12.50
- Si8751AB 2.5kV isolated Mosfet driver IC (Charge Controller, Dec19)
$5.00
- I/O expander modules (Nov19):
PCA9685 – $6.00 ¦ PCF8574 – $3.00 ¦ MCP23017 – $3.00
- SMD 1206 LEDs, packets of 10 unless stated otherwise (Xmas Ornaments, Nov20):
yellow – $0.70 ¦ amber – $0.70 ¦ blue – $0.70 ¦ cyan – $1.00 ¦ pink (1 only) – $0.20
- ISD1820-based voice recorder / playback module (Junk Mail, Aug19)
$4.00
- 23LCV1024-I/P SRAM & MCP73831T (UHF Repeater, May19)
$11.50
- MCP1700 3.3V LDO regulator (suitable for USB M&K Adapator, Feb19)
$1.50
- 1nF 1% MKP (5mm) or ceramic capacitor (LC Meter, Jun18)
$2.50
- ESP-01 WiFi Module (El Cheapo Modules, Apr18)
$5.00
- DS3231 real-time clock module with mounting hardware
$7.50
*Prices valid for month of magazine issue only. All prices in Australian dollars and include GST where applicable.
# P&P prices are within Australia. Overseas? Place an order on our website for a quote.
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS & CASE PIECES
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
LED CHRISTMAS TREE
HIGH-SENSITIVITY MAGNETOMETER
USELESS BOX
FOUR-CHANNEL DC FAN & PUMP CONTROLLER
ATtiny816 DEVELOPMENT/BREAKOUT PCB
ISOLATED SERIAL LINK
DAB+/FM/AM RADIO
↳ CASE PIECES (CLEAR)
REMOTE CONTROL DIMMER MAIN PCB
↳ MOUNTING PLATE
↳ EXTENSION PCB
MOTION SENSING SWITCH (SMD) PCB
USB MOUSE AND KEYBOARD ADAPTOR PCB
LOW-NOISE STEREO PREAMP MAIN PCB
↳ INPUT SELECTOR PCB
↳ PUSHBUTTON PCB
DIODE CURVE PLOTTER
↳ UB3 LID (MATTE BLACK)
FLIP-DOT (SET OF ALL FOUR PCBs)
↳ COIL PCB
↳ PIXEL PCB (16 PIXELS)
↳ FRAME PCB (8 FRAMES)
↳ DRIVER PCB
iCESTICK VGA ADAPTOR
UHF DATA REPEATER
AMPLIFIER BRIDGE ADAPTOR
3.5-INCH LCD ADAPTOR FOR ARDUINO
DSP CROSSOVER (ALL PCBs – TWO DACs)
↳ ADC PCB
↳ DAC PCB
↳ CPU PCB
↳ PSU PCB
↳ CONTROL PCB
↳ LCD ADAPTOR
STEERING WHEEL CONTROL IR ADAPTOR
GPS SPEEDO/CLOCK/VOLUME CONTROL
↳ CASE PIECES (MATTE BLACK)
RF SIGNAL GENERATOR
RASPBERRY PI SPEECH SYNTHESIS/AUDIO
BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL PCB
↳ MOSFET PCB (2oz)
MICROMITE LCD BACKPACK V3
CAR RADIO DIMMER ADAPTOR
PSEUDO-RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR
4DoF SIMULATION SEAT CONTROLLER PCB
↳ HIGH-CURRENT H-BRIDGE MOTOR DRIVER
MICROMITE EXPLORE-28 (4-LAYERS)
SIX INPUT AUDIO SELECTOR MAIN PCB
↳ PUSHBUTTON PCB
ULTRABRITE LED DRIVER
HIGH RESOLUTION AUDIO MILLIVOLTMETER
PRECISION AUDIO SIGNAL AMPLIFIER
SUPER-9 FM RADIO PCB SET
↳ CASE PIECES & DIAL
TINY LED XMAS TREE (GREEN/RED/WHITE)
HIGH POWER LINEAR BENCH SUPPLY
↳ HEATSINK SPACER (BLACK)
DIGITAL PANEL METER / USB DISPLAY
↳ ACRYLIC BEZEL (BLACK)
UNIVERSAL BATTERY CHARGE CONTROLLER
BOOKSHELF SPEAKER PASSIVE CROSSOVER
↳ SUBWOOFER ACTIVE CROSSOVER
ARDUINO DCC BASE STATION
NUTUBE VALVE PREAMPLIFIER
TUNEABLE HF PREAMPLIFIER
4G REMOTE MONITORING STATION
LOW-DISTORTION DDS (SET OF 5 BOARDS)
NUTUBE GUITAR DISTORTION / OVERDRIVE PEDAL
THERMAL REGULATOR INTERFACE SHIELD
↳ PELTIER DRIVER SHIELD
DIY REFLOW OVEN CONTROLLER (SET OF 3 PCBS)
7-BAND MONO EQUALISER
↳ STEREO EQUALISER
DATE
NOV18
DEC18
DEC18
DEC18
JAN19
JAN19
JAN19
JAN19
FEB19
FEB19
FEB19
FEB19
FEB19
MAR19
MAR19
MAR19
MAR19
MAR19
APR19
APR19
APR19
APR19
APR19
APR19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
MAY19
JUN19
JUN19
JUN19
JUN19
JUL19
JUL19
JUL19
AUG19
AUG19
AUG19
SEP19
SEP19
SEP19
SEP19
SEP19
SEP19
OCT19
OCT19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
NOV19
DEC19
JAN20
JAN20
JAN20
JAN20
JAN20
FEB20
FEB20
MAR20
MAR20
MAR20
APR20
APR20
APR20
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/8
PCB CODE
Price
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
16107181
$5.00
REFERENCE SIGNAL DISTRIBUTOR
04101011
$12.50
H-FIELD TRANSANALYSER
08111181
$7.50
CAR ALTIMETER
05108181
$5.00
RCL BOX RESISTOR BOARD
24110181
$5.00
↳ CAPACITOR / INDUCTOR BOARD
24107181
$5.00
ROADIES’ TEST GENERATOR SMD VERSION
06112181
$15.00
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
SC4849
$.00
COLOUR MAXIMITE 2 PCB (BLUE)
10111191
$10.00
↳ FRONT & REAR PANELS (BLACK)
10111192
$10.00
OL’ TIMER II PCB (RED, BLUE OR BLACK)
10111193
$10.00
↳ ACRYLIC CASE PIECES / SPACER (BLACK)
05102191
$2.50
IR REMOTE CONTROL ASSISTANT PCB (JAYCAR)
24311181
$5.00
↳ ALTRONICS VERSION
01111119
$25.00
USB SUPERCODEC
01111112
$15.00
↳ BALANCED ATTENUATOR
01111113
$5.00
SWITCHMODE 78XX REPLACEMENT
04112181
$7.50
WIDEBAND DIGITAL RF POWER METER
SC4927
$5.00
ULTRASONIC CLEANER MAIN PCB
SC4950
$17.50
↳ FRONT PANEL
19111181
$5.00
NIGHT KEEPER LIGHTHOUSE
19111182
$5.00
SHIRT POCKET AUDIO OSCILLATOR
19111183
$5.00
↳ 8-PIN ATtiny PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
19111184
$5.00
D1 MINI LCD WIFI BACKPACK
02103191
$2.50
FLEXIBLE DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLLER SLAVE
15004191
$10.00
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
01105191
$5.00
LED XMAS ORNAMENTS
24111181
$5.00
30 LED STACKABLE STAR
SC5023
$40.00
↳ RGB VERSION (BLACK)
01106191
$7.50
DIGITAL LIGHTING MICROMITE MASTER
01106192
$7.50
↳ CP2102 ADAPTOR
01106193
$5.00
BATTERY VINTAGE RADIO POWER SUPPLY
01106194
$7.50
DUAL BATTERY LIFESAVER
01106195
$5.00
DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLLER LED SLAVE
01106196
$2.50
BK1198 AM/FM/SW RADIO
05105191
$5.00
MINIHEART HEARTBEAT SIMULATOR
01104191
$7.50
I’M BUSY GO AWAY (DOOR WARNING)
SC4987
$10.00
BATTERY MULTI LOGGER
04106191
$15.00
ELECTRONIC WIND CHIMES
01106191
$5.00
ARDUINO 0-14V POWER SUPPLY SHIELD
05106191
$7.50
HIGH-CURRENT BATTERY BALANCER (4-LAYERS)
05106192
$10.00
MINI ISOLATED SERIAL LINK
07106191
$7.50
REFINED FULL-WAVE MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER
05107191
$5.00
DIGITAL FX UNIT PCB (POTENTIOMETER-BASED)
16106191
$5.00
↳ SWITCH-BASED
11109191
$7.50
ARDUINO MIDI SHIELD
11109192
$2.50
↳ 8X8 TACTILE PUSHBUTTON SWITCH MATRIX
07108191
$5.00
HYBRID LAB POWER SUPPLY CONTROL PCB
01110191
$7.50
↳ REGULATOR PCB
01110192
$5.00
VARIAC MAINS VOLTAGE REGULATION
16109191
$2.50
ADVANCED GPS COMPUTER
04108191
$10.00
PIC PROGRAMMING HELPER 8-PIN PCB
04107191
$5.00
↳ 8/14/20-PIN PCB
06109181-5 $25.00
ARCADE MINI PONG
SC5166
$25.00
Si473x FM/AM/SW DIGITAL RADIO
16111191
$2.50
20A DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER
18111181
$10.00
MODEL RAILWAY LEVEL CROSSING
SC5168
$5.00
COLOUR MAXIMITE 2 GEN2 (4 LAYERS)
18111182
$2.50
BATTERY MANAGER SWITCH MODULE
SC5167
$2.50
↳ I/O EXPANDER
14107191
$10.00
NANO TV PONG
01101201
$10.00
LINEAR MIDI KEYBOARD (8 KEYS)
01101202
$7.50
TOUCHSCREEN DIGITAL PREAMP
09207181
$5.00
↳ RIBBON CABLE / IR ADAPTOR
01112191
$10.00
2-/3-WAY ACTIVE CROSSOVER
06110191
$2.50
TELE-COM INTERCOM
27111191
$5.00
SMD TEST TWEEZERS (3 PCB SET)
01106192-6 $20.00
USB CABLE TESTER MAIN PCB
01102201
$7.50
↳ FRONT PANEL (GREEN)
21109181
$5.00
MODEL RAILWAY CARRIAGE LIGHTS
21109182
$5.00
NEW PCBs
01106193/5/6 $12.50
HUMMINGBIRD AMPLIFIER
01104201
$7.50
DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLLER TRANSLATOR
01104202
SMD TRAINER
Australia’s$7.50
electronics
magazine
DATE
APR20
MAY20
MAY20
JUN20
JUN20
JUN20
JUN20
JUL20
JUL20
JUL20
JUL20
JUL20
JUL20
AUG20
NOV20
AUG20
AUG20
SEP20
SEP20
SEP20
SEP20
SEP20
OCT20
OCT20
OCT20
NOV20
NOV20
NOV20
NOV20
NOV20
DEC20
DEC20
DEC20
JAN21
JAN21
JAN21
FEB21
FEB21
FEB21
MAR21
MAR21
APR21
APR21
APR21
APR21
APR21
MAY21
MAY21
MAY21
JUN21
JUN21
JUN21
JUN21
JUL21
JUL21
JUL21
AUG21
AUG21
AUG21
AUG21
AUG21
SEP21
SEP21
OCT21
OCT21
OCT21
NOV21
NOV21
NOV21
PCB CODE
CSE200103
06102201
05105201
04104201
04104202
01005201
01005202
07107201
SC5500
19104201
SC5448
15005201
15005202
01106201
01106202
18105201
04106201
04105201
04105202
08110201
01110201
01110202
24106121
16110202
16110203
16111191-9
16109201
16109202
16110201
16110204
11111201
11111202
16110205
CSE200902A
01109201
16112201
11106201
23011201
18106201
14102211
24102211
10102211
01102211
01102212
23101211
23101212
18104211
18104212
10103211
05102211
24106211
24106212
08105211
CSE210301C
11006211
09108211
07108211
11104211
11104212
08105212
23101213
01103191
01103192
01109211
12110121
04106211/2
04108211
04108212
09109211
Price
$7.50
$10.00
$5.00
$7.50
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$10.00
$10.00
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$12.50
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$1.50
$5.00
$20.00
$20.00
$3.00
$12.50
$12.50
$5.00
$2.50
$7.50
$2.50
$5.00
$10.00
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$10.00
$5.00
$12.50
$2.50
$7.50
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$10.00
$10.00
$7.50
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$7.50
$35.00
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$15.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$12.50
$2.50
$15.00
$30.00
$10.00
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
DEC21
DEC21
DEC21
01111211
16110206
29106211
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
We also sell an A2 Reactance Wallchart, RTV&H DVD, Vintage Radio DVD plus various books at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Send your email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Motor speed controller
recommendation
I am hoping you can point me in
the right direction. I am looking for
a variable speed controller, which
is harder to find than hen’s teeth in
New Zealand. I came across an article on your website about building
one (230V/10A Speed Controller For
Universal Motors, February & March
2014), then discovered that you sell
some of the parts for it.
If this is the correct product? Does
it come with a list of instructions on
how to build it and what else would
be required to make it complete?
I am looking to control the speed of
a 230-240V 7.2A 1650W brush router
(S. W., Christchurch, NZ).
• While you could build that and it
should work for your application, we
recommend you instead build our
April 2021 controller design (Refined
Full-Wave Motor Speed Controller;
siliconchip.com.au/Article/14814). It
is cheaper and smaller than the 10A
230VAC Universal Motor Speed Controller you mentioned.
The instructions for building it are
all in the April 2021 issue, which you
can purchase at the following links:
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/2/5795
(printed) or siliconchip.com.au/
Shop/12/5797 (online/PDF). We also
sell the PCB and programmed PIC for
that project at siliconchip.com.au/
Shop/?article=14814
With those, you would just need
to source the remaining components
from a convenient electronic store, as
per the parts list in the magazine.
Building Reflow Oven
firmware in MPLAB
Can you help me import the C
source files for the Reflow Oven project (April-May 2020; siliconchip.com.
au/Series/343) into MPLAB IDE? I have
Harmony v2.06 installed, but MPLAB
doesn’t seem to import the project correctly (via the open project option). It
brings in the original programmer’s file
108
Silicon Chip
locations, and the project fails to build.
Is there an easier way than having
to alter the source file locations manually in the configuration files? (T. B.,
Footscray, Vic)
• We have run into this problem
before. You might need to create a
new project and add each source file
in over the template. Be aware that
there are several versions of Harmony.
This project uses the old “vanilla” one.
We tried getting it to compile against
a newer version without much luck.
There are some instructions on
migrating projects available via web
searches, which you should hunt
down.
Adding tone controls to
Nutube preamp
I am building the Nutube Preamp
project (March 2020; siliconchip.com.
au/Article/12576) to combine with the
20W Class A amplifier (May-August
2007; siliconchip.com.au/Series/58)
as a small guitar amp.
I figure the “cleanness” of the Class
A power amplifier would allow the
qualities of the Nutube to be appreciated without colouration from power
amplifier distortion.
I wish to use the left and right channels as two mono inputs switched by
one pole of a foot-switch controlled
DPDT relay, the other pole switching
the selected output to the main power
amplifier, with LED channel indication. This doesn’t seem to pose too
much of a problem for me.
But I also wish to incorporate a
three-stage Baxandall tone circuit in
each channel. I have found several of
these circuits in Silicon Chip projects,
and I think the one in the 2-Channel
Guitar Preamp from November 2000 to
January 2001 seems like a good choice
(siliconchip.com.au/Series/134).
Other possibilities are Baxandall circuits from the 4-Channel Mixers from
June 2007 & 2012 (Mix-It!; siliconchip.
com.au/Article/644) or one gleaned
from the Digital Preamp from September 2021, without the digital control.
Australia’s electronics magazine
Please advise how I could insert one
of these into the Nutube circuit, either
by using it in the feedback loop of
one of the existing op amps or adding
another op amp or two for the feedback
loop and as a buffer. I have a couple
of spare OPA1662AIDs, or I could use
an LM833 or TL072 if need be. Also,
effects send and receive would be a
fine addition!
Finally, on the Nutube PCB screen
printing, parts list, component layout diagram and circuit diagram are
specified three 100μF/25V electrolytic
capacitors, one of which for the Supply/2 filter is shown as much smaller
than the other two.Is this correct? And
please explain what the dot means following the μF on some of the electrolytic capacitors in Fig.10 on page 28.
(I. H., Essendon, Vic)
• The Baxandall tone control circuitry
could be placed as a separate circuit
between the preamplifier output and
the power amplifier input. We recommended that you use OPA1662 op
amps for the tone control circuitry
rather than LM833s. While TL072s
have a low input current, they do not
have the low distortion figures of the
previously mentioned op amps.
Your enquiry concerning the 100μF
capacitors and the size differences is
related to the asterisks following the
capacitor values. Those capacitors
with the * (asterisk) are to be 25V
rated and so are larger than their 16V
counterparts.
Questions about the
Super-9 FM Radio
I have almost completed building
the Super-9 (November & December
2019; siliconchip.com.au/Series/340)
but have a few questions.
The 33kW resistor shown above IC3
is labelled 10kW on the PCB I received.
Which is the correct value?
When winding T1 and L6, the parts
listing states that I should use 0.25mm
diameter enamelled copper wire, but
in the winding instructions on p63, it
says 0.125mm. Which is correct, and
siliconchip.com.au
should it be 11.5 turns on two layers,
or do all 23 turns for T1 need to be all
one layer? (R. S., Epping, Vic)
• Use the 33kW resistor as shown in
the articles and ignore the screen printing on the PCB. As for the T1 windings, we think it’s better to use 0.25mm
diameter wire as this makes the winding easier, and it is less likely to break
when winding. You can make the 23
turns in two layers (it would fit in just
one layer if using the finer wire).
Questions on Water
Tank Meter project
I have three questions about the February 2018 Water Tank Level Meter/
Weather Station project (siliconchip.
com.au/Article/10963).
If I cut holes in the box for relative
humidity (RH) measurements, will
that expose the boards and pins to corrosion from high moisture air?
As I am primarily after the water
tank measurement feature, can I leave
out those holes without ill effect?
Can I use the same kit for a second
tank without the weather station components, or do I need the whole circuit
to be complete?
If I get this going, I would like to
somehow control the pump for that
tank, which is 300m away from the
tank. (A. R., Darkan, WA)
• If you do not have holes in the case,
the RH reading will remain constant
as it will measure the RH inside the
sealed box and not external air.
Suppose you want the RH sensing
feature to work but avoid the possibility of corrosion due to moisture in
the air. In that case, you’d either have
to conformally coat the board (but
not the sensor!) or place the sensor in
a separate, ventilated compartment
somehow.
The RH/temperature sensor and
barometer can be left out, and the water
tank level sensing will still work.
The circuit does not provide for controlling a water pump based on water
level, but it could be modified to do
so. That would require extra lines in
the software, adding logic to decide
when to switch the pump on and off
and drive a digital output pin appropriately.
As your pump from the tank, you
could have another ESP8266/ESP32
query the water level over WiFi,
but that would require considerable
design work.
siliconchip.com.au
Monitoring solar power
generation
I have some questions regarding
using solar power at home rather
than selling it for the feed-in tariff. As
the buy-back rates (feed-in tariff) for
electricity generated with solar panels becomes lower (we have had two
price reductions in the past year), it is
becoming more prudent to use as much
generated power at home as possible.
Heating water is a good one, as I
have a 1000L spa and a storage hot
water system.
Do you have a way to sense when
generated power is going back to the
grid and how much? Could this power
be diverted to heat the spa or hot water
system? Time clocks don’t do the job.
In winter, there are times we must
purchase power as the panels do not
generate enough for the house usage
and the spa on dull days. Should there
be insufficient power available, is it
possible to switch off some loads that
are not needed, like pool pumps or
washing machines?
I have 6kW of north-facing panels on
the roof. (M. S., Umina Beach, NSW)
• You need an energy meter that can
show power flow to and from the solar
system and the power grid. We have
published power meters in the past but
they are not suitable for your application. However, commercial units
are available. For example, see www.
energymatters.com.au/flex/solarenergy-monitor/
Choosing the right
ferrite bead for an amp
First off, thanks for all of your team’s
hard work in keeping electronics
accessible to the non-engineer. I plan
to build some SC200 amplifier modules (January-March 2017; siliconchip.
com.au/Series/308) and am sourcing
the parts. Do you have a value for the
small ferrite bead, FB1?
Looking at different suppliers, I see
that most are from Fair-Rite Products
Corp. Their Beads-on-Leads are listed
by impedances at various frequencies. They are arranged as Higher Frequencies, Broadband Frequencies and
Lower Frequencies. I’m assuming it is
in the Broadband category, but other
than that, I’m stumped. (J. R., Norco,
CA, USA)
• You could make an argument for
looking at beads that suppress either
Australia’s electronics magazine
Broadband Frequencies (25-300MHz)
as that covers the FM broadcast band,
or Lower Frequencies as that covers
AM and the sort of frequencies that
virtually all switchmode converters
operate at.
We think the latter (Lower Frequencies) would be the most useful as
switch-mode EMI breakthrough will
be more of a problem than FM pickup
in an amplifier in most cases.
As this is a signal path, choose one
with a higher impedance value. The
other thing you need to check for is
that it will fit in the available space.
This design uses a loose bead that’s
slipped over a resistor lead, so you will
need a bead without a lead about 5mm
long. It would be possible to solder a
resistor and ferrite bead in series, in
an inverted-V shape off the board, if
you particularly wanted to use a beadon-lead style product (in which case
their product number 2773005111
would be good).
While both are likely tight fits,
you could try their product number
2673028602 at 5.6mm long or, for better performance, 2673000301 at 6mm
long. You should be able to squeeze
those into the available space.
Adding input switching
to Currawong amplifier
I am currently building a Currawong valve amplifier (November
2014-January 2015; siliconchip.com.
au/Series/277) with the added remote
board, and I propose to add the 3-input
Selector board from the Ultra-LD preamp of January 2012 (siliconchip.com.
au/Article/821). I note that you still sell
the PCBs for both projects.
Can I select the input channel with
the version of the PIC chip software
supplied for the Currawong remote?
Thanks in advance for your help. (G.
D., Melba, ACT)
• Yes, this should work as the 3-input
selection is already integrated into the
Currawong remote control software.
Instead of soldering the three 10kW
resistors to CON13, fit the box header
and run a ribbon cable to the 3-input
Selector board. Make sure that pin 1
on the cable is in the correct position
at both ends.
Senator speakers built
using thicker MDF
I have been looking through back
December 2021 109
issues at your different speakers
and would love to build your Majestic speakers (June-September 2014;
siliconchip.com.au/Series/275), but
that was vetoed. So on to the Senators
(September-October 2015; siliconchip.
com.au/Series/291).
How critical is the internal volume? The plans call for 18mm MDF
but I have two sheets of 20mm MDF
that have been lying around for years.
Therefore, the internal dimension will
be reduced in one direction by 4mm,
the volume reduction being 0.865L
(4mm × 726mm × 298mm).
Will this make a noticeable difference, or should I add 4mm to the relevant panels? Hopefully I will still
be able to use just one sheet! (M. D.,
Paynesville, Vic)
• Using 20mm MDF will probably
make almost no difference. The original box was actually a Bunnings
kitchen cabinet kit, to make it easier for
amateurs who might not have the skills
or tools to cut and join MDF accurately.
The material was melamine-coated,
pre-cut and drilled.
It’s hardly a precision design, and
should forgive you for that difference
of less than one litre.
Soft-starting a large
induction motor
I have a single-phase 1500W induction motor powering a dust extractor
which has been causing overload problems at startup.
I recently discovered your Soft
Starter article (April 2012; siliconchip.
com.au/Article/705), and it appears to
be rated for steady-state loads up to
10A (2300W), which suggests it could
be a possible solution.
However, I note that most of the
‘inrush’ currents described in the
design article are very large currents
(200A) but very short periods (milliseconds). On the other hand, this
motor seems to induce a startup current of around 25A that lasts for about
1-2 seconds.
The thermistor specified in the
article, the SL32 10015, is rated for
a steady-state current of 15A, but I
can’t find any clarification on whether
this 1-2 second startup period should
be considered a ‘steady state’ load.
Should it be able to cope with the
longer startup draw of such a motor?
(Rowan, via email)
• The motor startup current is not a
110
Silicon Chip
steady-state load by definition. 25A
for 1-2 seconds is quite a significant
energy pulse, though. Unfortunately,
the thermistor data sheet doesn’t provide a curve showing its current handling vs pulse length to allow us to
determine if that is safe.
Note that the MS32 10015 is a larger
version of the SL32 10015 and is more
likely to survive that sort of punishment.
We do not recommend using this
simple type of Soft Starter for a large
induction motor because they draw
a high current at startup to get up to
speed. Their rotational speed is related
to the mains frequency, but the Soft
Starter will not affect the applied frequency. Also, in your case, the motor
starts up under load.
You really need a variable frequency
drive (VFD) to smoothly ramp up a
large induction motor like that. Our
1.5kW Induction Motor Speed Controller design from April & May 2012
(updated in December 2012 & August
2013) can do that – see siliconchip.
com.au/Series/25
If you decide to build it, consider
using the upgraded 30A bridge, available from our website at siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/7/2814
Note that the IGBT bridge used in
that design is no longer being manufactured, so you could have difficulty
sourcing it anywhere else.
Our VFD (IMSC) supports automatic ramping up and down, so you
do not have to adjust the speed manually each time. It is an expensive
solution, but there isn’t any other
practical way of controlling a large
induction motor.
Small induction motors like shaded
pole motors used on fans can be softstarted with a thermistor. As the motor
gets larger, you run into the fact that it
needs a large amount of energy to spin
up and that isn’t easily spread out over
a longer period without changing the
supply frequency.
In theory, if you had enough thermistors in series/parallel it could work,
but the startup time could be quite
long. You could use our Soft Starter
circuit, but it would need to be housed
in a larger box with a bank of off-board
thermistors connected to the board
using mains-rated wiring.
A set of four such thermistors in
series/parallel would handle four
times the total energy, but we aren’t
sure if that would be enough for your
Australia’s electronics magazine
application. Multiple rapid starts
might lead to failure. Absent is a
proper curve in the data sheet, the
only way to find out for sure is to try it.
Circuit to detect
white ants
One of Australia’s biggest but smallest pests is the white ant. Rarely seen,
but highly destructive. A proud and
meticulous homeowner may not even
notice the first hint of their activity.
What they need is a monitoring system or even a small handheld device
that could be used like a stethoscope.
Touch the target area with a microphone probe attached to a finely tuned
and filtered amplifier, and listen for the
sound of your house being devoured
by thousands of tiny teeth. (P. S., Whitsunday, Qld)
• Have a look at the Electronic Stethoscope we published in August 2011
(siliconchip.com.au/Article/1119). It
should be suitable to listen for white
ants, especially in the quiet of the
night. The PCB is available from our
Online Shop (siliconchip.com.au/
Shop/8/721).
Boosting the current
from tracking regulators
Can you help me? I need a dual
power supply of 1.25-25V using
LM317T/337T giving at least 2A from
both rails. I have looked on the web
but could not find anything specific.
(R. M., Melville, WA)
• The LM317 and 337 are rated at 1.5A
maximum. However, higher-current
equivalents are available. For example,
the LT1085 (positive) and LT1033 (negative) are pin-compatible and rated at
3A. So the simplest solution is to use
those devices instead.
Another way to do it is to use
the LM317 and LM337 with added
current-boosting transistors. We
showed how to do this in the HighCurrent Adjustable Voltage Regulator
article (May 2008; siliconchip.com.au/
Article/1830).
That design was only a positive
regulator using an LM317, but the
same principle could be applied to
the LM337 using an NPN transistor
(or Darlington) instead. If you use a
BD650 Darlington to boost the positive
rail, the complementary BC649 could
be used for the negative rail.
continued on page 112
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Advertise your product or services here in Silicon Chip
FOR SALE
FOR SALE
KIT ASSEMBLY & REPAIR
LEDsales
VINTAGE RADIO REPAIRS: electrical
mechanical fitter with 36 years ex
perience and extensive knowledge of
valve and transistor radios. Professional
and reliable repairs. All workmanship
guaranteed.
$17 inspection fee plus charges for parts
and labour as required. Labour fees $38
p/h. Pensioner discounts available on
application.
Contact Alan, VK2FALW on 0425 122
415 or email bigalradioshack<at>gmail.
com
LEDs and accessories
for the DIY enthusiast
PMD WAY offers (almost) everything
for the electronics enthusiast – with full
warranty, technical support and free
delivery worldwide.
Visit pmdway.com to get started.
LEDs, BRAND NAME AND GENERIC
LEDs. Heatsinks, LED drivers, power
supplies, LED ribbon, kits, components,
hardware – www.ledsales.com.au
Lazer Security
For Quality That Counts...
QUALITY LED PRODUCTS + MORE
Massive parts clearance sale, limited
stock. Go to lazer.com.au
ASSORTED BOOKS FOR $5 EACH
Electronics and other related subjects
– condition varies. Some books may
have already been sold. Bulk discount
available. All books can be viewed at:
siliconchip.com.au/link/aawx
Email for a postage quote, quote
photo numbers when referring to a book:
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
TRONIXLABS PTY LTD would like
to thank all of our customers for their
support and feedback. For any enquiries
or customer technical support, please
email support<at>tronixlabs.com
PCB PRODUCTION
PCB MANUFACTURE: single to multilayer. Bare board tested. One-offs to
any quantity. 48 hour service. Artwork
design. Excellent prices. Check out our
specials: www.ldelectronics.com.au
DAVE THOMPSON (the Serviceman
from S ilicon C hip ) is available to
help you with kit assembly, project
troubleshooting, general electronics and
custom design work. No job too small.
Based in Christchurch, NZ but service
available Australia/NZ wide.
Email dave<at>davethompson.co.nz
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith: 0409 662 794
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
ADVERTISING IN MARKET CENTRE
Classified Ad Rates: $32.00 for up to 20 words (punctuation not charged) plus $1.20 for each additional word. Display ads in
Market Centre (minimum 2cm deep, maximum 10cm deep): $82.50 per column centimetre per insertion. All prices include GST.
Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale. To book, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and include your name,
address & credit card details, or phone Glyn (02) 9939 3295 or 0431 792 293.
WARNING!
Silicon Chip magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such
projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring
should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains
AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high
voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages
should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of Silicon Chip magazine.
Devices or circuits described in Silicon Chip may be covered by patents. Silicon Chip disclaims any liability for the
infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. Silicon Chip also disclaims any
liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the
Competition & Consumer Act 2010 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia’s electronics magazine
December 2021 111
Advertising Index
Altronics.................................81-84
Ampec Technologies...............OBC
Dave Thompson........................ 111
Dick Smith Contest....................... 9
Digi-Key Electronics...................... 3
Emona Instruments.................. IBC
Jaycar.............................. IFC,53-60
Keith Rippon Kit Assembly....... 111
Lazer Security........................... 111
LD Electronics........................... 111
LEDsales................................... 111
Microchip Technology.................. 5
Ocean Controls............................. 8
Phipps Electronics...................... 69
PMD Way................................... 111
SC Christmas Decorations......... 79
Silicon Chip Binders.................. 67
Silicon Chip Subscriptions...... 105
Silicon Chip Shop............ 106-107
Switchmode Power Supplies..... 10
The Loudspeaker Kit.com.......... 11
Tronixlabs.................................. 111
University of Southern QLD.......... 7
Vintage Radio Repairs.............. 111
Wagner Electronics..................... 71
Difficulty finding remote
for an older project
I have recently updated my hifi
system, including the addition of the
Remote Volume Control & Preamplifier Module (February-March 2007;
siliconchip.com.au/Series/55) and the
Studio Series Preamplifier (July 2006;
siliconchip.com.au/Article/2718). I’m
very pleased with the results.
Unfortunately, I have not been successful in finding a suitable remote
control to use with the project. Merchants do not seem familiar with the
recommended Philips RC5 codes,
resulting in several universal remotes
being purchased and returned as
unsuitable.
Operating without a remote control
is not a big issue; however, I want to
switch on the auto blanking function
for the LED display, which is quite
bright when always on. Can you please
help? (G. G., Perth, WA)
• Everyone involved in that has since
retired, but from what we can see in
the article and the source code (which
is available), virtually any universal remote control should work with
that project. That includes the current
Altronics A1012A and Jaycar AR1955
& AR1975 products. You just need to
program them with the correct code.
The instructions that come with
those remotes are generally not terribly helpful as they do not give much
information about what each setting
does. But based on experience, we
think that one of the following codes
would likely work:
Altronics A1012A:
TV code 0088, 0149 or 0169
Jaycar AR1955:
TV code 0200
There surely would be other codes
that would work; you’d have to look
through the manuals for anything that
sounds like a Philips product and try
those codes.
See the October 2021 issue on page
81 for more information on the Altronics A1021A and how its codes correspond to some older remote controls.
Sourcing a KDV149
varicap diode
I built the AM Loop Antenna &
Amplifier from Oatley Electronics
(October 2007; siliconchip.com.au/
Article/2398).
Over the years, the weather got to it
and I had to dispose of it. I now live in
a new location on the coast in North
Queensland and I want to build up
this antenna again, but Oatley no longer have the kit and I can’t find a data
sheet for the KVD149.
Can you recommend a diode to use?
I discovered that NTE618 is a replacement but I can’t find a supplier. Also,
the op amp is no longer available, so
I plan to use an LM833. (P. C., Balgal
Beach, Qld)
• The NTE618 is available from eBay at
www.ebay.com.au/itm/331706610858
New thermistor for
Temperature Switch
I built the January 2007 Versatile
Temperature Switch (siliconchip.
com.au/Article/2109) from a Jaycar kit
(Cat KC5381) some time ago. I need to
replace the NTC sensor but I am not
sure of the correct type to use. Can you
please help? (E. A., Jakarta, Indonesia)
• The Vishay NTCLG100E2103JB
thermistor should be suitable for most
automotive uses and is rated up to
200°C. You can get it from element14
(Cat 1164822).
Alternatively, for up to 250°C,
use the Amphenol TH310J39GBSN,
also available from element14 (Cat
2921623). Other suitable parts stocked
by element14 are Cats 2921622,
2773999, 2525366, 2771940, 2771941
& 3397782.
SC
Notes & Errata
Tele-com Intercom, October 2021: in the parts list on page 38, one of the alternative transformers for the ringer section is
shown as Triad FS24-100-C2 (Mouser Cat 553-FS24-100-C2). This should instead be Triad FS24-100 (Mouser Cat 553-FS24100). Also see the notes on suppressing noise from alternative switchmode power supplies (other than those specified in the
parts list) in the Mailbag section of this issue.
Hybrid Lab Supply with WiFi, May & June 2021: the optional microSD card socket is the Hirose Electric DM3D-SF, not the
Altronics P5717 (an Oupiin part) as specified in the parts list on page 36 of the May issue.
The January 2022 issue is due on sale in newsagents by Thursday, December 30th. Expect postal delivery of subscription
copies in Australia between December 30th and January 14th.
112
Silicon Chip
Australia’s electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
“Rigol Offer Australia’s Best
Value Test Instruments”
Oscilloscopes
NEW
200MHz
$649!
New
Product!
Ex GST
RIGOL DS-1000E Series
RIGOL DS-1000Z/E - FREE OPTIONS
RIGOL MSO-5000 Series
450MHz & 100MHz, 2 Ch
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
4USB Device, USB Host & PictBridge
450MHz to 100MHz, 4 Ch; 200MHz, 2CH
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
424Mpts Standard Memory Depth
470MHz to 350MHz, 2 Ch & 4Ch
48GS/s Real Time Sampling
4Up to 200Mpts Memory Depth
FROM $
429
FROM $
ex GST
649
FROM $
ex GST
1,569
ex GST
Multimeters
Function/Arbitrary Function Generators
New
Product!
RIGOL DG-800 Series
RIGOL DG-1000Z Series
RIGOL DM-3058E
410MHz to 35MHz
41 & 2 Output Channels
416Bit, 125MS/s, 2M Memory Depth
425MHz, 30MHz & 60MHz
42 Output Channels
4160 In-Built Waveforms
45 1/2 Digit
49 Functions
4USB & RS232
FROM $
479
FROM $
ex GST
Power Supplies
725
ONLY $
ex GST
Spectrum Analysers
789
ex GST
Real-Time Analysers
New
Product!
RIGOL DP-832
RIGOL DSA Series
RIGOL RSA Series
4Triple Output 30V/3A & 5V/3A
4Large 3.5 inch TFT Display
4USB Device, USB Host, LAN & RS232
4500MHz to 7.5GHz
4RBW settable down to 10 Hz
4Optional Tracking Generator
41.5GHz to 6.5GHz
4Modes: Real Time, Swept, VSA & EMI
4Optional Tracking Generator
ONLY $
749
FROM $
ex GST
1,321
FROM $
ex GST
3,210
ex GST
Buy on-line at www.emona.com.au/rigol
Sydney
Tel 02 9519 3933
Fax 02 9550 1378
Melbourne
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
Brisbane
Tel 07 3392 7170
Fax 07 3848 9046
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
Perth
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
EMONA
|